vvEPA
          United States
          Environmental Protection
          Agency
           Office of Research and
           Development
           Washington DC 20460
EPA/530/R-93/012
June 1993
Technical Resource
Document

Solidification/
Stabilization and its
Application to
Waste Materials

-------
                                          EPA/53MR-93/012
                                               June 1993
TECHNICAL RESOURCE DOCUMENT
  SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION
       AND ITS APPLICATION TO
          WASTE MATERIALS
                      by

                  BATTELLE
                Columbus Division
            Columbus, Ohio  43201-2693
             Work Assignment No. 0-15
             Contract No. 68-CO-0003
                 Charles Mashni
             Technical Project Monitor:
         Waste Minimization, Destruction and
             Disposal Research Division
        Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory
              Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
   RISK REDUCTION ENGINEERING LABORATORY
    OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
    U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
              Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
       U.S. Environme-'-' - • .-•:-,„ A^n-.,   ฎ Printed on Recycled Paper
       Region 5, Librar..'         ''"  y
       77 West Jackson    ...',-..
       Chicago, IL 60604-35^0  ""ll1 Moor

-------
                        NOTICE
  The information contained in this document has been funded
wholly or in part by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
under Contract #68-CO-0003 with Batelle, Columbus Division.
It has been subjected to the Agency's peer and administrative
review and approved for publication as an EPA document.
Mention of trade names or commercial products does not
constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                            ii

-------
                                   FOREWORD

          Today's rapidly developing and changing technologies and industrial
products and practices frequently carry with them the increased generation of
materials that, if improperly dealt with, can threaten both public health and
the environment.  The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)is charged
by Congress with protecting the Nation's land, air, and water resources.
Under a mandate of national environmental laws, the Agency strives to
formulate and implement actions leading to a compatible balance between
improving the quality of life and minimizing the risks to the environment.
These laws direct the USEPA to perform research to define our environmental
problems, measure the impacts, and search for solutions.

          The Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory (RREL) is responsible for
planning, implementing, and managing research, development, and demonstration
programs in order to provide authoritative and reliable information that can
be used by both regulators and the regulated in their common efforts to
protect the environment from the hazards of industrial and municipal waste.
In addition, RREL is also responsible for coordinating and disseminating the
latest engineering and scientific technology developments aimed at mitigating
the harmful effects of environmental contaminants.

          This Technical Resource Document contains the latest information on
the use of solidification/stabilization for the treatment of hazardous waste,
assembled for EPA by Battelle in close consultation with a distinguished panel
of experts eminently renowned in this field.  It addresses several issues
including such important questions as to when this technology is appropriate
for a specific waste and when it is not.  Our goal is to provide the user
community with the most comprehensive information available to enable them to
manage their waste in the most efficient, feasible, and safe manner and to
maintain a harmonious relationship between man and his environment.
                                    E. Timothy Oppelt, Director
                                    Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory
                                      in

-------
                                   ABSTRACT

          Stabilization/solidification (S/S)  processes are effective in
treating a variety of difficult to manage waste materials for reuse or
disposal.  S/S has been identified as the Best Demonstrated Available
Technology for treating a wide range of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA) non-wastewater hazardous waste subcategories.   S/S has been selected as
the treatment technology of choice for 26% of the remedial actions complete at
Superfund sites through fiscal year 1992.
          The standard bulk material handling and mixing equipment used in
many S/S processes make the technology appear simple.   However, there are
significant challenges to the successful  application  of S/S processes.  The
morphology and chemistry of S/S-treated waste are complex.  Selection of the
binder requires an understanding of the chemistry of  the bulk material, the
contaminants, and the binder.  The S/S user must be fully aware of the complex
interactions among the various components to ensure efficient and reliable
results.
          Battelle, under the direction of the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, has prepared this Technical Resources Document (TRD) as a resource for
the S/S user community and a guide to promote the best future application of
S/S processes.  An extensive body of information is available describing the
theory and practice of S/S processes.  However, no one document existed
combining theory, practice, and regulatory aspects of S/S application to RCRA,
Superfund, and similar waste materials.  This TRD pulls a diverse range of
materials into one comprehensive reference.
          The TRD is intended for site managers considering S/S as an option
for treating hazardous wastes.  It provides technology transfer to persons
responsible for selection and design of S/S treatment methods.  Information
about S/S technology is presented in detailed text descriptions supported by
summary tables, checklists, and figures.  It gives the user a summary of
current S/S technology.  The technology areas covered are binders and their
binding mechanisms, waste interferences with S/S processes, S/S treatment of
organic contaminants, air emissions for S/S processes, leaching mechanisms,
long-term stability, reuse and disposal of S/S-treated waste, and economics.
Information is also provided to clarify the limitations of S/S technology and
ongoing research to fulfill future development needs.
          This TRD was submitted in fulfillment of Work Assignment 0-15 of
Contract #68-CO-0003 with Battelle, Columbus, under sponsorship of the USEPA.
It covers a period from 11/01/90 through 05/30/92.
                                       IV

-------
                                     CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

NOTICE	   11

FOREWORD	Ill

ABSTRACT	   iv

TABLES	   xv

FIGURES	xvil

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS	xvill

1     INTRODUCTION 	  1-1

      1.1  BACKGROUND	1-2

           1.1.1  Definition of Solidification and Stabilization 	  1-2
           1.1.2  Position of S/S in the U.S.  EPA Environmental
                  Management Options Hierarchy 	  1-2
           1.1.3  Application of Solidification/Stabilization  	  1-4

      1.2  PURPOSE AND SCOPE	1-11

           1.2.1  Objectives	1-11
           1.2.2  Scope	1-13

                  1.2.2.1  Waste Types 	 1-13
                  1.2.2.2.  Processes  	 1-13

           1.2.3  Audience	1-14

                  1.2.3.1  CERCLA Applications 	 1-14
                  1.2.3.2  RCRA Applications 	 1-15

      1.3  REGULATORY CONSIDERATION  	 1-15

           1.3.1  Regulatory Framework 	 1-15
           1.3.2  RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions	1-16
           1.3.3  Application of Land Disposal Restrictions
                  to CERCLA Sites	1-19
           1.3.4  Toxic Substances Control Act 	 1-21
           1.3.5  Other Environmental Regulations  	 1-22


2     SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION (S/S) TECHNOLOGY SCREENING PROCEDURES  .  2-1

      2.1  INTRODUCTION	2-1

           2.1.1  Overview	2-1
           2.1.2  The Need for Treatability Studies	2-3

-------
                        CONTENTS (Continued)

2.2  SITE-SPECIFIC BASELINE INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS 	  2-5

     2.2.1  Waste Sampling	2-5

            2.2.1.1  Composites vs. Hot Spots  	  2-5
            2.2.1.2  Statistical Approaches  	  2-9

     2.2.2  Waste Acceptance 	 2-12
     2.2.3  Waste Characterization 	 2-13

            2.2.3.1  Regulatory Framework  	 2-15
            2.2.3.2  Contaminant Characteristics & Treatment Types  . 2-16
            2.2.3.3  Sampling and Analysis 	 2-21

     2.2.4  Site Characterization	2-25
     2.2.5  Quality Assurance/Quality Control  	 2-27
     2.2.6  Guidance for Site-Specific Information Requirements   .  . 2-28

2,3  PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES  	 2-28

     2.3.1  Regulatory Requirements  	 2-33

            2.3.1.1  CERCLA  	 2-34
            2.3.1.2  RCRA	2-40

     2.3.2  Technical and Institutional Requirements 	 2-43
     2.3.3  Approach for Setting Performance Criteria  	 2-43

2.4  INITIAL TECHNOLOGY SCREENING  	 2-46

     2.4.1  Technology Screening/Feasibility Study Process  	 2-47

            2.4.1.1  CERCLA Technology Screening 	 2-47
            2.4.1.2  Technology Screening at RCRA TSD Facilities  .  . 2-51

     2.4.2  General Criteria for Not Using S/S	2-51
     2.4.3  Outcome of Technology Screening  	 2-51

2.5  WASTE/BINDER COMPATIBILITY LITERATURE SCREENING 	 2-56

     2.5.1  Identify Available Binders 	 2-56
     2.5.2  Screening Process   	 2-56

            2.5.2.1  Interferences and Chemical Incompatibilities   . 2-58
            2.5.2.2  Metal Chemistry Considerations  	 2-58
            2.5.2.3  Organic Chemistry Considerations for Target
                     Contaminants  	 2-59
            2.5.2.4  Compatibility with the  Disposal
                     or Reuse Environment   	 2-59
            2.5.2.5  Cost	2-60
            2.5.2.6  Process Track Record   	 2-60
                                  VI

-------
                             CONTENTS (Continued)

     2.6  LABORATORY BENCH-SCALE SCREENING OF THE WASTE/BINDER MIXTURES  . 2-61

          2.6.1  Purpose	2-61
          2.6.2  Approach	2-62

                 2.6.2.1  Experimental Design 	 2-62
                 2.6.2.2  Performance Testing 	 2-64

          2.6.3  Technical Guidance 	 2-66

     2.7  BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE TESTING/PROCESS OPTIMIZATION  	 2-66

          2.7.1  Purpose and Objectives	2-66
          2.7.2  How Much Performance Testing?   	 2-70

                 2.7.2.1  Levels of Risk	2-70
                 2.7.2.2  Levels of Performance Testing 	 2-70
                 2.7.2.3  Tests for Specific Binding Agents 	 2-74
                 2.7.2.4  Acceptance Criteria 	 2-74
                 2.7.2.5  Process Optimization   	 2-75

          2.7.3  Technical Guidance 	 2-76

     2.8  PILOT-SCALE AND FIELD DEMONSTRATIONS   	 2-76

          2.8.1  The Need for Process Scale-Up	2-76
          2.8.2  Scale-Up Issues	2-81

                 2.8.2.1  Waste Excavation and Handling 	 2-82
                 2.8.2.2  Stabilizing Agent Storage 	 2-83
                 2.8.2.3  Pretreatment of Waste  	 2-83
                 2.8.2.4  Mixing and Curing 	 2-83
                 2.8.2.5  Stabilized Waste Disposal 	 2-85

          2.8.3  Sampling and Analysis of the Treated Waste	2-85


3    S/S PROCESS PERFORMANCE TESTS  	  3-1

     3.1  PHYSICAL TESTS	3-1

          3.1.1  General Property Tests 	  3-2

                 3.1.1.1  Moisture Content  	  3-2
                 3.1.1.2  Particle Size Analysis  	  3-2
                 3.1.1.3  Specific Gravity  	  3-2
                 3.1.1.4  Suspended Solids  	  3-8
                 3.1.1.5  Paint Filter Test 	  3-8
                 3.1.1.6  Liquid Release Test (LRT) 	  3-8
                 3.1.1.7  Atterberg Limits  	  3-8
                 3.1.1.8  Visual Observation  	  3-9


                                      vii

-------
                        CONTENTS (Continued)

     3.1.2  Bulk Density Tests	3-9
     3.1.3  Compaction Tests 	  3-9
     3.1.4  Permeability (Hydraulic Conductivity) Tests  	  3-9
     3.1.5  Porosity Tests	3-10
     3.1.6  Strength Tests	3-10

            3.1.6.1  Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) 	 3-10
            3.1.6.2  Immersion Compressive Strength  	 3-11
            3.1.6.3  Triaxial Compression  .... 	 3-11
            3.1.6.4  Flexural Strength 	 3-11
            3.1.6.5  Cone Index	3-11

     3.1.7  General Concrete/Soil-Cement Tests 	 3-12
     3.1.8  Durability Testing 	 3-12

3.2  LEACHING/EXTRACTION TESTS 	 3-13

     3.2.1   Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) . .  . 3-19
     3.2.2   Extraction Procedure Toxicity (EP Tox) Test	3-20
     3.2.3   TCLP "Cage" Modification	3-20
     3.2.4   California Waste Extraction Test (Cal WET)	3-20
     3.2.5   Multiple Extraction Procedure (MEP)  	 3-21
     3.2.6   Synthetic Acid Precipitation Leach Test 	 3-21
     3.2.7   Monofilled Waste Extraction Procedure (MWEP)  	 3-22
     3.2.8   American Nuclear Society Leach Test  (ANSI/ANS/16.1) .  . 3-22
     3.2.9   Dynamic Leach Test (DLT)	3-22
     3.2.10  Shake Extraction Test 	 3-23
     3.2.11  Equilibrium Leach Test (ELT)  	 3-23
     3.2.12  Sequential Extraction Test (SET)  	 3-23
     3.2.13  Sequential Chemical Extraction (SCE)  	 3-23
     3.2.14  Static Leach Test Method (Ambient- and
             High-Temperature) 	 3-24
     3.2.15  Agitated Powder Leach Test Method 	 3-24
     3.2.16  Soxhlet Leach Test Method 	 3-24

3.3  CHEMICAL TESTS AND ANALYSES 	 3-25

     3.3.1   pH	3-25
     3.3.2   Oxidation/Reduction Potential (Eh)   	 3-25
     3.3.3   Major Oxide Components  	 3-30
     3.3.4   Total Organic Carbon (TOC)  	 3-30
     3.3.5   Oil and Grease	3-30
     3.3.6   Electrical Conductivity 	 3-30
     3.3.7   Acid Neutralization Capacity (ANC)   	 3-31
     3.3.8   Alkalinity	3-31
     3.3.9   Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)  	 3-31
     3.3.10  Reactive Cyanide and Sulfide  	 3-32
     3.3.11  Reactivity of Silica Aggregates  	 3-32
     3.3.12  Metal Analysis  	 3-32
     3.3.13  Volatile Organic Compounds  	 3-32
     3.3.14  Base, Neutral, and Acid (BNA) Organic Compounds  .... 3-33
                                 Vlll

-------
                             CONTENTS (Continued)

          3.3.15  Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)  	 3-33
          3.3.16  Other Contaminant Analyses  	 3-34
          3.3.17  Anion Measurements  	 3-34
          3.3.18  Interferants Screen 	 3-34

     3.4  BIOLOGICAL TESTS  	 3-34
     3.5  MICROCHARACTERIZATION 	 3-36

          3.5.1  X-Ray Diffraction  	 3-37
          3.5.2  Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy 	 3-37
          3.5.3  Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) and
                 Energy-Dispersive X-ray Analysis (EDXA)  	 3-38
          3.5.4  Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectroscopy  	 3-38
          3.5.5  Optical Microscopy	ป	3-38


4    STATUS OF SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY  	  4-1

     4.1  S/S PROCESSES AND BINDERS	4-2

          4.1.1  Inorganic Binders  	  4-3

                 4.1.1.1  Cement Processes  	  4-4
                 4.1.1.2  Pozzolanic Processes  	  4-7
                 4.1.1.3  Ettringite Formation Effects  	  4-8

          4.1.2  Organic Binders	.4-9

                 4.1.2.1  Thermoplastic Processes 	 4-11
                 4.1.2.2  Thermosetting Processes 	 4-12

          4.1.3  Additives	4-12
          4.1.4  Pretreatment	4-14

                 4.1.4.1  Adjustment of Physical Characteristics  .... 4-14
                 4.1.4.2  Pretreatment of Inorganic Constituents  . . . .4-14
                 4.1.4.3  Pretreatment of Organic Constituents  	 4-15
                 4.1.4.4  Treatment Trains Involving S/S  	 4-15

     4.2  IMMOBILIZATION MECHANISMS 	 4-16

          4.2.1  Physical Mechanisms  	 4-16
          4.2.2  Chemical Mechanisms  	 4-18

                 4.2.2.1  Inorganic Wastes  	 4-18

                          4.2.2.1.1  Basic Chemical  Equilibria  	 4-18
                          4.2.2.1.2  Effect of Alkaline Conditions  . . . 4-21
                          4.2.2.1.3  Effect of Redox Potential  	 4-22


                                      ix

-------
                        CONTENTS (Continued)

                     4.2.2.1.4  Metal Silicates  	 4-25
                     4.2.2.1.5  Other Low Solubility Phases  .... 4-26

            4.2.2.2  Organic Wastes  	 4-27

     4.2.3  Concept of Surface Sealing 	 4-28

4.3  POTENTIAL INTERFERENCES 	 4-29

     4.3.1  Interferences with Solidification  	 4-30
     4.3.2  Interferences with Stabilization 	 4-30

4.4  ISSUES DEALING WITH THE STABILIZATION OF ORGANIC WASTES
     AND OF MIXED ORGANIC AND INORGANIC WASTES 	 4-39

     4.4.1  Introduction	4-39
     4.4.2  S/S Additives Compatible with Organics 	 4-40
     4.4.3  Approach to Evaluating Feasibility of S/S
            for Wastes Containing Organics 	 4-45

            4.4.3.1  Destructive or Removal Technologies
                     Versus S/S	4-48
            4.4.3.2  Volatile Organic Contaminants 	 4-48
            4.4.3.3  Nonpolar Organic Contaminants 	 4-49
            4.4.3.4  Degradation and By-Product Formation  	 4-50

4.5  AIR EMISSIONS AND CONTROL	4-50

     4.5.1  Volatile Organic Compounds 	 4-51
     4.5.2  Particulates and Other Emissions 	 4-52
     4.5.3  Controlling Air Emissions	4-52
     4.5.4  Significance of the Amended Clean Air Act  	 4-53

4.6  LEACHING MECHANISMS 	 4-54

     4.6.1  Leaching Associated with Inorganic S/S Processes .... 4-55
     4.6.2  Leaching Associated with Organic S/S Binders 	 4-58
     4.6.3  Leaching Models	4-58

            4.6.3.1  Dissolution/Diffusion Kinetics  	 4-58

                     4.6.3.1.1  Nonporous Solid  	 4-59
                     4.6.3.1.2  Porous Solid 	 4-61

            4.6.3.2  Examples of Existing Models 	 4-63
            4.6.3.3  The Moving Boundary or Shrinking Core Model  .  . 4-66

-------
                             CONTENTS (Continued)

     4.7  LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE 	 4-66

          4.7.1  Field Studies	4-67
          4.7.2  Laboratory Studies 	 4-68
          4.7.3  Modeling	4-69

     4.8  USE/REUSE VERSUS DISPOSAL 	 4-70

          4.8.1  Alternatives	4-70
          4.8.2  Limitations	4-73
          4.8.3  Compatibility With the Disposal Environment  	 4-73

     4.9  COST INFORMATION	4-74

          4.9.1  Treatability Study Costs 	 4-75

                 4.9.1.1  Waste Characterization and Establishing
                           Performance Objectives 	 4-75
                 4.9.1.2  Bench-Scale Testing and Analysis  	 4-75

          4.9.2  Full-Scale Remediation Costs 	 4-77

                 4.9.2.1  Planning  	 4-77
                 4.9.2.2  Mobilization and Demobilization 	 4-78
                 4.9.2.3  Treatment 	 4-78
                 4.9.2.4  Final Disposal  	 4-82

          4.9.3  Estimates of Stabilization Costs 	 4-82
          4.9.4  Case Study	4-84


5    TECHNOLOGY SHORTCOMINGS AND LIMITATIONS  	  5-1

     5.1  PROCESS/BINDER CONSIDERATIONS 	  5-1

          5.1.1  Hierarchy of Waste Management  	  5-1
          5.1.2  Scale-Up Uncertainties 	  5-1
          5.1.3  Proprietary Binders  	  5-1
          5.1.4  Binder "Overkill"  	  5-2

     5.2  WASTE FORM/CONTAMINANT ISSUES 	  5-2

          5.2.1  Complications of Physicochemical Form
                 of the Target Contaminants 	  5-2
          5.2.2  Interferences and Incompatibilities  	  5-2
          5.2.3  Volatile Organic Contaminants  	  5-3
          5.2.4  Multicontaminant Wastes  	  5-4
                                      xi

-------
                             CONTENTS (Continued)

          5.2.5  Weaknesses of Cement-Based Waste  Forms 	  5-4
          5.2.6  Sample Heterogeneity 	  5-5

     5.3  TREATABILITY AND PERFORMANCE TESTING ISSUES 	  5-5

          5.3.1  Testing Limitations  	  5-5
          5.3.2  Long-Term Performance  	  5-7
          5.3.3  Reproducibility	5-8
          5.3.4  Limitations in S/S Treatability Reference Data 	  5-8


6    CURRENT RESEARCH AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS  	  6-1

     6.1  CURRENT RESEARCH  	  6-1

          6.1.1  Binders	6-1

                 Experimental Study of S/S Treatment
                          of Hazardous Substances 	  6-1
                 Improvement in S/S Treatment of Hazardous Inorganic
                          Wastes by Silica Fume (Microsilica) Concrete   .  6-1
                 Physical and Chemical Aspects of Immobilization  ....  6-1
                 Evaluation of Solidification/Stabilization
                          of RCRA/CERCLA Wastes 	  6-2

          6.1.2  Mechanisms	6-2

                 Review and Analysis of Treatability Data
                          Involving S/S Treatment of Soils   	  6-2
                 Morphology and Microchemistry of S/S-Treated Waste  ...  6-2
                 Fate of PCBs in Soil Following Stabilization
                          with Quicklime	6-3
                 S/S Treatment of Salts of As, Cd, Cr, and Pb	6-3
                 The Nature of Lead, Cadmium, and Other Elements in
                          in Incineration on Residues and
                          Their Stabilized Products  	  6-3

          6.1.3  Interferences	,	6-4

                 Factors Affecting the S/S Treatment of Toxic Waste  ...  6-4
                 Effects of Selected Waste Constituents
                          on S/S-Treated Waste Leachability  	  6-4

          6.1.4  Organics and Air Emissions	6-4

                 Roles  of Organic Compounds  in Solidification/Stabili-
                          zation of  Contaminated Soils   	  6-4
                 Measurement of Volatile Emissions
                          from S/S-Treated Waste  	  6-5
                                      xn

-------
                   CONTENTS  (Continued)

       Field Assessment of Air Emissions
                from Hazardous Waste S/S Processing  	  6-5
       S/S Treatment of Metal Wastes Contaminated
                with Volatile Organics   	  6-5
       Immobilization of Organics in S/S Waste Forms   	  6-5

6.1.5  Test Methods	6-5

       Method Development 	  6-5
       Investigation of Test Methods for Solidified Waste  ...  6-6
       Critical Characteristics of Hazardous
                S/S-Treated Waste 	  6-6
       Advanced Test Methods	6-6
       Assessment of Long-Term Durability of
                Solidified/Stabilized Hazardous Waste  Forms -
                Lab Component and Field Component  	  6-7

6.1.6  Leaching and Transport Models  	  6-7

       Contaminant Profile Analysis 	  6-7
       The Binding Chemistry and Chemical Leaching Mechanism
                of Hazardous Substances in
                Cementitious S/S Binders  .	6-7
       Development of a Numerical Three-Dimensional
                Leaching Model  	  6-8
       Acid Leaching Rate and Advancement
                of Acid Front in S/S-Treated Waste   	  6-8
       Leaching Test Methods and Models 	  6-8
       Review and Analysis of Treatability Data Involving
                Solidification/Stabilization of Soils  	  6-9

6.1.7  Compatibility with Disposal or Reuse 	  6-9

       Assessment of Long-Term Durability
                of S/S-Treated Waste  	  6-9
       Effect of Curing Time on Leaching	6-9
       Field Performance of S/S-Treated Waste 	 6-10
       Utilization and Disposal  	 6-10

6.1.8  Treatability Tests and S/S Process Application  	 6-10

       Superfund Innovative Technology
                Evaluation (SITE) Program 	 6-10
       Municipal Waste Combustion Residue S/S Program  	 6-10
       Leaching Mechanisms and Performance of S/S-Treated
                Hazardous Waste Substances in Modified
                Cementitious and Polymeric Matrices 	 6-12
       Stabilization Potential  of Lime Injection
                Multistage Burner (LIMB) Product Ash
                            xin

-------
                             CONTENTS (Continued)

                          Used with Hazardous Distillation Residues  .  .  . 6-12
                 Stabilized Incinerator Residue
                          in a Shore Protection Device  	 6-12

     6.2  FUTURE DEVELOPMENT  	 6-13

          6.2.1  Binders	6-13
          6.2.2  Mechanisms	6-13
          6.2.3  Interferences	6-14
          6.2.4  Organics and Air Emissions	6-14
          6.2.5  Test Methods	6-14
          6.2.6  Leaching and Transport Models  	 6-15
          6.2.7  Compatibility with Disposal or Reuse 	 6-15
          6.2.8  Treatability Tests and S/S Application 	 6-16


7    REFERENCES	7-1


APPENDIX A:  SOLIDIFICATION/STABLILIZATION TECHNOLOGY
             SCREENING WORKSHEETS 	  A-l


APPENDIX B:  DRAFT REPORT: SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES 	  B-l


APPENDIX C:  GLOSSARY 	  C-l
                                      xiv

-------
                             CONTENTS  (Continued)

                                    TABLES

TABLE  1-1.  RCRA WASTES FOR WHICH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION
            IS  IDENTIFIED AS BEST DEMONSTRATED
            AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY (BOAT)  	  1-5

TABLE  2-1.  GENERAL  INDUSTRIAL WASTE CATEGORIES  	 2-14

TABLE  2-2.  EXAMPLES OF SOME METAL WASTES TESTED FOR
            SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT  	 2-17

TABLE  2-3.  EXAMPLES OF SOME METAL AND ORGANIC MIXED WASTES
            TESTED FOR SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT 	 2-19

TABLE  2-4.  EXAMPLES OF SOME ORGANIC MIXED WASTES TESTED
            FOR SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT  	 2-20

TABLE  2-5.  EXAMPLES OF OTHER INORGANIC WASTES TESTED FOR
            SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT  	 2-22

TABLE  2-6.  GUIDANCE FOR COLLECTING BASELINE INFORMATION   	 2-29

TABLE  2-7.  ALTERNATIVE TREATMENT LEVELS FOR SOIL AND DEBRIS
            CONTAMINATED WITH RESTRICTED RCRA HAZARDOUS WASTES  	 2-36

TABLE  2-8.  EXAMPLES OF REGULATORY ARARs	2-40

TABLE  2-9.  TOXICITY CHARACTERISTIC CONSTITUENTS
            AND REGULATORY LEVELS 	 2-41

TABLE  2-10. EXAMPLES OF TREATABILITY PERFORMANCE
            OBJECTIVES BASED ON NONREGULATORY FACTORS 	 2-44

TABLE  2-11. APPLICABILITY OF SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION
            TO SITE-SPECIFIC WASTE  	 2-54

TABLE  2-12. BENCH-SCALE BINDER SCREENING GUIDANCE 	 2-67

TABLE  2-13. RISK FACTORS FOR EVALUATING LEVELS OF
            PERFORMANCE TESTING 	 2-71

TABLE  2-14. LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE TESTING AND EXAMPLE
            TESTING REQUIREMENTS  	 2-73

TABLE  2-15. GUIDANCE FOR BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE TESTING   	 2-77

TABLE 3-1.  PHYSICAL TESTS	3-3

TABLE 3-2.  LEACHING/EXTRACTION TESTS 	 3-14
                                      xv

-------
                             CONTENTS (Continued)

TABLE 3-3.  EXTRACTION CONDITIONS	3-16

TABLE 3-4.  CHEMICAL TESTS	3-26

TABLE 3-5.  BIOLOGICAL TESTS	3-35

TABLE 3-6.  MICROCHARACTERIZATION TESTS 	 3-37

TABLE 4-1.  pKsp VALUES  FOR SELECTED  METAL  PRECIPITATES  	 4-19

TABLE 4-2.  pKsp VALUES  FOR SELECTED  As  AND Se  PRECIPITATES	4-24

TABLE 4-3.  SUBSTANCES THAT MAY AFFECT CEMENT REACTIONS:
            INHIBITION AND PROPERTY ALTERATION  	 4-31

TABLE 4-4.  SUMMARY OF FACTORS THAT MAY INTERFERE
            WITH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION PROCESSES 	 4-33

TABLE 4-5.  POTENTIAL CHEMICAL INCOMPATIBILITIES BETWEEN
            BINDER AND WASTE CONSTITUENTS  	 4-38

TABLE 4-6.  S/S PROCESSES TESTED ON OR APPLIED
            TO ORGAN1C-CONTAINING WASTES   	 4-41

TABLE 4-7.  COSTS OF TYPICAL ANALYTICAL TESTS OF
            UNTREATED AND TREATED WASTES   	 4-76

TABLE 4-8.  COSTS OF TYPICAL STABILIZATION CHEMICALS  	 4-79

TABLE 4-9.  COMPARISON OF MAJOR COST ELEMENTS OF
            SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION WITH CEMENT  	 4-80

TABLE 4-10. ESTIMATED TREATMENT COSTS MENTIONED IN THE RODs
            FOR SUPERFUND SITES WHERE STABILIZATION HAS BEEN
            SELECTED AS A COMPONENT OF THE REMEDIAL ACTION  	 4-83

TABLE 4-11. STABILIZATION COSTS FOR AN 1,800-CUBIC-YARD SITE
            CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD	4-85

TABLE 6-1   SUPERFUND INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY EVALUATION
            PROGRAM:  SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGIES 	 6-11

TABLE A-l   SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING
            WORKSHEETS	A-4

TABLE A-2   SUMMARY SHEET	A-23
                                      xvi

-------
                             CONTENTS (Continued)

                                   FIGURES

FIGURE 1-1.  U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY'S HIERARCHY
            OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 	   1-3

FIGURE 2-1.  S/S TECHNOLOGY SCREENING  	   2-2

FIGURE 2-2.  INFORMATION COLLECTION STEPS IN THE
            TECHNOLOGY-SCREENING PROCESS  	   2-6

FIGURE 2-3.  GENERAL TECHNOLOGY SCREENING PROCEDURE  	  2-50

FIGURE 2-4.  DETERMINING WHETHER S/S IS APPLICABLE  AT A
            RCRA TSD FACILITY	2-52

FIGURE 2-5.  S/S DECISION TREE AT A RCRA TSD FACILITY	2-53

FIGURE 2-6.  WASTE/BINDER COMPATIBILITY LITERATURE  SCREENING 	  2-57

FIGURE 2-7.  LABORATORY SCREENING OF WASTE/BINDER MIXTURES 	  2-63

FIGURE 2-8.  BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE TESTING OF SELECTED
            WASTE/BINDER MIXTURES 	  2-68

FIGURE 2-9.  PILOT-SCALE TEST SCREENING  	  2-80

FIGURE 4-1.  PROGRESS OF CEMENTATION REACTIONS 	  4-10

FIGURE 4-2.  GENERAL DECISION TREE FOR S/S APPLIED  TO ORGANIC
            CONTAMINANTS	4-46

FIGURE 4-3.  SCHEMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF CONCENTRATION PROFILES,  C(x),
            CHARACTERISTIC OF SPECIES DISSOLVING FROM A NONPOROUS SOLID
            INTO AN AQUEOUS MEDIUM, WITH x BEING THE DISTANCE
            INTO THE SOLUTION MEASURED FROM THE SOLID/LIQUID INTERFACE.
            THE TWO RATE-LIMITING CASES AND AN INTERMEDIATE CASE
            ARE SHOWN	4-62

FIGURE 4-4.  ILLUSTRATION OF SPECIES DISSOLUTION WITHIN A POROUS SOLID.
            DISSOLUTION ACROSS A PORE WALL IS SHOWN, COUPLED WITH
            TRANSPORT THROUGH THE SOLUTION-FILLED  PORE
            TO THE EXTERNAL SURFACE	4-64
                                     xvii

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
          The authors wish to acknowledge the many helpful  comments,
constructive criticisms, and substantial contributions of the members of the
Technical Review Panel:  Paul Bishop, University of Cincinnati; Jesse Conner,
Chemical Waste Management, Inc.;  John Cull inane, Jr.,  USAE Waterways
Experiment Station; Mile Gilliam, Oak Ridge National Laboratory; Peter Hannak,
Union Carbide Chemicals and Plastics Company, Inc.; Hans van der Sloot, ECN,
the Netherlands; and Trish Erickson and Calton Wiles,  U.S.  EPA Risk Reduction
Engineering Laboratory (RREL).  The EPA Work Assignment Manager was Charles
Mashni of RREL.
                                     xvm

-------
                                1  INTRODUCTION
          Solidification/stabilization (S/S) processes are effective in
treating a variety of difficult-to-manage waste materials for reuse or
disposal.  They are flexible enough to accommodate mixtures of contaminants
and economical enough to be used for large volumes of waste.  Some common S/S
applications are incinerator ash, wastewater treatment sludge, and low-level
waste from nuclear power plants.  S/S has been identified as the Best Demon-
strated Available Technology (BOAT) for treating a wide range of Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) nonwastewater listed and characteristic
wastes.  S/S has also been the treatment technology of choice for 26% of the
remedial actions completed at Superfund sites through fiscal year 1992 (U.S.
EPA, 1992).
          This document is a technical resource for the S/S user community and
a guide to promote the best future applications of S/S processes.  The
standard bulk materials handling and mixing equipment processes used in S/S
processes make the technology appear simple.  However, there are significant
challenges to the successful application of S/S processes.  This Technical
Resources Document (TRD) describes S/S process screening procedures and
summarizes the status of S/S processes to assist users and reviewers in their
selection, planning, and application of S/S technology.
          S/S is frequently the technology of choice for immobilizing soils
and sludges containing one or more metal  contaminants.  S/S is often chosen
also for waste with poor handling quality (e.g., a dense, viscous sludge) or
for large volumes of waste that are difficult to treat using other technolo-
gies (e.g., power plant desulfurization sludge).
          The morphology and chemistry of S/S-treated waste are complex.
Therefore, selection of the binder requires an understanding of the chemistry
of the bulk material,  the contaminants, and the binder, as well as of the
complex interactions among the various components,  to ensure efficient and
reliable results.  Although there is no sure prescription for selecting a
successful binder,  a well-structured testing program guided by an understand-
ing of the mechanisms  involved in S/S systems will  reduce uncertainty in  the
selection process.
                                     1-1

-------
                                1.1  BACKGROUND
             1.1.1  Definition of Solidification and Stabilization

          The term "solidification/stabilization"  (S/S)  refers to a category
of waste treatment processes that  are  being used  increasingly to treat a wide
variety of wastes-both solid and liquid.   Generally,  S/S processes are
designed and used to  accomplish  one or more of the following objectives:

          • Reduce contaminant/pollutant  mobility  or  solubility
          • Improve the handling and physical  characteristics of
            the waste by producing  a solid with no free  liquid
          • Decrease  the exposed surface  area  across  which trans-
            fer or loss of contaminants may occur.

          Numerous other terms,  such as "immobilization" and "fixation," have
been used to refer to S/S technology.   "Solidification"  and "stabilization"
are preferred here because they  encompass the  variety of mechanisms that may
contribute to contaminant immobilization  by this  technology.  "Solidification"
refers to a process in which materials are added  to the  waste to produce a
solid.  This may or may not involve a  chemical bonding between the toxic con-
taminant and the additive.  "Stabilization" refers to converting a waste to a
more chemically stable form.  This  conversion  may  include solidification, but
it almost always includes use of a  physicochemical reaction to transform the
contaminant to a less mobile or  less toxic form.   Note that biological
processes such as bioremediation are not  included  in  this definition of S/S
(Wiles, 1987).

                  1.1.2  Position of S/S  in the U.S.  EPA
                         Environmental Management  Options Hierarchy
          The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's  (U.S. EPA) hierarchy of
hazardous waste management is shown in Figure  1-1.  The  hierarchy lists, in
descending order of emphasis, technical alternatives  for the management of
hazardous waste.  Pollution prevention and waste minimization programs should
be instituted to reduce the volume  of waste at the source or to recover,
reuse, or recycle the waste.  If the waste cannot  be eliminated or reduced,
destructive treatment methods should then be examined.  For degradable contam-
inants, treatment technologies that destroy the contaminant are preferred.

                                      1-2

-------
  F\rsl Choice (Pollution Prevention):
   Reduce/Eliminate Waste Products at the Source

      •  Design Long-Lived, Low-Impact Products
      •  Use Less-Hazardous Input Materials
      •  Minimize Use of Non-Recoverable Input Materials and of Water
      •  Conserve Energy in Production Operations and Facility Operation
      •  Improve Process Technology and Practices
AA -. ff ffff *.<.f
              Second Choice (Pollution Prevention):
               Reuse (Closed-Loop Recycling)

                  • Recover Chemicals
                  • Reuse Water
                  • Recover Waste Heat

                      Third Choice:
                       Recycle Off-Site
                            Ensure Safe Transport to Recycling Operation
                            Select Environmentally-Sound Recycling Technology
                                   Fourth Choice:
                                     Treat and Dispose of Unavoidable Wastes Safely

                                        •  Minimize Volume and Toxicity of Wastes
                                        •  Dispose of Safely
FIGURE 1-1.   U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  AGENCY'S HIERARCHY
               OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
                                          1-3

-------
However, S/S processes have an important place in the hierarchy because of
their ability to treat otherwise intractable wastes.

              1.1.3  Application of Solidification/Stabilization
          S/S processes are used to manage numerous types of wastes, such as
those covered by Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA) remediation projects.  As shown in Table 1-1, S/S
processes have been identified as the Best Demonstrated Available Technology
(BOAT) for a variety of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) non-
wastewater wastes.  S/S processes have been applied to a variety of wastes,
such as nuclear, municipal ash, and wastewaters and slurries.
          In the case of contaminated soils and debris, S/S is a relatively
inexpensive and versatile method of treating large amounts of material with a
variety of contaminants.  For example, a review of 487 Records of Decision
(RODs) from the 1980s showed that 53 sites (11%) documented S/S as at least
one component of the source control remedy (U.S. EPA, 1989a).  In fiscal year
(FY) 1988, S/S processes were used at 25% of the active Superfund sites (U.S.
EPA, 1989b).  Waste types treated in these projects included soil, sediment,
sludges, liquids, and debris.  Contaminant types included volatile organic
compounds (VOCs) at 21 sites, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) at 19 sites,
and inorganics, including metals, asbestos and cyanide, at 43 sites (U.S. EPA,
1989a).  It should be noted that more than one type of contaminant may have
been present at a given site.
          The ROD analysis indicated that, while wastes containing some VOC
contamination are treated by S/S processes, the VOCs were not the prime
target.  Low levels of VOCs can be incorporated coincidentally in a waste
treated to immobilize inorganic contaminants (see Section 4.4.3).  However,
whenever VOCs are present, the possibility of their release as air emissions
during treatment needs to be considered.  Sites contaminated with high levels
of VOCs required pretreatment prior to S/S treatment.  Of the sites using S/S
processes on wastes with VOC contamination, 33 percent reported using pre-
treatment; of those without VOCs, only 3 percent used pretreatment.
          As shown in Table 1-1, S/S processes can be used for a number of
types of sludge that contain inorganic contaminants and, in some cases,
inorganics mixed with organics.  In cases where high levels of organics are
present, the waste is typically incinerated initially.  S/S processes can be

                                      1-4

-------
TABLE  1-1.   RCRA WASTES  FOR WHICH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION  IS  IDENTIFIED
             AS  BEST DEMONSTRATED AVAILABLE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY  (BOAT)
Code
D001
D002
D003
D005
D006
D007
D008
D009
D010
D011
F006
Waste Description
Ignitable (40 CFR
261.21(a)(2))
Other corrosives (40 CFR
261.22 (a)(2))
Reactive sulfides (40 CFR
261.23 (a)(5))
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury (subclass)
Selenium
Silver
Some wastewater treatment
BOAT Treatment/
Treatment Train
S/S (one alter-
native)
S/S (one
alternative)
S/S (one
alternative)
S/S (one
alternative)
S/S (except
batteries)
S/S (one
alternative)
S/S
S/S (<260 mg/kg
total Hg)
S/S
S/S
Alkaline
Reference
55 FR 22714
55 FR 22714
55 FR 22714
55 FR 22561
55 FR 22562
55 FR 22563
55 FR 22565
55 FR 22572
55 FR 22574
55 FR 22575
54 FR 26600
F007
F008
           sludges
Spent cyanide plating bath
solutions
Plating sludges from
cyanide processes
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S

Alkaline
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S

Alkaline
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S
54 FR 26600
54 FR 26600
                                     1-5

-------
TABLE 1-1.  RCRA WASTES FOR WHICH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION IS IDENTIFIED
            AS BEST DEMONSTRATED AVAILABLE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY (Continued)
Code
     Waste Description
 BOAT Treatment/
 Treatment Train
 Reference
F009
F011
F012
F019
F024
 F039


 K001
 K006
Spent stripping and
cleaning solutions from
cyanide processes
Spent cyanide solutions
from salt bath cleaning
Quenching wastewater
treatment sludges from
cyanide processes
Wastewater treatment
sludges from coating of
aluminum except for some
zirconium phosphating
processes

Process wastes from the
production of certain
chlorinated aliphatic
hydrocarbons

Leachates from listed
wastes

Bottom sediment sludge from
the treatment of waste-
waters from wood preserving
processes that use creosote
and/or pentachlorophenol

Wastewater treatment sludge
from the production of
chromium oxide green
pigments (anhydrous or
hydrated)
Alkaline
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S

Electrolytic
Oxidation +
Alkaline
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S

Electrolytic
Oxidation +
Alkaline
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S

S/S
 Incineration +
 S/S
S/S  (metals)
 Incineration  +
 S/S
 S/S  (hydrated
 form only)
                                                                 54 FR 26600
                                                                 54 FR 26600
54 FR 26600
55 FR 22580
55 FR 22589
55 FR 22607


54 FR 31153
                                                                  55 FR 22583
                                      1-6

-------
TABLE 1-1.  RCRA WASTES FOR WHICH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION IS IDENTIFIED
            AS BEST DEMONSTRATED AVAILABLE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY (Continued)
Code
Waste Description
BOAT Treatment/
Treatment Train
Reference
KOI5       Still bottoms from
           distillation of benzyl
           chloride

K022       Distillation bottom tars
           from the production of
           phenol/acetone from cumene

K028       Spent catalyst from the
           hydrochlorinator reactor in
           the production of 1,1,1-
           trichloroethane

K046       Wastewater treatment
           sludges from the
           manufacturing, formulation,
           and loading of lead-based
           initiating compounds
K048       Dissolved air flotation
           float from the petroleum
           refining industry

K049       Slop oil emulsion solids
           from the petroleum refining
           industry

K050       Heat exchanger bundle
           cleaning sludge from the
           petroleum refining industry

K051       API separator sludge from
           the petroleum refining
           industry

K052       Tank bottoms (leaded) from
           the petroleum refining
           industry

K061       Emission control
           dust/sludge from primary
           steel production in
           electric furnaces
                            Incineration +
                            S/S


                            Incineration +
                            S/S


                            Incineration +
                            S/S
                            Reactive -
                            Deactiyation
                            Stabilization

                            Nonreactive -
                            Stabilization

                            Incineration +
                            S/S
                            Incineration +
                            S/S


                            Incineration +
                            S/S


                            Incineration +
                            S/S


                            Incineration +
                            S/S
                            S/S (<15% Zn)
                    55 FR 22535
                    53 FR 31156
                    55 FR 22589
                    55 FR 22593
                    53 FR 31160
                    55 FR 22595
                    53 FR 31160
                    55 FR 22595
                    53 FR 31160
                    55 FR 22595
                    53 FR 31160
                    53 FR 22595
                    53 FR 31160
                    55 FR 22595
                    55 FR 22599
                                      1-7

-------
TABLE 1-1.  RCRA WASTES FOR WHICH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION IS IDENTIFIED
            AS BEST DEMONSTRATED AVAILABLE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY (Continued)
Code
Waste Description
BOAT Treatment/
Treatment Train
Reference
K069       Emission control
           dust/sludge from secondary
           lead smelting

K083       Distillation bottoms from
           aniline production

K087       Decanter tank tar sludge
           from coking operations

K100       Waste leaching solution
           from acid leaching of
           emission control dust/
           sludge from secondary lead
           production

K115       Heavy ends from the purifi-
           cation of toluenediamine in
           the production of toluene-
           diamine via hydrogenation
           of dinitrotoluene

U051       Creosote
U144       Lead acetate

U145       Lead phosphate

U146       Lead subacetate

U204       Selenious acid

U205       Selenium disulfide

U214       Thallium (I) acetate


U215       Thallium (I) carbonate


U216       Thallium (I) chloride
                            S/S
                            Incineration +
                            S/S

                            Incineration +
                            S/S

                            Precipitation +
                            S/S
                            S/S
                            Incineration +
                            S/S

                            S/S

                            S/S

                            S/S

                            S/S

                            S/S

                            S/S or Thermal
                            Recovery

                            S/S or Thermal
                            Recovery

                            S/S or Thermal
                            Recovery
                    55 FR 22568



                    55 FR 22588


                    53 FR 31169


                    55 FR 22568
                    55 FR 26601
                    55 FR 22582


                    55 FR 22565

                    55 FR 22565

                    55 FR 22565

                    55 FR 22574

                    55 FR 22574

                    55 FR 3891


                    55 FR 3891


                    55 FR 3891
                                      1-8

-------
TABLE 1-1.  RCRA WASTES FOR WHICH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION IS IDENTIFIED
            AS BEST DEMONSTRATED AVAILABLE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY (Continued)
Code
P099
P013


P103

P104
P110


P113


P114

P115


P119

P120
     Waste Description
 BOAT Treatment/
 Treatment Train
Argenate (1-), bis(cyano-
C)-potassium
Barium cyanide


Selenourea

Silver cyanide
Tetra ethyl lead


Thallic oxide


Thallium (I) selenite

Thallium (I) sulfate


Ammonium vanadate

Vanadium pentoxide
Oxidation +
Alkaline
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S

Electrolytic
Oxidation +
Alkaline
Chlorination +
S/S

S/S (one
alternative)

S/S

Electrolytic
Oxidation +
Alkaline
Chlorination +
Precipitation +
S/S

Incineration +
S/S

S/S or Thermal
Recovery

S/S

S/S or Thermal
Recovery

S/S

S/S
 Reference
U217

P074
Thallium (I) nitrate

Nickel cyanide
S/S or Thermal
Recovery
Electrolytic
55 FR 3891

55 FR 26600
54 FR 26600
55 FR 22561


55 FR 22574

54 FR 26600
55 FR 22568


55 FR 3888


55 FR 22574

55 FR 3888


55 FR 3888

55 FR 3889
                                      1-9

-------
applied to decrease contaminant mobility in incinerator ash,  if necessary.
S/S is, in many cases,  the only technology that can be applied to a difficult
waste form.  S/S processes can treat contaminated soil or lagoon sludge either
in situ or after the material  is excavated and have been successfully applied
in the field to treat waste.   S/S processes generally use simple, relatively
inexpensive equipment and are  cost-competitive with other treatment options.
Availability of services from  a number of vendors and an established record of
field performance help minimize management and regulatory barriers to accep-
tance of the technology.
          Laboratory experiments and field experience have demonstrated the
ability of the S/S matrix to decrease contaminant mobility by a combination of
physical and chemical mechanisms.  The exact nature of these  mechanisms is,
however, not well understood.   Long-term testing is difficult because environ-
mental factors affecting the wastes are not defined.  The measurement of long-
term environmental exposure is cumbersome at best.  Accelerated tests, if
available, are not calibrated  against real environmental effects.  Methods
need to be developed for measuring the combined effects of environmental
factors.  However, the main difficulties are the broad variety of wastes to be
treated and the commercial secrecy surrounding some of the binder systems
available on the market.  Without an understanding of the mechanisms and
chemistry involved, it is difficult to predict the long-term performance of a
binder/waste combination.
          Despite its flexibility and broad appeal, S/S treatment is not
appropriate for all wastes.  It is generally appropriate as a treatment
alternative for material containing inorganics, semivolatile and/or non-
volatile organics.  S/S treatment is typically not the preferred choice in
technologies for treating wastes containing only volatile organics (see
Section 4.4.3).  Selection of S/S treatment for waste containing semivolatile
and nonvolatile organics requires a site-specific treatability study or non-
site-specific treatability study data generated on waste which is very similar
(in terms of type of contaminant, concentration, and waste matrix) to that to
be treated.  The use of an aqueous leaching methodology such as the TCLP  is
clearly not a meaningful indication of the degree of  immobilization for low-
solubility organic contaminants.  Therefore, the use  of a nonpolar solvent
extraction (e.g., the Total Waste Analysis (TWA)) has been recommended.
However, this recommendation is still under consideration by EPA because  it is
                                     1-10

-------
unclear how the results of a solvent extraction relate to the environmental
mobility of a contaminant in groundwater.  Also, there are few if any data
that demonstrate that the chemical interaction between an S/S binder and an
organic contaminant is strong enough to resist leaching by an aggressive
nonpolar extractant.  Therefore, one of the potential pitfalls of using S/S
technology to treat waste with significant nonpolar organic contaminants is
the inability to adequately assess the extent of contaminant immobilization
caused by S/S treatment.
          A careful treatability testing program, guided by expert knowledge,
is typically required to formulate, test, and apply an S/S treatment system.
The need for treatability study data and the importance of conducting appro-
priate Teachability tests as part of the study, are mandatory if organics are
present in the waste.

                            1.2  PURPOSE AND SCOPE
                               1.2.1   Objectives
          This Technical Resources Document (TRD) is intended to be a user's
guide, emphasizing technology transfer and promoting the best possible future
uses of S/S processes.  It addresses the following questions:

          •  When are S/S processes the preferred treatment technology?
          •  How do I evaluate alternative S/S processes to select the
             correct one?
          •  What are the correct and incorrect ways of using S/S processes?
          •  How do I design the correct process?

          The specific details and approach of each waste treatment project
vary,  depending on the needs and circumstances of the specific project.  It is
not possible to prescribe the details of a specific S/S project because there
are so many variables.  However, some generalized procedures for S/S implemen-
tation can be defined.  Applying these procedures will  enhance uniformity and
consistency, thus helping to overcome difficulties sometimes encountered
during the application of S/S technology.  As the phrase "Technical Resources
Document" implies, this document is a technical resource for the S/S user
community.  Technical  information relating to S/S is summarized throughout the

                                     1-11

-------
text.  Where the information is lengthy,  references are provided to other
documents to allow the reader access to more detailed background and technical
information pertaining to S/S.
          The document provides guidance  in conducting S/S treatability
studies in Chapter 2.  High-quality treatability studies are an important step
in the selection and optimization of an S/S treatment technology.   Chapter 2
addresses the following aspects of each phase of an S/S treatability study,
starting with the sampling and waste characterization phase and ending with
the field demonstration phase:

          •  Information requirements
          •  Acceptance criteria
          •  Technology screening and testing procedures
          •  Sequence of activities
          •  Decision points

          Chapter 3 is a review of analysis and test methods.   Chapter 4 is a
compilation of technical resources information on S/S processes, divided into
10 different sections.  Chapter 5 is a discussion of S/S technology shortcom-
ings and limitations.  Chapter 6 is a description of ongoing research and a
discussion of fruitful areas for further  research.   Chapter 7 provides biblio-
graphic data for the references cited in  the text.   Appendix A consists of
information checklists to provide users with guidance in planning and conduct-
ing S/S treatability studies.
          Overall, the TRD gives an appraisal of S/S technology, with a "how-
to" theme for technology screening.  It does not address design issues or
provide detailed instructions, because these are project-specific and cannot
be prescribed based on generic information.  For example,  the TRD describes
the options for pretreating waste to develop material with particle size
distribution and other properties suitable to S/S treatment.  However,
selection of the pretreatment approach is site specific.
                                     1-12

-------
                                  1.2.2   Scope
           This  section  broadly  characterizes the  categories  of wastes  and  the
 types of processes  covered in this  document.

 1.2.2.1   Waste  Types
           As  stated in  Section  1.1,  S/S  processes have  been  applied  to a wide
 variety  of wastes,  both hazardous and nonhazardous,  nuclear  and nonnuclear,
 inorganic and organic,  liquid and solid.
           The primary wastes of interest  in this document are  wastes regulated
 under CERCLA, RCRA, and other environmental laws or  acts.  CERCLA  soils and
 sludges  are emphasized  because  CERCLA technology screening and performance
 requirements  are  the most  detailed.  RCRA is discussed  because S/S treatment
 is  identified as  BOAT for  many  RCRA  wastes (Table 1-1).
           Because the principal  aim  of this document is to provide information
 on  materials  covered by environmental regulation, some  classes of wastes are
 not addressed.  Aqueous wastes  contaminated with organics and/or metals are
 not covered.  Nuclear wastes, which  are regulated by the U.S.  Nuclear  Regula-
 tory  Commission (NRC) rather than the U.S. EPA, are not specifically addressed
 in  the TRD.   However, the  large  body of literature on nuclear  S/S technology
 provides  an important resource  (Kibbey et al., 1978), and much  of the  S/S
 technology  developed by the nuclear  community is applicable to  EPA-regulated
 wastes.   Mixed wastes are  not specifically discussed in this document;
 however,  S/S  technologies  may be applicable to these wastes.   For example,
 liquid radioactive and  hazardous tank wastes have been  stabilized with a
 cement-based  system that satisfies EPA's hazardous waste regulations and U.S.
 Department of Energy long-term performance criteria (Peek and Woodrich, 1990).

 1.2.2.2   Processes
          S/S technology includes many classes of immobilization systems and
 applications;  example classes include inorganic binders or organic binders,
 low-temperature processes  (e.g., pozzolanic)  or high-temperature processes
 (e.g., vitrification),   in  situ applications or ex situ applications,  and S/S
 as a sole treatment technology or as a component of a treatment train.   The
 scope of this  TRD specifically excludes  only vitrification and the formation
of ceramics, which involve the application of very high temperatures
                                     1-13

-------
(>1,500-ฐF).  Vitrification is discussed in a separate U.S.  EPA guidance
document currently under preparation [bibliographic citation needed].

                                1.2.3  Audience
          This document is intended for  persons  planning or  applying S/S
processes to hazardous waste management.  The document describes the treat-
ability testing and project planning approach leading to selection of an
effective S/S technology and gives technical  background on S/S treatment
methods.  It is intended to provide technology transfer to persons responsible
for selection and design of S/S treatment methods.   Information about S/S
technology is presented in detailed text descriptions supported by summary
tables, checklists, and figures to introduce  users  who are unfamiliar with S/S
technology to the key concepts.  The tables,  checklists, and figures also
serve as a ready reference for experts.

1.2.3.1  CERCLA Applications
          For CERCLA projects, the users of the  TRD may include responsible
parties (RPs), Remedial Project Managers (RPMs),  contractors,  and technology
vendors.  Each has a different role in designing,  conducting,  and evaluating
S/S process testing and selection under  CERCLA,  as  described below.
          Currently, RPs plan and manage clean up  at approximately half of the
Superfund sites.  At enforcement sites,  RPs are  responsible  for planning and
executing S/S process testing and evaluation  under  federal or state oversight.
          RPMs perform planning and oversight of the remediation.  Their role
in treatability investigations depends on the designated lead organization
(federal, state, or private).  Their activities  generally include scoping the
treatability study, establishing the data quality  objectives,  selecting a
contractor, issuing a work assignment, overseeing  the execution of the study,
and informing or involving the public as appropriate.
          Treatability studies for S/S process testing and evaluation are
generally performed by remedial contractors or technology vendors.  Their
roles in treatability investigations include  preparing work  plans and other
supporting documents, complying with regulatory  requirements,  executing the
study, analyzing and interpreting the data, and  reporting the results.
                                     1-14

-------
          The RPs, RPMs, contractors, and vendors participate in identifica-
tion of proposed response action, technology screening, development of
remedial action alternatives, and evaluation of remedial action alternatives.
The TRD provides S/S process-specific information to assist users through the
CERCLA planning process.

1.2.3.2  RCRA Applications
          Technology screening at RCRA treatment facilities is driven by the
regulations, the specific technologies available at the facility, and the
permit conditions.  A treatment facility probably has one or more specific
immobilization technologies in place with a menu of permitted treatment
options available (U.S. EPA, 1989b).  Consequently, screening at a RCRA TSD
facility means determining whether each proposed waste is treatable by the
available permitted immobilization technology.  The criterion for satisfactory
treatability is the ability of the treated waste to pass all the required
tests for acceptance for disposal.  The TRD will help RCRA TSD facility
operators and engineers match wastestreams to S/S treatment options, design
treatability studies, and select test methods.  It also will help generators
of characteristically hazardous waste who treat their waste to remove the
requirements for Subpart C disposal.

                        1.3  REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS
          This section is intended to provide a brief introduction to the
major regulatory considerations for S/S.   Due to the complexity of the
regulations, this discussion does not attempt to be comprehensive, but rather
provides an overview of the regulatory framework within which S/S is generally
applied.  It is very important for anyone considering the use of S/S treatment
to consult the regulatory agencies that have authority over that waste.  State
and local  regulations may vary widely, and implementation of regulatory
requirements is often developed on a site-specific basis, particularly in the
case of Superfund sites.

                          1.3.1  Regulatory  Framework
          Cleanup and disposal  of hazardous  wastes are regulated primarily by
two federal  laws and their amendments.
                                     1-15

-------
          First is the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA),
as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA).  These
give EPA authority to regulate disposal  of hazardous waste and set standards
for treatment.
          The second major law regulating hazardous waste is the Comprehensive
Environmental Response Compensation and  Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980,  as
amended by the Superfund Amendments and  Reauthorization Act (SARA) of 1986.
CERCLA regulates the cleanup of spilled  materials and abandoned hazardous
waste sites.
          Generally, CERCLA sites are not regulated by RCRA directly.
However, CERCLA Section 121(d)(2) requires that Superfund response actions
comply with other environmental laws that are applicable or relevant and
appropriate requirements (ARARs) (U.S. EPA, 1989c).  Determination of ARARs is
site-specific.  If portions of RCRA regulations constitute ARARs, then these
regulations apply to the Superfund sites.

                    1.3.2  RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions
          The part of RCRA  that most affects the use of S/S is  that related to
the Land Disposal  Restrictions (LDRs), also referred to as "landban."  The LDRs
were included in RCRA as part  of the Hazardous and Solid Waste  Amendments
(HSWA) of 1984 following a  growing concern that hazardous waste being disposed
in the ground (such  as  in a landfill) would eventually be released into the en-
vironment despite containment  efforts.  Under HSWA, land disposal of hazardous
waste is prohibited  unless  it  has been treated first.  U.S.  EPA is required to
establish treatment standards  for each type of RCRA hazardous waste.  The RCRA
definition of "land disposal," or "placement," includes but is not limited to:

          any "placement"  of hazardous waste in a landfill, surface
          impoundment, waste pile,  injection well, land treatment
          facility,  salt dome  formation,  salt bed formation, under-
          ground mine or cave, and concrete bunker or vault.
          (RCRA 3004(k))

          LDRs apply only to wastes that  are land-disposed after the effective
date of the restrictions.   That is, the  LORs do not require that wastes  land-
disposed prior to the date of the restrictions be removed and treated.
                                     1-16

-------
 However,  wastes  being  treated  under CERCLA remedial response actions may  still
 fall  under  the land disposal restrictions if RCRA regulations apply as ARARs.
          As discussed  above,  U.S. EPA has established three types of LDR
 treatment standards (U.S.  EPA,  1989c), specified in 40 CFR Part 268:

          a. A concentration level to be achieved prior to dis-
             posal of  the  waste or treatment residual (the most
             common type of treatment standard)
          b. A specified technology to be used prior to disposal,
             or
          c. A "no land disposal" designation when the waste is
             no  longer  generated, is totally recycled, is not
             currently  being land disposed, or no residuals are
             produced  from treatment.

          Treatment standards  are established on the basis of the Best Demon-
 strated Available Technology (BOAT) rather than on risk-based or health-based
 standards.  "Best" is defined  as the technology that offers the greatest re-
 duction of  toxicity, mobility, or volume of the waste.  To be "demonstrated,"
 a treatment technology must be demonstrated to work at a full-scale level, as
 opposed to  bench-scale or  pilot-scale.  "Available" means that a technology is
 commercially available.  S/S has been identified as BOAT for a variety of
 waste codes.  These waste  codes are listed in Table 1-1.
          The majority of  LDR treatment standards promulgated to date specify
 concentration levels.   For wastes with treatment standards expressed as
 concentrations,  any technology that can achieve the required concentration-
 based levels may be used (i.e., the BOAT used by U.S. EPA to set the standards
 is not the required technology).  To establish a concentration level(s) for a
 specific waste code, U.S.  EPA selects a subset of the hazardous constituents
 found in the waste (known  as "BOAT constituents") and sets treatment standards
 for each of these constituents.  Although the waste may contain additional
 constituents,  only the treatment standards for the "BOAT constituents" must be
 met before the wastes  can  be land-disposed.   The residues from treatment of an
 originally listed waste (e.g.,  ash or scrubber water) are also listed RCRA
 hazardous wastes  (because of the "derived from" rule),  and are therefore also
 prohibited from land disposal  unless they meet the treatment standards for the
waste code of the original  listed waste from which they derive (U.S. EPA,
                                     1-17

-------
1989d).  Separate standards are established for wastewaters and nonwaste-

waters.

          If a treatment standard is promulgated as a specified technology,

that technology must be used to treat the waste unless an Equivalent Treatment

Method Petition is approved by U.S.  EPA.   To be granted,  the petition must

demonstrate that the alternative technology achieves an equivalent measure of

performance.

          Sometimes, both a concentration standard and a treatment standard

apply to the same waste code.   When  this  is the case, the two standards

usually address different contaminants in that waste.  Generally, the technol-

ogy-based treatment is applied first, then the waste is tested for the

concentration and further treatment  is applied if necessary to meet the

concentration-based standard.

          U.S. EPA recognized  that not all wastes can be treated to the LDR

treatment standards and that alternative  treatment standards and methods of

land disposal may provide significant reduction in the toxicity, mobility, or

volume of wastes and may be protective of human health and the environment.
The LDRs therefore provide the following  compliance options to meeting the

restrictions discussed above:


          •  Treatability Variance:   This option is available
             when U.S. EPA has set a treatment standard as a
             concentration level, but because a generator's waste
             differs significantly from the waste used to set the
             standard, the promulgated treatment standards cannot
             be met or the BOAT technology is inappropriate for
             that waste.  (For the purposes of the LDRs,  CERCLA
             site managers are considered generators of hazardous
             waste.)  Under a  treatability variance, U.S. EPA
             approves an alternative treatment standard that must
             be met before that waste can be land-disposed.

          •  Equivalent Method Petition:   This option is avail-
             able when U.S. EPA has  set a treatment standard that
             specifies a technology  (e.g., incineration).  Gener-
             ators may use a different technology (e.g.,  chemical
             treatment) if they can  demonstrate that this tech-
             nology will achieve a measure of performance equiva-
             lent to that of the specified technology.

          •  No Migration Petition:   This option may be used to
             meet any of the four types of LDR restriction.  Gen-
             erators may land-dispose of  wastes that do not meet
             the LDR restriction if  they  can demonstrate that no


                                     1-18

-------
             hazardous constituents above health-based levels
             will migrate from the disposal unit or injection
             zone for as long as the wastes remain hazardous.

          •  Deli sting:  This option may be used to demonstrate
             that a waste is nonhazardous and therefore not
             subject to any of the RCRA subtitle C hazardous
             waste regulations, including the LDRs.  Delisting
             only applies when the CERCLA waste is a listed RCRA
             hazardous waste.  Characteristic wastes need not be
             delisted, but they must be treated to no longer
             exhibit the characteristic before they can be
             considered nonhazardous.  Generators must
             demonstrate that (1) the waste does not meet any of
             the criteria for which the waste was listed as a
             hazardous waste; and (2) other factors, including
             additional constituents, do not cause the waste to
             be hazardous.


       1.3.3  Application of Land Disposal Restrictions to CERCLA Sites

          CERCLA Section 121(d)(2) specifies that on-site Superfund remedial

actions shall attain "other Federal standards requirements, criteria, limita-

tions, or more stringent State requirements that are determined to be legally

applicable or relevant and appropriate (ARAR) to the specified circumstances

at the site" (U.S. EPA, 1989d).  In addition, the National Oil and Hazardous

Substances Contingency Plan (NCP) requires that on-site removal actions attain

ARARs to the extent practicable.  Off-site removal and remedial actions must

comply with legally applicable requirements.

          For LDRs to be applicable to a CERCLA response, the action must
constitute placement of a restricted RCRA hazardous waste.  Therefore, the
CERCLA site manager must answer these three questions:


          1. Does the response action constitute placement?

          2. Is the CERCLA substance being placed also a RCRA
             hazardous waste?

          3. Is the RCRA waste restricted under the LDRs?


          With respect to the first question, if the waste is transported off

site and placed in a land disposal unit as defined by RCRA (landfill, surface

impoundments, waste pile, injection well, land treatment facility, salt dome

formation, underground mine or cave, concrete bunker,  or vault),  placement
                                     1-19

-------
occurs.   On-site disposal  of wastes is often less well  defined.   U.S.  EPA uses
the concept of "areas of contamination" (AOCs),  which are viewed as the
equivalent of RCRA units to determine if LDRs apply.   An AOC is  delineated by
areal  extent of contiguous contamination.   Such  contamination must be  continu-
ous, but may contain varying types and concentrations of hazardous substances
(for example, a waste source such as a waste pit, landfill,  or pile,  and the
surrounding contaminated soil).   For on-site disposal,  placement occurs when
wastes are moved from one AOC into another.   Examples of placement include
consolidation of wastes from different AOCs into a single AOC, or excavation
from an AOC for treatment in a separate unit such as  an incinerator or tank
that is within the AOC followed  by redeposit into the same AOC.   Placement
does not occur when wastes are left in place or  moved within a single  AOC (for
example, treatment in situ, capping in place, or processing within the AOC —
but not in a separate unit such  as a tank — to improve structural  stability).
          The second question entails determining whether the CERCLA substance
is a RCRA hazardous waste.  Site managers are not required to presume  that a
substance is a RCRA hazardous waste unless  there is affirmative  evidence to
support such a finding.  There are two types of  RCRA  wastes:  listed wastes
(those waste types or compounds  specifically listed in 40 CFR Part 261) and
characteristic wastes (wastes exhibiting the characteristics of ignitability,
corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity, as defined in 40 CFR Part  261).   Infor-
mation on the source, prior use, and process type is  usually required  and can
be obtained from facility business records  or examination of processes used at
the facility.
          In addition to the two categories of RCRA wastes,  three principles
may apply:

          • The "derived from" rule
          • The "mixture rule"
          • The "contained in" interpretation

First, the "derived from" rule (40 CFR 261.3(c)(2)) states that any solid
waste derived from the treatment, storage,  or disposal of a listed RCRA waste
is also a listed waste, regardless of the concentration of hazardous constitu-
ents.  For example, ash and scrubber water from incineration of a listed waste
                                     1-20

-------
 are hazardous  on  the  basis  of the  derived-from  rule.   However, wastes  derived
 from a characteristic waste are  hazardous  only  if  they exhibit the  character-
 istic.
           Another principle is the "mixture  rule"  (40  CFR  261.3(a)(2)).  Under
 this rule,  when any solid waste  and a  listed hazardous waste  are mixed,  the
 entire mixture is a listed  hazardous waste.   Mixtures  of solid wastes  and
 characteristic hazardous wastes  are hazardous only  if  the  mixture exhibits a
 characteristic.
           The  third principle  is the "contained in" interpretation  (Office of
 Solid Waste Memorandum dated  November  13,  1986).  Under this  interpretation,
 any mixture of a  nonsolid waste  and a  RCRA-listed hazardous waste must be
 managed  as  a hazardous waste  as  long as the  material contains (i.e., is  above
 health-based levels of) the listed hazardous  waste.  For example, if soil or
 groundwater contains  a listed hazardous waste, that soil or groundwater  must
 be  managed  as  a RCRA  hazardous waste as long  as it  "contains" the waste.
           If a waste  is a RCRA-listed  hazardous waste,  a "derived from"  waste,
 or  a  mixture of a  listed waste and  a solid waste, the  waste must be delisted
 in  order to be exempted from the RCRA  system.  Characteristic wastes need not
 be  delisted, only  treated to no longer exhibit the characteristic.  A "con-
 tained  in"  waste  also  does  not have to be delisted; it  only has to no longer
 "contain" the  hazardous waste.
           If the answers to the first two questions determined that placement
 will  occur  and that the waste is a  RCRA hazardous waste, the third step  is to
 determine applicability of  the landbans as specified by the treatment stan-
 dards promulgated  in 40 CFR Part 268.  If treatment standards have been
 promulgated  for the waste in question,  the landbans apply and the waste must
 be  treated  in accordance with these standards.  For several of these standards
 the BOAT used to derive the standard is S/S.

                      1.3.4  Toxic  Substances Control Act
          The Toxic Substances Control  Act (TSCA)  regulates numerous toxic
chemicals,  many of which are not commonly encountered  in hazardous waste.
However, one group of compounds that is regulated  under TSCA — polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs) — is  a fairly common type of contaminant  at Superfund  sites.
PCB-containing  wastes   (other than the California List  Wastes)  —for example,
liquids that contain  both  PCBs above 50 ppm and  RCRA hazardous wastes —

                                     1-21

-------
generally require cleanup when the total  PCB levels are greater than 50 ppm.
However, 40 CFR 761.120(a)(l) excludes spills that occurred prior to May 4,
1987, from the scope of the U.S.  EPA's PCB Spill  Policy.  The U.S. EPA
recognizes that old spills require site-by-site evaluation because of the
likelihood that the site involves more pervasive PCB contamination than fresh
spills, and because old spills are generally more difficult to clean up than
fresh spills (particularly on porous surfaces such as concrete).   Therefore,
spills that occurred before May 4, 1987,  are to be decontaminated to require-
ments established at the discretion of the U.S. EPA, usually through its
regional offices.

                    1.3.5  Other  Environmental  Regulations
          In addition to RCRA, CERCLA and TSCA, other environmental  legisla-
tion may be applicable to the use of S/S:

          • The Clean Water Act regulates the discharge of liquid
            effluents to waters of the U.S.
          • The Clean Air Act regulates the release of pollutants
            into the air.
          • The Safe Drinking Water Act controls levels of
            pollutants in drinking water and regulates underground
            injection wells.
          • The Occupational Safety and Health Act regulates
            exposure of workers to toxic substances and harmful
            work practices.
          • State and/of local regulations pertaining to hazardous
            wastes, which may be  more stringent than the federal
            regulations.

          In the event that S/S produces effluents or conditions  which fall
under the jurisdiction of one or  more of these acts, compliance would be
required.  As noted at the beginning of this section, consultation with all
cognizant regulatory officials responsible for a particular waste or site is
advised before undertaking treatment.
                                     1-22

-------
                      2  SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION (S/S)
                         TECHNOLOGY SCREENING PROCEDURES
                               2.1  INTRODUCTION
                                2.1.1   Overview
          The process of technology selection, evaluation, and optimization is
frequently referred to as "technology screening."  A treatment technology that
has been properly screened prior  to full-scale implementation has the highest
probability of success in the field.
          This chapter provides guidance on the S/S technology screening
process and the steps needed to select and test an appropriate S/S process for
each waste type.  Figure 2-1 shows the major steps in the technology screening
process and their order of implementation.  Sections 2.2 through 2.8 corre-
spond to each of these major steps.
          Sections 2.2 through 2.4 describe activities that must be undertaken
before conducting treatability studies.  Section 2.2 discusses the fundamental
information requirements for characterizing the waste, including guidance on
waste sampling.  An example of a Sampling and Analysis Plan is provided in
Appendix B.  Section 2.3 addresses the need for, and issues related to,
establishing S/S treatability performance objectives or acceptance criteria.
Regulatory, technical, and institutional  requirements are discussed, and an
approach for setting performance criteria is presented.   Section 2.4 overviews
the generic technology screening process  leading to the selection of S/S
rather than other types of technologies and references documents offering more
detail on this subject.
          Sections 2.5 through 2.8 describe in detail  each of the tiers of
treatability testing for S/S processes.  Section 2.5 addresses waste/binder
compatibility screening.   Section 2.6  discusses laboratory screening of
waste/binder mixtures, including binder screening and  optimization.   Sec-
tion 2.7 addresses bench-scale performance testing, and  Section 2.8 discusses
pilot-scale testing.   During each sequential  tier of treatability testing,  the
testing becomes more specific to the individual  waste  form.
          Three points relating to the technology screening  process
(Figure 2-1)  are emphasized:

          •  The screening  process often  requires several
             iterations  through some or all  of the steps.

                                     2-1

-------
Section 2.2
 Section 2.3
Section 2.4
Section 2.5
 Section 2.6
 Section 2.7
 Section 2.8
      Site Sampling
    Site Characteristics
  Waste Characteristics
Yes
         Establish
  Performance Objectives
         Feasibility
    tudy: Is S/S a Viable
          Option?
Literature Screening to Select
  Appropriate Waste/Binder
      Combinations
  Laboratory Bench-Scale
        Screening
 Bench-Scale Performance
          Testing
    Pilot or Field Testing
                        Successful
      Available
Analytical/Engineering
   S/S Solutions?


^ No
^
3Ct
r


^_ No

|
^^ No


^ No
^-^^

S
N
s
N
/

V
^
No
^
Unsuccessful
FIGURE 2-1.  SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY  SCREENING

                                         2-2

-------
             A decision point occurs at the end of each step,
             and, depending on the outcome of the analysis, it
             may be necessary to return to an earlier stage of
             the screening process, modify the approach, and
             repeat one or more steps.

          •  The screening process must be flexible.  Project-
             specific circumstances require a flexible approach
             because not all projects have the same set of needs
             and resources.  Under certain circumstances it may
             be prudent to skip steps or entire sequences of
             steps.  For example, minimal or even no treatability
             testing might be required for a well-developed S/S
             process applied to a simple waste.  Project-specific
             resource limitations may also indicate the need to
             eliminate certain steps.  In designing each treat-
             ability study, procedural decisions will have to be
             made based on the trade-offs of the various alterna-
             tives.  Eliminating various steps in the technology
             screening procedure can reduce the likelihood of
             successful technology application; the party respon-
             sible for the treatability study must evaluate the
             risk associated with eliminating such steps.

          •  In the event that, during treatability testing, S/S
             appears not to be feasible (i.e., certain critical
             performance goals are not being achieved), then it
             may be advisable to return to an earlier step in the
             screening process and repeat the screening procedure
             using a different approach or a different set of
             assumptions.  For example, perhaps a completely
             different binder type should be tested, or the waste
             should be pretreated prior to S/S.  Unsuccessful S/S
             treatability studies are not uncommon, but technical
             deficiencies can frequently be overcome by testing
             different binders or by modifying the S/S process.


                   2.1.2  The Need for Treatability Studies

          Treatability studies provide valuable site-specific data needed to

select and implement the appropriate remedy.  The Remedial Investigation/

Feasibility Study (RI/FS) interim final guidance document (U.S. EPA, 1988a)

specifies nine evaluation criteria for use in analyzing alternatives.

Treatability studies can address seven of these criteria:


          •  Overall protection of human health and the
             environment
             Compliance with applicable or relevant and
             appropriate requirements (ARARs)
                                      2-3

-------
          •  Implementability
          •  Reduction of toxicity,  mobility,  or volume
          •  Short-term effectiveness
          •  Cost
          •  Long-term effectiveness

          The other two criteria affecting the evaluation and selection of the
remedial alternative - community and state acceptance - can influence the
decision to conduct treatability studies on a  particular technology.
          Treatability studies should be conducted by individuals or groups
with the proper expertise and training.   These may include research laborato-
ries, universities, S/S vendors, or treatability vendors.  EPA (1990a)
provides a compilation of vendors qualified to perform S/S treatability
studies and indicates the types of media and contaminant groups in which the
firms are experienced.
          Several documents provide varying levels of guidance on the design
and conduct of treatability studies.  For example, U.S. EPA (1989e) provides
generic guidance for conducting treatability studies under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) in the
context of the RI/FS process and the preparation of the Record of Decision
(ROD).  The guidance, which is not specific to any technology, includes a
discussion of planning documentation and data  quality objectives.  A related
draft document (U.S. EPA, 1990b) provides generic treatability study guidance
under CERCLA on S/S technology for inorganic contaminants.  Other technology-
specific treatability guides have been or are  in the process of being pub-
lished for soil washing, aerobic biodegradation, soil vapor extraction,
chemical dehalogenation, solvent extraction, and thermal desorption.   An
example of a facility-specific guidance document is Barth and McCandless
(1989), which outlines S/S treatability testing procedures for U.S. EPA's
Center Hill Research Facility.  All of these documents supplement information
contained in this chapter and should be consulted for appropriate levels of
guidance.
                                      2-4

-------
             2.2  SITE-SPECIFIC BASELINE INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS
          The purpose of this section is to discuss the information require-
ments for technology screening, which are presented in five subsections:
Waste Sampling, Waste Acceptance (the acceptability of the waste at the
treatability or analytical laboratory in terms of compliance with applicable
permits and other requirements), Waste Characterization, Site Characteriza-
tion, and Quality Assurance/Quality Control (Sections 2.2.1 through 2.2.5).
Figure 2-2 presents the sequence of information collection steps.  Initially,
preliminary characterization of the waste is needed to support preliminary
decisions about the use of S/S and waste acceptability at the test facility.
This information is also used to determine appropriate worker protection
provisions for waste sampling.  Information for preliminary characterization
is usually available from remedial investigation (RI) studies if the waste is
from a CERCLA site or from other historical records or testing.  The RI
studies generally do not provide enough information to determine appropriate-
ness of S/S; therefore, additional waste sampling is required to support a
waste-specific determination of the appropriateness of various treatability
approaches.  If the waste is not acceptable at the testing facility, the
project cannot proceed until the problem is resolved.  In Section 2.2.6, Table
2-6 briefly outlines guidance on site-specific baseline information needs.

                             2.2.1  Waste Sampling
          The principal objective of waste sampling is to obtain waste samples
for analysis and treatability testing that are representative both of the
waste as a whole, and of the extremes of waste composition ("hot spots"),
which can be used for worst-case testing.   This can be accomplished in several
ways, as described in Section 2.2.1.1.  It is also important to obtain a
sufficient number of samples and volume of sample to satisfy the analytical
and bench-scale testing requirements, because repeat sampling can be expensive
and undesirable.

2.2.1.1  Composites vs. Hot Spots
          Many factors affect site sampling.  This document is not intended to
provide complete coverage of the many reports that should be referred to for
guidance regarding sampling strategies and collection and preservation
                                      2-5

-------
Section 2.2.1
Section 2.2.2
                       Preliminary
                     Characterization
                    Waste Sampling
                  Additional Preliminary
                     Characterization
  Waste
Acceptable
  to Lab?
. No

Analysis
Not Practical
                  Characterize Waste
                  in Detail

                   •  Chemical
                   •  Physical
                   •  RCRA Hazardous
                      Characteristics
                        Compile Information
                       on Site Characteristics
                           Section 2.2.4
                      Section 2.2.3
FIGURE 2-2.   INFORMATION COLLECTION  STEPS IN THE
            TECHNOLOGY-SCREENING PROCESS
                                 2-6

-------
 requirements.   Such documents include an EPA soil  sampling quality assurance
 document (U.S.  EPA, 1989f),  EPA's Solid Waste Test Method Manual,  commonly
 referred to as  SW-846 (U.S.  EPA,  1986a), Conner (1990,  Chapter 17),  and U.S.
 EPA (1989e).  A sampling technique developed by U.S.  EPA Region 10 especially
 for S/S treatability studies has  been shown  to be  very  effective (U.S.  EPA
 Region  10,  1200 Sixth Avenue,  Seattle,  WA,   (206)  442-5810).   The  discussion
 that follows emphasizes  several  issues  applicable  to  sampling for  S/S treat-
 ability studies.
           Prior to  detailed  sampling,  historical records or a grab sample
 should  be  used  to determine  whether the waste can  be  sampled  safely.   The
 waste material  should be surveyed to determine the necessary  sampling appara-
 tus and the procedures that  must  be used.  Also, some analytical data should
 be  available at this  point to  determine the  appropriate  level  of personal
 protective  equipment.
          As indicated in Section 2.2.1,  the principal objective of  the
 sampling activity is  to  obtain waste samples that  are representative  of the
 waste as a  whole (in  terms of  both  chemical  and physical  characteristics)  and
 that  are collected  in  sufficient  quantity to permit all  the necessary analyti-
 cal  tests to be conducted.   Representativeness  is  crucial  but  difficult to
 quantify (U.S.  EPA,  1989f).  The  two  approaches to achieving  representative-
 ness  are as follows:
          •  Combine samples from a wide range of sampling
             locations both vertically and spatially to produce a
             single composite sample that represents the "overall
             average."  A variation of this approach would
             include compositing the subset of samples with the
             highest target contaminant levels to produce a
             "worst-case composite" for bench-scale testing.
             However, if S/S treatment is applied in batches,
             combining samples would not represent high-
             concentration areas that could occur in a particular
             batch.
          •  Collect samples from a wide range of locations but
             do not composite.   Analyze samples individually and
             select the "hot spots" for subsequent bench-scale
             testing.

          Both approaches have  advantages and disadvantages.  Compositing
samples may be more appropriate when (1)  a batch-mixing system is to be used
                                     2-7

-------
in the field or treated samples are to be composited prior to analysis or (2)
the primary purpose in conducting the treatability study is to compare stabil-
ization with some other completely different treatment process.   In the latter
case, the waste needs to be uniform to ensure comparability.   Also, wastes
that are already contained in barrels are usually sampled by compositing.
          The "hot spot" approach may be more appropriate when a continuous
flow-through mixing system such as a pug mill is employed, or when the process
will be applied to in situ waste.  The composite approach risks  overlooking
the zones of unusually elevated contaminant or interferant concentrations that
may cause the process to fail to satisfy its performance criteria.  On the
other hand, the "hot spots" may be difficult to define for complex waste forms
and may lead one in the direction of an unnecessarily expensive  S/S process.
The issue is sufficiently complex that an expert system would be needed to
sort out all the variables and point to the preferred approach for each
individual  case.  The logic used in selecting samples for treatability studies
will be examined by the regulatory authority before accepting test results.
          The amount of sample collected should be adequate to satisfy the
needs of the waste acceptance, waste characterization, bench-scale screening,
and performance testing activities and should include a suitable quantity to
be archived for possible later use.  One RCRA-permitted facility typically
uses 130 kg as the rule of thumb (Barth and McCandless, 1989).  This includes
about 110 kg for testing and an additional  20% safety margin.
          Nonpermitted facilities can perform treatability tests under the
treatability study exemption (40 CFR 261.4).  However, these facilities are
limited to a total of 1000 kg of waste in the facility at one time.  There-
fore, the testing facility may be reluctant to accept unnecessarily large
quantities of sample,  particularly if they are performing treatability studies
for more than one client.
          One possible solution that allows collection of larger quantities of
sample is to hold the sample at the site and ship batches to the test facility
as needed.   Generally, at least 10 kg of sample is needed to provide enough
sample to test; however, it is important to be sensitive to the  1000 kg
limit.
           In practice, sample quantity needs will vary from project to
project, depending on the size of the waste material, the complexity of waste
                                     2-8

-------
chemistry, QA/QC requirements, and the binder to be used.  Other factors
affecting sample volume requirements cannot be known beforehand.

2.2.1.2  Statistical Approaches
          It should be emphasized that sampling in support of S/S treatability
studies encompasses more than the usual soil or waste sampling undertaken in
RI studies at a Superfund site.  It is important that the samples are ade-
quately sized and representative.  Since wastes may be found in diverse
locations and physical states, each sampling routine should be designed to fit
the waste and the situation.  Wastes to be treated with S/S may occur as
nonhomogeneous mixtures in stratified layers or as poorly mixed conglomerates.
For such wastes it is particularly important to have a carefully assessed,
well-planned, and well-executed sampling routine to ensure that samples are
representative.  For example, wastes stored in surface impoundments with
stratified sludges and covered by wastewater, would probably require samples
of the wastewater, the sludges, and the soil beneath the sludges.  Additional
information on sampling plans can be found in the ASTM Standard Guide for
General Planning of Waste Sampling (ASTM-D-4687-87).
          Cost is an important factor in determining the extent of sampling.
Involvement of a statistician knowledgeable in sample design can help to
minimize cost by ensuring that the samples are collected in the most efficient
way so as to provide adequate information for statistical analysis of the
results.
          Sampling for S/S must address four areas, depending on the specific
needs of the treatability study and regulatory requirements:

          •  Chemical composition of the untreated waste
          •  Physical properties of the untreated waste
          •  Process control sampling (U.S. EPA,  1990b)
          •  Quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC)
             representativeness and accuracy

          The first two areas of sampling apply to all  S/S treatability
studies.  However, sampling for process control  applies only to pilot-scale
studies and to the actual  S/S remedial  operation.
                                     2-9

-------
          Assessment of the chemical composition and physical properties of
wastes in S/S treatability studies typically is based on a limited number of
field measurements.  However, the variability of field measurements can be
quite complex.  This variability is compounded by several factors such as
measurement uncertainty, field heterogeneities (e.g., in soil and water
properties), and sampling variability.  In cases where decisions must be made
from highly variable data, it is crucial that the information upon which the
decisions are based be obtained from samples that are selected through the use
of statistical sampling design procedures.  There are at least three important
purposes for statistical sampling design:

          •  to ensure that the sampling is representative
          •  to provide numerical estimates for decision making
             that have quantifiable error limits
          •  to improve sampling efficiency (i.e., to provide
             estimates that are precise enough at the lowest
             possible cost)

          The design steps for selecting field sampling locations, measure-
ments, and data analyses for S/S treatability studies are similar to those
described by other authors for environmental monitoring of chemicals (Keith,
1988; Gilbert, 1987).  These five steps can be summarized as follows:

          1. Define the sampling zones, sampling frames, and
             variables(s) of interest.
          2. Define a general sample collection strategy for each
             sampling zone.
          3. Develop a statistical model and statistical sampling
             objectives for each sampling zone.
          4. Specify the estimation and/or testing procedures to
             be employed and their desired statistical
             properties.
          5. Select the sampling design parameters to achieve the
             desired statistical properties.

          The  "sampling zone" refers to the specific waste area that must  be
characterized, typically a contaminated soil body or waste accumulation.   The
                                      2-10

-------
 "sampling frame"  then refers to the complete set of potential  sampling units
 (e.g.,  soil  grab  samples or core samples)  that  make up the sampling zone.
 Each sampling objective must be related to a specific  variable that can be
 measured on  every sampling unit (e.g.,  waste sample, soil  sample,  water
 sample).   In this way,  each objective  can  be stated in terms  of the measured
 variable and some summary value across  the entire sampling zone,  such  as an
 average value or  a maximum value.   Generally, a variety of physical, chemical,
 and  biological  properties (e.g.,  soil moisture,  pH,  and chemical  concentra-
 tions)  can be measured  on each  collected sample.
          The "sampling strategy"  specifies  the general  method,  such as
 systematic,  random,  or  stratified  random,  by which  sampling locations  will be
 selected.    However,  establishing  the sampling  strategy for a  particular zone
 describes the final  sampling plan  only  in  general terms.   To  lay  out the
 specific  sampling plan  in each  zone, the number and  locations  of  samples need
 to be clearly defined in  terms  of  several  sampling  design  parameters.   The
 "statistical  properties"  of the  sampling design,  such  as estimation precision,
 are  then  a function  of  these parameters.   Examples  of  design parameters for  a
 monitoring program  are  as follows:  number of sampling  locations,  number of
 replications, grid  configuration and orientation, sampling times,  and  measure-
 ment precision.   If wastes  are  present  in  stratified layers such as in  a
 lagoon  or waste pit, the  depths  at which samples  are taken will be  important
 to the  sample design.
          After establishing  the sampling frame and variable(s) of  interest
 for each sampling zone, an  appropriate mathematical model should be selected
 to describe the anticipated  statistical properties of the measured values.   It
 is important that a knowledgeable statistician be involved in both sample
design and model  selection.  The sampling objectives for each zone can  then be
refined and restated in terms of the variables and parameters of the statisti-
cal  model.  For every sampling objective, the estimation and inference
procedures to be employed must be stated clearly and referenced.  Generally,
these procedures will involve either estimating  of parameter values for  the
statistical  model  or testing a statistical  hypothesis about the parameter
values.
          Some examples of mathematical  models commonly used in environmental
assessments  and S/S treatability studies are listed below:
                                     2-11

-------
          •  Gaussian (Normal)  Model  - used to estimate the
             average of some characteristic of the waste (e.g.,
             average concentration in soil  of a specified
             contaminant);  estimator  is the arithmetical  average
             of the measured data.
          •  Lognormal  Model -  used to estimate the median  of
             some characteristic of the waste; this model  is less
             sensitive  to outlier data than the Gaussian model;
             estimator  is the antilog of the average of the log-
             transformed data.
          •  Binomial Model  - used to estimate proportions  of
             some characteristic of the waste (e.g., fraction of
             the waste  where the concentration of a contaminant
             is above a specified threshold); estimator is  a
             sample proportion  calculated by comparing measured
             data to the specified threshold.

          Data quality  objectives can then be established at levels that make
possible reliable decision-making about the chemical and physical properties
of the waste from the sampling  results.  From a sampling design  point of view,
determining the desired quality of the data amounts to setting requirements
for the statistical performance of the selected estimation  and inference
procedures.  Once the data quality objectives have been determined, the
specific sampling plan  can be established by setting the number  of samples,
replications, etc. required to  satisfy the data quality objectives.
          For example,  a data quality objective for a particular study might
be to assess the waste  for the  average concentration of a toxic  metal (e.g.,
mercury) in the waste to within an error of plus-or-minus 20%.  Using the
properties of the mathematical  model, the statistician can  easily determine
the minimum number of samples required to satisfy the data  quality objective.
It is often useful to have the  statistician prepare a table relating different
sample sizes to the corresponding statistical confidence levels, so that
sampling costs can be controlled by trading off resources available against
confidence required.

                            2.2.2  Waste Acceptance
          Waste acceptance involves analyzing a representative subsample to
determine compliance with existing facility permits for the laboratory where
subsequent analytical and bench-scale testing is to occur and to screen waste
for the safety of facility personnel.  The primary  issue here is that S/S
                                     2-12

-------
treatment in the field usually involves close contact between workers and the
waste, and there are types of waste that may be too toxic to permit either the
laboratory or field operations to be conducted safely.  Such wastes are
screened from further consideration as a candidate for S/S treatment at this
point.   Less toxic materials can be handled by nonpermitted facilities if
they have a treatability study exemption (40 CFR 261.4 (f)(4)).
          A representative subsample of the untreated waste must undergo
chemical analysis before being shipped to the analytical or bench-scale
testing facility (or facilities) to meet U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOT) shipping requirements and to demonstrate compliance with existing
facility permits, permit exclusions for treatability studies, and/or Health
and Safety Plans.  Problematic constituents include dioxins, furans, radio-
nuclides, and excessive levels of PCBs or cyanide.  In addition, there may be
applicable DOT pre-shipment requirements and hazardous waste manifest or
driver certification requirements that must be satisfied during shipping.  In
addition, even if the waste does not present an unacceptable degree of hazard
at a permitted laboratory or test facility, it may present health or safety
problems for workers in the field during the full-scale S/S treatment.  The
potential for this type of situation should also be assessed (U.S. EPA,
1990b).
                         2.2.3   Haste  Characterization
          The purpose of this section is to provide a brief overview of the
various waste types and contaminants and their suitability for treatment with
S/S technology.  Industrial wastes include a wide variety of materials, both
hazardous and nonhazardous.  The wastes may come from various types of
industries such as manufacturing, chemical  production, petroleum refineries,
or power production.  These wastes typically include materials such as
sludges, spent cleaning materials, pickle liquors, plating wastes, and
combustion residues.  Many of these wastes are complex mixtures that cannot be
categorized easily.  Table 2-1 lists generic wastes under broad industrial
groupings.  These generic waste types are not all amenable to S/S treatment
but are presented to illustrate the types of industrial  wastes encountered in
practice.  S/S processes are generally used to treat sludges or contaminated
soils.  Major producers of hazardous sludge include private industries,
                                     2-13

-------
TABLE 2-1.  GENERAL INDUSTRIAL WASTE CATEGORIES
          Industry
        Waste category or source
Automobile
Chemical

Chemical cleaning
Dredging
Food processing
Leather tanning and finishing

Metal finishing and major
   appliance

Municipal

Nonferrous metals
Paint and painting

Pharmaceutical

Plastic and rubber

Pollution control


Power

Pulp and paper

Refinery and petrochemical
Sanitary landfill
Steel
Textile
Automobile assembly wastes, foundry
   plant wastes, neutralized pickle
   liquors, treated plating wastes,
   treatment plant wastes
Acids, alkalies, metal-containing
   sludges, treatment plant sludge
Spent cleaning solutions
Contaminated dredge spoils
Biological treatment sludges
Biological treatment sludges, metal-
   containing sludges
Dissolved metal solutions, pickle
   liquors, rinse water neutralization
   sludge, treatment plant sludge
Sewage sludges, water treatment
   sludges
Air pollution control (ARC) dust and
   sludges, lime/limestone wet
   scrubber sludge, waste pickle liquors,
   water treatment sludge
Metal pickling and cleaning wastes,
   paint sludges
Biological treatment sludge, filter
   cake, spent carbon
Biological treatment sludge, metal-
   containing sludge
APC sludges, general spent activated
   carbon, spent resins, water
   treatment plant sludges
Fly ash, lime/limestone scrubber
   sludges, boiler cleaning solutions
Biological treatment sludges, spent
   clay and fibers
American Petroleum Institute oil/water/
   sludge mixtures, biological
   treatment sludge, spent lime sludges
Landfill leachates
APC dust and sludges, metal fines,
   scale pit sludge, waste pickle
   liquors, water treatment sludge
Biological treatment sludges,
   metal-containing sludges
Reprinted from:  Conner, J. R.  1990.  Chemical Fixation
Hazardous Wastes.  Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.  pp.
permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold.
                    and Solidification of
                    267-268.  Used  by
                                     2-14

-------
 utility companies,  and  water/wastewater  treatment  plants.   Waste  types  can  be
 broadly categorized under  a  variety  of hazardous waste  regulations.

 2.2.3.1  Regulatory Framework
           One major waste  type  considered  in this  document  is wastes  covered
 by  CERCLA (see  Section  1.3.)    Hazardous substances under CERCLA  are  broadly
 defined and  include a wide variety of materials.   The concept of  "hazardous
 substances"  under CERCLA is  defined  with reference to all of the  major  federal
 environmental statutes.  Approximately 700 elements, compounds, and waste
 streams are  designated  as  "hazardous substances" under  CERCLA (40 CFR 302.4)
 by  virtue of their  regulation under  one or more of these other environmental
 statutes.  However,  petroleum,  natural gas, natural gas liquids,  liquefied
 natural  gas, and synthetic gas  usable for fuel are excluded from  the  defini-
 tion of "hazardous  substances"  under CERCLA.
           Hazardous  wastes that are  covered by the Resource Conservation and
 Recovery  Act (RCRA)  are defined in the regulations specified in 40 CFR
 Part 261.  Such wastes  are either "listed wastes"  or "characteristic  wastes,"
 as discussed in the  following paragraphs (see also Section 1.3).
           "Listed wastes"  are specific chemicals or specific types of wastes
 listed  in  40 CFR Part 261  Subpart D.   Each listed  waste is assigned a hazard-
 ous waste  identification number.  Hazardous wastes from nonspecific sources
 (e.g.,  spent halogenated solvents used in degreasing) are listed  in
 40 CFR  261.31.   Hazardous  waste from specific sources (e.g., distillation
 bottoms from the production of acetaldehyde from ethylene) are listed in
 40 CFR  261.32.   Discarded  commercial  chemical  products,  off-specification
materials, container residues,  and spill  residue (i.e.,  specific chemicals)
 are listed in 40 CFR 261.33.
          Wastes that are  not specifically listed may be considered hazardous
because they have one or more of the  four characteristics defined in 40 CFR
261  Subpart C.   These hazardous characteristics -  ignitability,  corrosivity,
reactivity, and  toxicity - are  defined in 40 CFR Part 261 Subpart C.
          The Toxic Substances  Control  Act  (TSCA)  provides a regulatory
framework for dealing comprehensively with  risks posed by the manufacture and
use  of chemical  substances.  Under TSCA,  U.S.  EPA is  authorized  to regulate
the  manufacture, processing,  distribution,  use,  and disposal  of  a chemical  or
a mixture of chemicals.   The  U.S.  EPA can place restrictions on  specific

                                     2-15

-------
compounds or groups of compounds if they pose an unreasonable risk to health
or the environment.  Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)  are one group of
compounds the U.S. EPA has chosen to regulate under TSCA.  The disposal
requirements for PCBs given in 40 CFR 761.60 apply to  cleanup of PCB-contami-
nated wastes or soils at CERCLA sites.

2.2.3.2  Contaminant Characteristics and Treatment Types
          Contaminant classes in wastes include metals and metal compounds,
organics of various types, and other constituents such as anions.   The class
of contaminants in a waste will influence the type of  S/S treatment that can
be applied to the waste.
          Metal and metal  compounds include native metal, salts of metals,  and
metal anions such as arsenate, molybdate, or selenate.  Metal contaminants
cannot be destroyed by chemical or thermal  methods.  Therefore, they are
either extracted from the waste and concentrated into  a more manageable form
via a soil washing/extraction technology or are immobilized via S/S.  Although
immobilization is theoretically possible for most metals, the difficulty and
cost of such treatment varies greatly according to numerous factors, such as
form, speciation, quantity, and concentration of the metal.  Some examples  of
metals and groups of metals tested for S/S treatment are listed in Table 2-2.
          Certain organic-contaminated  wastes,  such as heavy sludges or soil
contaminated with organics, are also amenable to S/S treatment.  This is true
particularly if the organics are present with metals or anions, are minor
components of the waste, or are nonvolatile and/or viscous (see Table 2-3).
Given the wide variety of organic compounds, it is not possible to prepare  a
comprehensive list of organic compounds amenable to S/S treatment.  However,
Table 2-4 lists some organic wastes that have been considered as candidates
for S/S treatment.  Solidification/stabilization, either directly or following
incineration, has been identified as the Best Demonstrated Available Technolo-
gy (BOAT) for some organic wastes (see Table 1-1).  However, wastes with
significant quantities of organic material, particularly volatile organic
material, typically are treated better with other types of treatment technolo-
gy.  Organic materials can frequently be extracted or  destroyed by chemical or
thermal processes.  Organics can be difficult to stabilize with inorganic S/S
binders and can, in fact,  interfere with the setting reactions (see
                                     2-16

-------
TABLE 2-2.  EXAMPLES OF SOME METAL WASTES TESTED FOR SOLIDIFICATION/
            STABILIZATION TREATMENT
              Contaminant
              Waste  Type
 Aluminum
 Aluminum (and other metals)
 Antimony (and other metals)
 Arsenic
 Arsenic
 Arsenic
 Arsenic
 Barium
 Cadmium (and zinc)
 Cadmium (and other metals)
 Cadmium (and other metals)
 Chromium (and other metals)
 Chromium (and other metals)
 Chromium (and other metals)
 Chromium (and other metals)
 Copper
 Copper
 Copper (and zinc)
 Copper (and tin)
 Copper (and other metals)
 Copper (and other metals)
 Lead
 Lead (and other metals)
 Lead (and other metals)
 Lead (and other metals)
 Mercury
 Nickel (and other metals)
 Nickel (and other metals)
Metal finishing
Aluminum anodizing sludge
Battery manufacturing flue dust
Phosphoric acid filter cake
Fly ash
Herbicide waste
Phosphoric acid filter cake
Various
Salt slurry
Battery plant sludge
Contaminated soil
Chromium plating sludge
Aluminum anodizing sludge
Chromic acid rinse
Contaminated soil
Catalyst
Catalyst substrate
Filter press cake
Foundry sand
Metal finish
Clarifier sludge
Portland cement kiln dust
Battery plant sludge
Battery manufacturing flue dust
Contaminated soil
Chior-alkali mercury cell
Battery plant sludge
Metal finishing sludge
                                     2-17

-------
TABLE 2-2.  EXAMPLES OF SOME METAL WASTES TESTED FOR SOLIDIFICATION/
            STABILIZATION TREATMENT (Continued)
              Contaminant
            Waste Type
 Nickel (and metals)
 Silver
 Sodium
 Tin (and metals)
 Zinc (and cadmium)
 Zinc (and copper)
 Zinc (and copper)
 Zinc (and metals)
 Zinc (and metals)
 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals

 Mixed metals

 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals

 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals
 Mixed metals
Contaminated soil
Various
Metal finishing salt sludge
Battery manufacturing flue dust
Metal salt slurry
Clarifier sludge
Filter press cake
Battery plant sludge
Contaminated soil
Paint sludge
Foundry sludge
Ore processing leaching residue
Printing wastewater treatment
sludge
Printing wastewater treatment
filter cake
Paint waste incinerator ash
Electrochemical machining waste
Biosludge from chemical process
waste treatment
Clarifier sludge
Lagoon sludge
Wastewater treatment filter cake
Neutralized acids
Foundry and baghouse dust
Note:  Degree of solidification/stabilization achieved was not reported.
Sources:  Conner, 1990, pp. 269-271; and U.S. EPA,  1989g.
                                     2-18

-------
TABLE 2-3.  EXAMPLES OF SOME METAL AND ORGANIC MIXED WASTES
            TESTED FOR SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT
         Contaminant
                                                Waste Type
Aluminum, paraffins, and water
Barium and organics
Chromium and organics
Chromium and organics
Oil, cadmium, chrome, and lead
Oil, lead, chromium, and arsenic
Oil, lead, PCB, and arsenic
PAH and organics
PCB and VOC
Metals and oil
Metals and oil
Metals, oil, and sulfur
Metals and organics
Metals and organics
Metals and organics
Metals
Metals
Metals
Metals
Metals
Metals
Metals
Metals
and organics
and organics
and organics
and organics
and organics
and organics
and organics
and organics
Waste lubricant
Coke dust
Tannery waste
Drilling mud
Refinery sludge
Refinery sludge
Contaminated soil
Contaminated soil
Contaminated soil
Spent oil re-refining bleach clay
Metal finishing buff wash
Synthetic oil sludge
Weathered oil waste
Coating manufacture waste sludge
Coating manufacture wastewater
treatment sludge
Wastewater treatment plant sludge
Hazardous waste landfill leachate
Landfill leachate
Mixed lagoon sludge
Printing waste sludge
Solder stripping solution
Wire manufacture vinyl waste
Tannery lagoon biosludge
Note:  Degree of solidification/stabilization achieved was not reported.
Sources:  Conner, 1990, pp. 269-271; U.S. EPA, 1989g.
                                     2-19

-------
TABLE 2-4. EXAMPLES OF SOME ORGANIC WASTES TESTED FOR
           SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT
         Contaminant
           Waste type
Carbon tetrachloride and carbon
  disulfide
Chlorinated hydrocarbons
Creosote
Kepone
Naphthalene compounds
Oil and grease
Oil and grease
Oil and grease
Pesticides
PCB
PCB
Silicones
Solvents
Solvents
Synthetic rubber
Vinyl chloride and ethylene
  chloride
Organics
Organics
Organics
Organics
Organics
Waste sludge

Petrochemical manufacturing waste
Waste sludge
Contaminated soil
Waste sludge
Contaminated soil
Oil, soap, and grease in water
Oil sludge
Sludge
PCB oil
Contaminated soil
Silicone waste
Rubber waste
Paint waste
Rubber waste
Sludge

Paint wastewater treatment sludge
Paint waste  sludge
Acrylic/epoxy paint wash
Mixed lagoon sludge
Oil refining caustic waste
                                     2-20

-------
TABLE 2-4.  EXAMPLES OF SOME ORGANIC WASTES TESTED FOR
            SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT (Continued)
         Contaminant                                   Waste type

Organics                                    Tall oil resin waste
Organics                                    Organic phase of landfill
                                              leachate
Organics                                    Lacquer solvent still bottoms
Organics                                    Synthetic resin waste
Organics                                    Tannery waste
Organics                                    Phenolic resin waste
Note:  Degree of solidification/stabilization achieved was not reported.
Sources:  Conner, 1990, pp. 269-271; U.S. EPA, 1989g.
Section 4.4.3 for a detailed discussion of the issues concerning the stabili-
zation of organic contaminants).
          On the other hand, fluid oil- and solvent-based wastes, such as used
solvents, distillation bottoms, and refinery wastes, are candidates for S/S
treatment only in specialized applications where solidification is required
temporarily for safety in transportation or storage, or in spill control work.
These wastes are normally incinerated if they are hazardous.
          Other constituents of concern in S/S include several additional
nonmetal inorganic species.  Table 2-5 lists examples of some inorganic
species tested for S/S treatment.

2.2.3.3  Sampling and Analysis
          Waste characterization for S/S treatability studies goes beyond the
requirements of the RI and is usually done after the RI has been completed.
This characterization phase involves analyzing untreated waste samples for
chemical, physical, and hazardous characteristics.   The minimum amount of
waste characterization for CERCLA sites is screening for substances on the
                                     2-21

-------
TABLE 2-5. EXAMPLES OF OTHER INORGANIC WASTES TESTED FOR
           SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TREATMENT
         Contaminant                                   Waste type

Acid waste                                  Metal finishing solution
Acid (and metals)                           Sludge
Acid waste (and organics)                   Sludge
Boron fluoride                              Pilot plant waste
Caustic waste                               Aluminum drawing waste
Cyanide (and metals)                        Plating sludge
Fluoride (and metals)                       Calcium fluoride sludge
Fluoride (and organics)                     Mixed petroleum refining wastes
Oxalates, sulfides (and                     Spent pulping liquor
organics)
Note:  Degree of solidification/stabilization achieved was not reported.
Sources:  Conner, 1990, pp. 269-271; and U.S. EPA, 1989g.
Hazardous Substances List.  Actual chemical analysis for each of these
compounds may not be necessary if site records clearly show certain substances
to be absent.  However, some confirmation analyses may be necessary.  The
objective is to determine with confidence the primary target contaminants and
any waste substrates or characteristics that may interfere significantly with
the S/S process.
          Two additional objectives for collecting waste characterization data
are that such data are useful in selecting the most suitable binding agent for
the waste and in predicting the ultimate performance of the waste/binder
mixture.  While at present these objectives are not always achievable, they
underscore the need for an accurate and statistically designed database of
waste characteristics information for each waste type being evaluated.
                                     2-22

-------
          The amount of new data that must be generated as part of the S/S
treatabllity study can frequently be minimized by examining waste and site
history and any characterization data that may have been already generated.
If data exist and are reliable, they may eliminate or reduce the need for
additional testing.  At a minimum, background information on waste history
will allow the subsequent analytical activities to be more focused, emphasiz-
ing target contaminants and problem constituents.
          Types of characterization data that may be required for the untreat-
ed waste include chemical, physical, or physicochemical (i.e., relating to the
form of the contaminant as opposed to its bulk concentration).  A number of
frequently used testing methodologies are compiled in Chapter 3, and their
applicability to untreated waste is indicated.  The reasons for generating
characterization data include:

          • To gather information on substances that interfere
            with common S/S processes.
          • To establish baselines for comparison with chemical
            data on the treated waste.
          • To gather information on U.S. EPA hazard
            characteristics.
          • To establish the target contaminants and their
            physicochemical form.

          One of the primary reasons for collecting characterization data is
to establish the target contaminants in the waste, in terms of both identity
and concentration.   At a minimum, the waste should be characterized using a
"total  waste analysis" or the equivalent, including:

          • Elemental analysis (metals)
          • Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and semivolatile
            organic compounds (SVOCs)
          • Base,  neutral, and acid compounds (BNAs) (see Chapter
            3 for  methods)

          The minimum analysis should also include leaching data to define the
soluble portion of the contaminant in the waste,  yielding an understanding of
                                     2-23

-------
contaminant partitioning in the waste.  If possible,  it is desirable also to
have some information on physicochemical form.  This  is true particularly for
metals, whose reactivity with various binding agents  can vary significantly
depending on the species present.  Because detailed microcharacterization can
be expensive, the analysis program should be thought  out carefully.  Examples
of microcharacterization data include valence state information for elements
such as arsenic (As) or chromium (Cr), solid phase characterization, elemental
analysis, and structural characterization.  Section 3.5 provides a brief
overview of procedures for microcharacterization.   Detailed micro-
characterization is typically used only in research and development projects.
          Characterization of wastes from CERCLA sites  should include at least
substances on the Hazardous Substances List (both  organics and metals).  Also,
if not collected as part of the baseline data discussed above, data on the
soluble (Teachable) contaminants in the waste need to be generated to estab-
lish the target contaminants whose Teachabilities  must  be reduced during the
S/S process.  Also needed are data on the RCRA hazard characteristics of the
waste.  The four types of hazard characteristics are  toxicity, ignitability,
reactivity, and corrosivity.  If present, the hazard  characteristics for
ignitability, reactivity, and/or corrosivity may preclude stabilization or at
least indicate the need for pretreatment.
          Baseline data can include a variety of parameters and, by defini-
tion, are needed to assess how the parameters change  during S/S treatment.
Such data may be either chemical (e.g., pH, Eh,  total  and Teachable contami-
nants) or physical (e.g., specific gravity, permeability, physical state,
total solids, particle size distribution, presence of debris, dustiness,
viscosity, etc.).  Perhaps the most important baseline  data at this stage are
data that demonstrate the hazardous nature of the  waste and thus constitute
the basis for the S/S treatment.  The hazardous  classification may be based
upon either soluble (e.g., Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure [TCLP])
or total (acid-digestible) contaminant concentrations.   If the waste is not
legally hazardous and if there is no other regulatory-driven need to stabilize
the waste, there may be no need to proceed with  the S/S project.
          Another characterization data category is constituents that may
interfere with the S/S process.  These include a great  variety of constitu-
ents, depending on the binding agent contemplated. Examples are oil and
                                     2-24

-------
 grease  and  soluble  salts  such  as  halide  for  cement-based  technologies  (see
 Section  4.3).

          Along with the  chemical data,  there  is a need for physical proper-

 ties  and textural characteristics data,  because heterogeneous wastes contain-

 ing large blocks or boulders may  be difficult  to process  without pretreatment.

 Also  included  in this category are other parameters that  will aid  in the

 selection of the binding  agent or the design of the S/S process.   Examples  are
 particle size  and water content.


                          2.2.4  Site Characterization

          Information on  site characteristics  is an important aspect of the

 technology  screening process.  The following types of information  are highly
 useful:


          • Baseline information on the  geology, hydrology,
            weather, etc., may constrain the design of the field
            treatment system, influence  project timing, and have
            other effects.

          • Site layout and proximity to needed resources also
            affect engineering design and,  therefore,  project
            cost.

          • Information on site history may provide valuable
            insight about the waste,  including the types of
            chemicals that were used at the site and the general
            location where they were released or disposed of.
            Knowledge of site operations can also suggest metal
            speciation (e.g., presence of anionic forms of metal).


          Overall  site-specific concerns with regard to a remedial  action
project are geared toward evaluating  waste  containment potential.   Important

site parameters in this regard include the  following (modified from Colonna et
al.,  1990).


          •  Area of the site

          •  Permeability of the area  soils,  both for a review  of
            leaching capabilities  and  for possible  liner/cap
            material

          •  Amount  and  type of rocks  and debris
                                     2-25

-------
          •  Existing  groundwater contamination
          •  Baseline  information on  uncontaminated  or  upgradient
            groundwater
          •  Groundwater flow regimes
          •  Velocity  and direction of both  groundwater and  ambient
            air
          •  Site drainage
          •  Site meteorology
          •  Proximity to populated areas
          •  Location  and sensitivity of receptors
          •  Access routes to and from the site,  including any
            United States Department of Transportation (U.S.  DOT)
            restrictions
          •  Available work area/stockpiling area on the site
          •  Final disposal options and their site-specific
            implications
          •  Postremediation use of the site
          •  Sensitive environmental  areas within the work site,
            such as floodplains or marshes
          •  Waste product volume increase and its  implications for
            the capacity of the site to contain  final  product if
            on-site disposal is required/preferred
          •  Potential for fugitive dust
          •  Ability to mix the materials adequately on the site
          •  Availability of the binder materials and additives in
            the amounts required for the entire  site

Most of the  site information needs  can be categorized  as relating to water
table, climate, soil  characteristics, site layout,  or  logistics (U.S. EPA,
1989b).
          In some cases, the waste  site cannot provide sufficient area for the
expected processing,  binder stockpiling, and temporary or final waste dispos-
al.  Some kinds of processing require stockpiling  of untreated excavated
wastes, the processed wastes, and the binder.  These materials may have to be

                                     2-26

-------
 covered  to  reduce  exposure  to  wind  and  precipitation.   Binders  increase  the
 volume of the  waste  product, and  this added  volume  could  present  difficulties
 if the S/S  product is  buried in the original waste  site excavation.   Solutions
 to problems posed  by limited area must  be developed on  a  site-specific basis.
 Delivery of preweighed  amounts of the binder directly to  the process  site  is a
 possible solution.   The binder then can be added directly to the  mixing  area
 rather than being  stockpiled in bulk containers.
          The  presence  of an elevated water  table extending into  the  potential
 disposal  zone  in the waste  area creates four problems:

          1. A water table  poses  the possibility of existing
             groundwater contamination.
          2. Excess  water (especially flowing water) can  cause
             excavation difficulties.
          3. A water table  creates  the  potential need for
             dewatering a saturated waste material  prior  to its
             processing.
          4. Also, if  on-site  disposal  is selected, there is a
             higher  potential  for leaching of the disposed
             waste,  and there  probably will  be a requirement for
             a permanent groundwater monitoring system  and
             collection of  leachate.

All four of these problems  have significant  cost implications and must be
resolved before the  final technology selection is made  (Colonna et al.,  1990).

                   2.2.5  Quality Assurance/Quality Control
          Quality assurance/quality control   (QA/QC) is an important aspect of
waste sampling and characterization.  The results of the chemical analyses
must be valid  and statistically significant.
          The U.S.  EPA's quality assurance policy requires that every monitor-
ing and measurement program have a written and approved Quality Assurance
Project Plan (QAPjP).  These requirements are specified in Costle (1979a and
1979b).   The specified  QA/QC requirements apply to all  environmental  data
collection,  monitoring, and  measurement  efforts authorized or supported by the
U.S. EPA.  It  is  important that anyone  undertaking an  S/S treatability study
                                     2-27

-------
understand U.S. EPA QA/QC objectives and requirements in order to achieve data
quality.
          Another objective of the QA/QC program is to assess and identify
measurement errors that may enter the data collection and measurement system
at various phases of the project during sampling,  sample handling/ prepara-
tion, and analysis.  The U.S.  EPA Superfund Treatability Study Protocol  (U.S.
EPA, 1990b) and the documents  cited therein provide an overview of U.S.  EPA
QA/QC guidelines for treatability studies, including a discussion of the
following:

          •  Preparation of the Quality Assurance Project Plan
             (QAPjP)
          •  Data quality objectives (DQO)
          •  The need to identify the sources and types of
             errors that may occur during the sampling,
             analysis, and treatability measurement process
          •  The need for quality control samples
          •  Data quality indicators, measurement errors, and
             documentation

          2.2.6  Guidance for Site-Specific Information Requirements
          Table 2-6 lists several guidelines pertaining to the sampling and
analysis activities that support the S/S technology screening process, as
discussed in Section 2.2.  For many remedial action projects involving S/S,
particularly those involving relatively simple sites, not all of the guidance
in Table 2-6 will necessarily apply.  For large, complex projects, there may
be additional  issues and concerns not listed in Table 2-6.

                          2.3   PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
          Treatability performance objectives or performance standards are
specified values of the properties of S/S-treated wastes as determined by
specific tests or measurements.  The properties tested are those that are
legally mandated and/or considered crucial for predicting the efficacy and
long-term reliability of S/S.  Every remedial action project needs a clearly
defined set of measurable performance objectives.  The success or failure of
                                     2-28

-------
TABLE 2-6.  GUIDANCE FOR COLLECTING BASELINE INFORMATION
                              Sampling Guidelines

 1.  Consistent with agency guidance (see section 2.2.1).  Issues such as
     sampling techniques, sample preservation and storage, holding times,
     chain-of-custody, etc.

 2.  Sampling locations statistically randomized for representativeness.

 3.  Samples composited prior to analysis for representativeness.

 4.  Debris, large rock fragments,  vegetative material,  etc.,  removed, unless
     they are not to be separated from the waste prior to treatment in the
     field.

 5.  "Hot spot" samples collected for worst-case analysis.


                           Waste Acceptance Criteria

 1.  Waste complies with transportation  and facility (bench-scale treatability
     testing and/or analytical laboratory) permits as well as  with health and
     safety plans.


                            Waste Characterization

 1.  Total waste analysis for target contaminants.

 2.  TCLP and other appropriate leaching data on untreated waste for estab-
     lishing baseline leaching data and  determining the  presence of RCRA
     toxicity characteristic.

 3.  RCRA and other hazard characteristic tests  as appropriate including the
     following:

          -  ignitability                     -   toxicity

          -  corrosivity                      -   infectivity

          -  reactivity                       -   (radioactivity)

 4.  Other chemical  analyses to establish baselines and  possible S/S
     interferences,  for example

          -  pH                               -   oil  and grease content

          -  redox potential                   -   leaching tests

          -  salt content
                                     2-29

-------
TABLE 2-6.  GUIDANCE FOR COLLECTING BASELINE INFORMATION  (Continued)
 5.  Total contaminant analysis at the same time as a soluble (Teachable)
     contaminant analysis, on the same subsample.   This is to ensure that the
     subsample used to generate the soluble data does not contain a low
     contaminant level because of sample heterogeneity (avoid false
     negatives).
 6.  Baseline physical characteristics of the untreated waste:
          -  physical state                   -  dustiness
          -  paint filter test and/or         -  bulk density
             liquid release test
          -  specific gravity                 -  phase separation
          -  permeability                     -  moisture content
          -  particle size                    -  porosity
                                              -  health hazards
 7.  Other data on physicochemical form of the target contaminants — X-ray
     diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, optical microscopy, valence
     states of redox-sensitive contaminants such as As and Cr, organometallics
     (e.g., tetraethyl lead, butyl tin compounds),  nickel-carbonyl, etc.
 8.  Total waste volume measured or calculated.
 9.  Presence and amount of debris that may interfere with S/S.
10.  Textural characteristics of the waste:
          -  oily, liquid                     -  clayey
          -  dry granular                     -  hard massive, etc.
          -  sludge
11.  Heterogeneity of target contaminant distribution in the waste.
                                     2-30

-------
TABLE 2-6.  GUIDANCE FOR COLLECTING BASELINE INFORMATION  (Continued)
                                    QA/QC
 1.  Suitable QA/QC program, with built-in mechanisms to define data quality
     objectives, to evaluate sources of error,  and to provide suitable
     documentation.
 2.  Analytical  laboratories should possess appropriate qualifications or
     certifications.
 3.  Sufficient  amount of analytical replication to permit a statistical
     analysis of the results (e.g., confidence  intervals to address sample
     heterogeneity).
 4.  Use of a second analytical  laboratory for  inter!aboratory verification on
     a portion of the more critical analytical  measurements.

                         Baseline Site Characteristics
 1.  Fundamental site characterization  data:
          -  geology
          -  hydrology,  surface  water  and groundwater
          -  geochemistry,  soils
          -  climatology, meteorology  (especially temperature,  wind,  and
             rainfall)
 2.  Knowledge of the proportion of waste that  occurs above the groundwater
     table.
 3.  Compatibility of site  with  heavy  field equipment,  for example
          -  topography,  slope,  presence of obstacles
          -  ability to  excavate
          -  available  space
          -  storage areas
          -  characteristics consistent  with  any special  requirements such as
             dikes,  berms,  and groundwater  diversion  or suppression systems
          -  surface water  drainage, etc.
                                     2-31

-------
TABLE 2-6.  GUIDANCE FOR COLLECTING BASELINE INFORMATION  (Continued)

 4.  Proximity of site to necessary resources,  for example
          -  water                            -  equipment rentals
          -  supplies                         -  access routes
          -  chemicals                        -  disposal  facility
          -  electricity                      -  waste to  be tested

 5.  Proximity of site to possible receptors,  for items such as
          -  noise                            -  volatiles
          -  fugitive dust                    -  odors
 6.  Proximity of site to sensitive environmental areas, for example
          -  floodplains                      -  protected species breeding
                                                 grounds
          -  wetlands
                                              -  populated areas
 7.  Measurement of baseline contaminant levels in various media (air, water,
     soil, etc.) to determine if contaminants  were released during the field
     demonstration.
 8.  Availability of backfill, if necessary.
the project depends to a large degree upon the ability to satisfy these
objectives.
          Performance objectives are a function of the compliance requirements
selected for the site, the test methods used to evaluate the performance of
the stabilized waste, and the analytical procedures (models) used to relate
test data to performance objectives (Barich and Mason, 1992).  The performance
objectives are established early in the process of planning the treatability
study.  Specifying performance objectives goes hand-in-hand with selecting the
tests to conduct because the objectives are expressed as results for specific
tests.  The performance objectives constitute acceptance criteria:  if
treatment by S/S cannot meet these criteria at the bench scale, S/S alone
                                     2-32

-------
 probably cannot provide  sufficient treatment to meet site cleanup goals.  Once
 test methods  and performance objectives are determined, the criteria  to be
 used in interpreting test results can be derived readily (U.S.  EPA, 1990b).
          Before specific treatability performance objectives are set, the
 data quality  needs of the project must be defined (Section 2.2.5).  The early
 implementation of an appropriate QA/QC program and the establishment  of DQOs
 will ensure that data of known and documented quality are generated.  For a
 detailed discussion of DQOs, see U.S. EPA (1987a).  Guidance on DQOs  in the
 treatability  study process can be obtained in U.S. EPA (1989e).
          Treatability performance objectives can be grouped into two general
 types.  Regulatory performance objectives (Section 2.3.1) are those based on
 applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) for the site.  All
 other performance objectives may be classified as technical/institutional
 (Section 2.3.2).  These relate to the characteristics of the S/S-treated waste
 for which explicit regulatory standards do not exist.  Examples include cost
 effectiveness, a requirement for the S/S-treated waste to support vehicular
 traffic, and resistance of the treated waste to biodegradation.  U.S. EPA,
 1989e, Chapter 3, provides additional guidance.

                        2.3.1  Regulatory Requirements
          The regulatory requirements pertinent to treatability testing of S/S
 are those standards that the remedial alternative will  have to meet when
 implemented at full scale.   The regulatory framework for RCRA wastes is
 clearly defined in the regulations.   The CERCLA regulatory framework is
 derived from site-specific ARARs about which general  guidance is given below.
An ARAR search needs to be conducted early on in the conduct of the feasibili-
 ty study and well  before the onset of the treatability testing.  ARARs can be
numerous,  and a process has been established by the U.S.  EPA to identify ARARs
 for Superfund projects (Section 121,  Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
Act [SARA]  of 1986, Public Law 99-499).   The various  ARARs  often have differ-
ent goals.   Multiple goals  make it increasingly expensive and increasingly
difficult to comply with all  the goals.
                                     2-33

-------
2.3.1.1  CERCLA
          There are several types of ARARs under CERCLA:   action-specific,
chemical-specific, and location-specific.   Action-specific ARARs are technol-
ogy- or activity-specific requirements or  limitations related to various
activities.  Chemical-specific ARARs are usually numerical values that
establish the amount or concentration of a chemical  that  may be in or dis-
charged to the ambient environment.   Location-specific requirements are
restrictions placed on the concentrations  of hazardous substances or the
conduct of activities solely because they  occur in a special location.
          Detailed guidance on the ARAR search is given in U.S. EPA (1988b).
Some aspects of ARAR identification that apply to S/S treatability standards
are discussed here.
          Most federal laws that contain location-specific ARARs are institu-
tional or administrative in nature.   These laws regulate  the types of activi-
ties that may take place in particular types of locations such as seismic
fault zones, floodplains, or critical habitats for endangered species.  State
and local regulations are more likely to provide location-specific ARARs for
treatability testing.  Pertinent regulations would include discharge limits or
nondegradation standards for particular water bodies and  basin-wide air
quality standards (U.S. EPA, 1990b,  Chapter 3).
          Relevant technology (action)-specific ARARs must be identified.  At
present, there are few explicit performance standards for S/S-treated wastes.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has established performance
standards for stabilized nuclear wastes (both high-level  and low-level), but
these are not applicable to nonnuclear materials.  Hazardous wastes that are
disposed of on land may be regulated under RCRA, and standards for treatment
of such wastes are currently being promulgated.  Wastes that are stabilized by
in situ techniques, such as deep mixing, may not fall under the purview of
RCRA rules.  Wastes that are excavated, treated, and land-disposed of either
on or off the site (i.e., they undergo "placement") may be regulated by RCRA
rules.  Land-disposed RCRA wastes usually need to demonstrate a minimum uncon-
fined compressive strength of 50 psi (U.S. EPA, 1986b), but the actual target
value for a specific site may be higher or lower depending on site-specific
requirements.  In addition, technology- and action-specific treatment
standards for a number of RCRA waste classes are named in the RCRA land
disposal restrictions  (LDRs).

                                     2-34

-------
           For  many  waste  classes,  Including  inorganics  and  some organic
 contaminants,  treatment standards  are  expressed  as  percent  reduction  in
 contaminant  leaching,  as  measured  by pre-  and post-treatment TCLP  tests.
 Note,  however,  that there has  been  a tendency in RODs to express treatment
 standards, even for metal  contaminants,  in terms of reduction of total
 contaminant  levels.  This poses complications for the application  of  S/S
 technology because,  under normal circumstances, S/S neither destroys  nor
 removes the  contaminant,  but instead immobilizes it.  These standards are
 directly applicable to laboratory  screening  and bench-scale testing of these
 waste  classes;  they can be used to  gauge the efficiency of S/S treatment
 during treatability studies.   For many organic contaminants, RCRA  treatment
 standards are  expressed as destruction-removal efficiency (ORE), where the
 efficiency of  the treatment technology is measured  by pre- and post-treatment
 total  (as opposed to soluble)  contaminant concentrations.   (U.S. EPA, 1990b,
 Chapter 3).  Results of TCLP tests  on post-treatment samples may be influenced
 by dilution  of  waste due  to binder  addition.  Reduced contaminant  concentra-
 tion in leachate may not  reflect reduced mobility of the contaminant unless
 results have been corrected for dilution effects.
          At many CERCLA  sites, the materials requiring treatment  cannot be
 assigned to  specific RCRA waste classes.  Contaminated soil  and debris are
 often the materials of concern.  For such sites, an appropriate regulatory
 performance  standard can  be derived by the procedure used to establish a
 treatability variance under RCRA (U.S.  EPA, 1989b).   The U.S.  EPA  has set
 target cleanup  ranges for wastes contaminated by the principal  classes of
 organic and  inorganic contaminants  (Table 2-7).   For an organic contaminant,
 the appropriate treatability performance objective is determined as follows:
 If the total  concentration for the contaminant in the untreated waste falls
 below the "threshold concentration," then the total  concentration of the
 contaminant  in the S/S-treated waste must fall  within the "concentration
 range."  If the original  total  concentration of the  contaminant exceeds the
threshold value, then the difference between the total  concentrations of the
contaminant  in the treated and untreated wastes  must fall  within the "percent
reduction range."  The relevance of these guidelines when treatment is by S/S
 is unclear,  however, because S/S neither destroys nor removes  the contaminant,
but instead immobilizes it.  The same logic applies  for metallic contaminants,
but the criteria are based on the  contaminant concentration  in  the TCLP
                                     2-35

-------
      TABLE 2-7.  ALTERNATIVE TREATMENT LEVELS FOR SOIL AND DEBRIS
                  CONTAMINATED WITH RESTRICTED RCRA HAZARDOUS WASTES8
ro
i
LO
Structural
Functional
Groups
Organics
Halogenated
nonpolar
aromatics
Dioxins
PCBs
Herbicides
Halogenated
phenols
Halogenated
aliphatics
Halogenated
cyclics
Nitrated
aromatics
Concentration
Range
(ppm)
Total Waste
Analysis0
0.5-10
0.00001-0.05
0.1-10
0.002-0.02
0.5-40
0.5-2
0.5-20
2.5-10.0
Threshold Percent
Concentration Reduction
(ppm) Range
Total Waste
Analysisc
100 90-99.0
0.5 90-99.9
100 90-99.9
0.2 90-99.9
400 90-99
40 95-99.9
200 90-99.9
10,000 99-99.99
Technologies that Achieved
Recommended Effluent
Concentration Guidance

Biological treatment, low-temperature
stripping, soil washing, thermal destruction
Dechlorination, soil washing, thermal
destruction
Biological treatment, dechlorination, soil
washing, thermal destruction
Thermal destruction
Biological treatment, low-temperature
stripping, soil washing, thermal destruction
Biological treatment, low-temperature
stripping, soil washing, thermal destruction
Thermal destruction
Biological treatment, soil washing, thermal
destruction

-------
      TABLE 2-7.  ALTERNATIVE TREATMENT  LEVELS  FOR  SOIL AND  DEBRIS

                  CONTAMINATED WITH  RESTRICTED  RCRA HAZARDOUS  WASTES8  (Continued)
ro
 i
co
Structural
Functional
Groups
Organics
Heterocyclics
Polynuclear
aromatics
Other polar
organics
Inorganics
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Chromium
Nickel
Selenium
Vanadium
Concentration
Range
(ppm)
Total Waste
Analysis0
0.5-20
0.5-20
0.5-10
TCLP
0.1-0.2
0.27-1
0.1-40
0.5-6
0.5-1
0.005
0.2-22
Threshold
Concentration
(ppm)
Total Waste
Analysis0
200
400
100
TCLP
2
10
400
120
20
0.08
200
Percent
Reduction
Range

90-99.9
95-99.9
90-99.9

90-99
90-99.9
90-99
95-99.9
95-99.9
90-99
90-99
Technologies that Achieved
Recommended Effluent
Concentration Guidance6

Biological treatment, low-temperature
stripping, soil washing, thermal destruction
Biological treatment, low-temperature
stripping, soil washing, thermal destruction
Biological treatment, low-temperature
stripping, soil washing, thermal destruction

Immobilization
Immobilization, soil washing
Immobilization
Immobilization, soil washing
Immobilization, soil washing
Immobilization
Immobilization

-------
      TABLE 2-7.  ALTERNATIVE TREATMENT LEVELS FOR SOIL AND DEBRIS
                  CONTAMINATED WITH RESTRICTED RCRA HAZARDOUS WASTES8 (Continued)
ro
t
00
Structural
Functional
Groups
Inorganics
Cadmium
Lead
Mercury
Concentration Threshold Percent Technologies that Achieved
Range Concentration Reduction Recommended Effluent
(ppm) (ppm) Range Concentration Guidance"9
TCLP TCLP
0.2-2 40 95-99.9 Immobilization, soil washing
0.1-3 300 99-99.9 Immobilization, soil washing
0.0002-0.008 0.06 90-99 Immobilization
8 Source:  U.S. EPA 1990c (Superfund LDR Guide No. 6A-2nd Edition).

b Other technologies may be used if treatability studies or other information indicates that they can
  achieve the necessary concentration or percent-reduction range.

c TCLP also may be used when evaluating waste with relatively low levels of organics that have been treated
  through an immobilization process.

-------
leachate, rather than the total contaminant concentration  (U.S. EPA, 1990b,
Chapter 3).
          Finally, an ARAR search may identify chemical-specific ARARs that
should be evaluated during treatability testing.  Numerical standards that may
be ARARs have been promulgated under several federal laws.  These include the
Clean Water Act (water quality criteria for protection of  human health and
ambient water quality criteria), the Safe Drinking Water Act (maximum contami-
nant levels [MCLs] and MCL goals), and RCRA.  If the S/S-treated wastes may be
disposed of off-site, then the TCLP test and the RCRA characteristic tests
should be specified; their acceptance criteria will constitute one set of
performance objectives.  Chemical-specific air quality standards may also
apply and the ARARs cannot be exceeded.  Because materials processing and the
potential for volatilization are much different between bench- and full-scale,
air quality standards are unlikely to form the basis for quantitative bench-
scale tests (U.S. EPA, 1990b, Chapter 3).
          For most S/S projects, resource limitations dictate that the
treatability testing program be restricted to a subset of  the contaminants
present on the site.  The contaminants to be evaluated should be selected
according to the following characteristics (U.S. EPA, 1990b, Chapter 3):

          •  Toxicity or carcinogenicity - select the most
             harmful contaminants.
          •  Mobility - select the most soluble contaminants.
          •  Geochemistry - select a representative contaminant
             from each of the major functional  types present.
          •  Concentration - all factors being equal, select the
             contaminants present at the highest concentrations.

Generally,  if the number of contaminants being evaluated in treatability
testing exceeds four or five at any one time,  it becomes increasingly diffi-
cult to satisfy the performance objectives for all  of the contaminants.   If
the ROD has been signed and site cleanup goals have been specified,  the
contaminants named therein should be monitored throughout the  treatability
study.   Examples of regulatory performance objectives for CERCLA S/S studies
are summarized in Table 2-8.
                                     2-39

-------
TABLE 2-8.  EXAMPLES OF REGULATORY ARARs
     1.  Total contaminant treatment standards for disposal
     2.  Soluble contaminant treatment standards for disposal
         a. routine leaching procedure (e.g., TCLP)/
         b. other leaching procedure (e.g., ANSI/ANS/16.1)
     3.  Mobility criteria from geochemical transport model
     4   Land activity restrictions (e.g., in seismic fault zones, flood-
         plains, critical habitats of endangered species)
     5.  "Placement" restrictions (e.g., 50 psi unconfined compressive
         strength criterion)
     6.  Air emissions standards
     7.  Noise restrictions
     8.  Compliance with the Clean Water Act or Safe Drinking Water Act
     9.  Compliance with state and local regulations and laws.
2.3.1.2  RCRA
          The factors for accepting stabilized waste at a treatment, storage,
and disposal (TSD) facility under RCRA are much less complex than for CERCLA.
The principal criteria (U.S. EPA, 1989b) are as follows:
          • Paint Filter Test (PFT) for free liquid
          • Adherence to TCLP maximum concentration limits (see
            Table 2-9)
          • Screens for hazardous waste characteristics
            - ignitability
            - corrosiyity
            - reactivity
            - radioactivity
          • Compliance with LDRs (see Section 1.3 for a discussion  of the
            nature and applicability of RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions).
                                     2-40

-------
TABLE 2-9.  TOXICITY CHARACTERISTIC CONSTITUENTS
            AND REGULATORY LEVELS
EPA HW No.8
D004
D005
D018
D006
D019
D020
D021
D022
D007
D023
D024
0025
D026
0016
0027
0028
0029
0030
0012
0031
0032
0033
0034
0008
0013
Constituent
(mg/L)
Arsenic
Barium
Benzene
Cadmium
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlordane
Chl orobenzene
Chloroform
Chromium
o-Cresol
m-Cresol
p-Cresol
Cresol
2,4-D
1,4-Di chl orobenzene
1,2-Dichloroethane
1 , 1-Di chl oroethyl ene
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
Endrin
Heptachlor (and its
hydroxide)
Hexachl orobenzene
Hexachloro-l,3-butadiene
Hexachl oroethane
Lead
Lindane
Regulatory Level
5.0
100.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
0.03
100.0
6.0
5.0
200. Ob
200. Ob
200. Ob
200. Ob
10.0
7.5
0.5
0.7
0.13C
0.02
0.008
0.13C
0.5
3.0
5.0
0.4
                                     2-41

-------
TABLE 2-9.  TOXICITY CHARACTERISTIC CONSTITUENTS
            AND REGULATORY LEVELS (Continued)
EPA HW No.a
D009
D014
D035
D036
D037
D038
D010
D011
D039
D015
D040
D041
D042
D017
D043
Constituent
(ng/L)
Mercury
Methoxychlor
Methyl ethyl ketone
Nitrobenzene
Pentachl orophenol
Pyridine
Selenium
Silver
Tetrachl oroethyl ene
Toxaphene
Tri chl oroethyl ene
2,4, 5-Tr i chl orophenol
2,4, 6-Tri chl orophenol
2,4,5-TP (Silvex)
Vinyl chloride
Regulatory Level
0.2
10.0
200.0
2.0
100.0
5.0C
1.0
5.0
0.7
0.5
0.5
400.0
2.0
1.0
0.2
8 Hazardous waste  number

b If  o-, m-,  and p-cresol concentrations cannot be differentiated,  the  total
  cresol (D026) concentration  is used.  The regulatory level for total  cresol
  is  200 mg/L.

c Quantitation  limit  is greater than the calculated regulatory  level.   The
  quantitation  limit  therefore becomes the regulatory level.
                                     2-42

-------
                2.3.2  Technical and Institutional Requirements
           In  addition  to  regulatory  requirements,  other  factors may  shape  the
 treatability  performance  objectives.   Technical/institutional  objectives are
 developed  from constraints  imposed by  administrative  factors,  by  the site
 itself,  or by the  waste to  be  treated.  These  objectives  address  special
 problems that may  detract from the implementability of the  S/S process  or  from
 the  long-term performance of S/S-treated waste at  the site.   For  successful
 remediation,  developing such objectives and  solving these problems may  be  as
 important  as  meeting applicable regulatory requirements.
           Table 2-10 lists  potential types of  performance objectives that  fall
 outside  of the regulatory domain.  For some  objectives, such  as cost-effec-
 tiveness and  controlling  the production of hazardous  vapors,  quantitative
 acceptance criteria may not exist.   For many nonregulatory  tests, quantitative
 performance standards  for particular site conditions  can be developed.
           Some of  the  performance objectives listed in Table  2-10 for S/S-
 treated  wastes have been  studied in depth.   Tests  for these properties  are
 widely performed and have been  applied successfully in evaluating S/S-treated
 wastes.  Examples  of such properties are waste  volume increase, sulfate or
 sulfide  content, and Teachability, as measured  by  various tests (see Chap-
 ter 3).  The  importance of other properties  in  maintaining the integrity of
 S/S-treated wastes is  not well  understood.  The corresponding  tests  may be
 considered  research tests and their results  subject to various interpretations
 (U.S. EPA,   1990b,  Chapter 3).

               2.3.3.   Approach for Setting Performance Criteria
          The  laboratory  tests  to be performed  and performance criteria for
 these tests to meet are chosen  at the same time.  One should not begin the
 testing program without a clear definition of what results will constitute
 success and failure.   The available physical, leaching,  chemical,  biological,
 and microcharacterization tests and their typical  applications are discussed
 in Chapter  3.
          Every bench-scale  treatability study should consider tests of
leaching, unconfined  compressive strength,  and free liquids.  These tests are
 likely to form at least a portion of the basis for any regulatory  evaluation
of the S/S-treated  waste.
                                     2-43

-------
TABLE 2-10. EXAMPLES OF TREATABILITY PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
            BASED ON NONREGULATORY FACTORS8
        Objective
    Potential generic test(s)
Qualitative Ob.iectives

Demonstrate basic feasibility
Reagent costs not to exceed a
  given amount

Assay for off-gassing of volatile
  compounds
Ensure thorough mixing
Identify soil containing
  interfering minerals

Treat a minimum proportion of
  contaminated material on site
Leaching test
One or more physical tests

Optimize mix; calculate binder
  cost per volume stabilized

Measure temperature of fresh
  mixture
Monitor air with organic vapor
  detector while mixing

Microscopy; visual examination
  of fractured monoliths
Observation of binder
  miscibility, wetting during
  mixing

X-ray diffraction
Assay site for debris and large
  particles; determine handling
  needs
Quantitative Ob.iectives

Prevent unfavorable reactions
  between waste and binder
Create a pumpable mix
Ensure complete microencapsulation
  of contaminants

Volume increase not to exceed a
  threshold value
Potential reactivity of
  aggregates
Petrographic examination of
  aggregates for concrete

Liquid waste consistency/
  classification (see Table
  3-3)

Collect, analyze any bleed
  water

Calculate volume change  from
  treated, untreated waste bulk
  densities
                                     2-44

-------
TABLE 2-10. EXAMPLES OF TREATABILITY PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
            BASED ON NONREGULATORY FACTORS (Continued)
        Objective
    Potential generic test(s)
Ensure sufficient long-term
  structural integrity
Determine ability of S/S-treated
  waste to support heavy equipment
  soon after placement

Determine ability of cured S/S
  monolith to support vehicular
  traffic
Assure resistance to sulfate
  attack on S/S monolith

Prevent fracturing of S/S monolith
Curtail fugitive dust emissions
  during full-scale fixation

Minimize contaminant leaching

Determine long-term leach behavior
Minimize leachate toxicity

Resist biodegradation of organic
  contaminants or asphaltic
  binders

Reduce contaminant load or
concentration at the receptor to
below threshold value
Compressive strength
Resistance to wet/dry and
  freeze/thaw stressing

Trace development of bearing
  capacity with cone
  penetrometer

Flexural strength test
California bearing ratio
Proctor compaction of subbase
  (and stabilized material, if
  it is a friable soil-cement)
S04 content of waste
Shrink/swell potential of
  subbase material

Particle size analysis
Moisture content of wastes

Leaching tests

Acid neutralization capacity
Resistance to redox change
Chemistry of surrounding soil
  and groundwater
Accelerated aging/weathering
  tests

Aquatic bioassays

Biodegradation tests
Leaching tests
Permeability
Transport modeling
  U.S.  EPA,  1990b
                                     2-45

-------
          The currently accepted version of the TCLP leaching test is usually
required.  However, depending on the anticipated disposal  setting and environ-
mental or human health risks, TCLP may not be adequate and additional leaching
tests may be needed.  The types of contaminants and their level  of hazard and
concentration, the planned disposal or reuse scenario, and the S/S approach
used all influence the selection of leaching tests.  Additional  leaching tests
are particularly important if there is a need to characterize the fundamental
mechanisms involved (e.g., for risk analysis to receptor populations).
          Beyond these basic regulatory requirements, further testing is
initially projected on the basis of site hydrologic conditions.   If an aqueous
driving force for leachate production exists, additional leach testing should
be considered.  In addition, it may be necessary to evaluate contaminant
transport using a modeling approach.  Additional background and  guidance on
this issue is provided in U.S. EPA (1989e, Section 3.3).  An aqueous driving
force may not exist.  For example, the final remedial design may specify that
the S/S-treated waste be placed above the seasonal high-water table and an
impervious cap and runon/runoff controls be constructed.  In such cases,
leaching and physical integrity tests will usually suffice to demonstrate
whether the S/S process can be considered reliable for the site.  Attenuation
by engineering controls or natural processes is not usually considered in this
case (U.S. EPA, 1989e, Chapter 3).
          Strength and freedom from free liquids are two other frequently
applied performance criteria.  Other types of measurements should be planned
based on site-specific factors such as those listed in Tables 2-8 and 2-10.
Selection of testing depends on waste characteristics, disposal  or reuse
scenario, type of S/S progress, and scientific objectives of the program.

                       2.4  INITIAL TECHNOLOGY  SCREENING
          After the performance objectives for a treatability project have
been identified, it is necessary to determine what treatment technology or
technologies have the potential of complying with those performance objec-
tives.  This section briefly discusses the screening process whereby S/S is
compared with other treatment alternatives and the most appropriate technology
or technologies are selected for further evaluation to determine compliance
with the performance objectives.  Various terms have been applied to this
technology screening process, including "feasibility study" (FS) for remedial

                                     2-46

-------
 actions and  "economic evaluation/cost analysis"  (EE/CA) for removal actions.
 The screening process is described in other publications, such as U.S.  EPA
 (1988c), and it is beyond the scope of this TRD  to describe the process  in
 detail.  Therefore, an overview of the basic elements of the process is  given
 in Section 2.4.1 and rules of thumb for screening problematic waste types for
 S/S technology are provided in Section 2.4.2.

             2.4.1   Technology Screening/Feasibility Study Process
          In the broadest sense, the majority of wastes are potentially
 treatable with S/S.  Pretreatment can be used to transform an untreatable
 waste form to a form that can be treated with S/S.  However, for certain
 wastes, the pretreatment requirements may make the technology impractical
 based on cost or other criteria, and there clearly are situations where  a
 different type of technology will be more effective or appropriate.

 2.4.1.1  CERCLA Technology Screening
          The first step in the technology screening process is to identify
 candidate remedial  alternatives (treatment/removal technologies or treatment
 trains).  A number of different technologies have been developed.   Many
 technologies are applicable only to certain types of wastes.  For example,
 U.S.  EPA (1988c) lists the following broad categories of treatment technolo-
gies:

          •  Fluidized bed incineration
          •  Rotary kiln  incineration
          •  Infrared thermal  treatment
          •  Wet  air oxidation
          •  Pyrolysis-incineration
          •  Vitrification (in situ,  ex situ)
          •  Chemical  extraction
          •  Glycolate dechlorination
          •  Solidification/stabilization
                                     2-47

-------
          • Chemical reduction/oxidation

          • Biodegradation

          • In situ biodegradation


          Treatment technologies continually are being developed,  modified and

refined.  In selecting a remedial alternative (which includes selecting the

treatment technologies), an analysis is performed with respect to a number of

different evaluation criteria.   The process described in the National Contin-

gency Plan entails a detailed analysis of each remedial alternative with

respect to nine different evaluation criteria in three main categories.  These

criteria are presented below.  All selected remedies should provide the best

trade-offs among the Primary Balancing Criteria and must, at a minimum, attain

the Threshold Criteria.  The Modifying Criteria are evaluated following the

public comment period.


          Threshold Criteria:

          • Overall Protectiveness of Human Health and the
            Environment.  This criterion evaluates the adequacy of
            protection that the remedy provides while describing
            how risks are eliminated, reduced, or controlled
            through treatment,  engineering controls, and/or
            institutional controls.

          • Compliance with Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate
            Requirements.  This criterion addresses whether a
            remedy would meet all of the ARARs of federal and
            state environmental statutes and/or provide grounds
            for invoking a waiver.


          Primary Balancing Criteria:

          • Reduction of Toxicitv. Mobility, or Volume Through
            Treatment.  This criterion addresses the anticipated
            treatment performance of the remedy.

          • Short-Term Effectiveness.  This criterion refers to
            the speed with which the remedy achieves protection,
            as well as the remedy's potential to create adverse
            impacts on human health and the environment during the
            remedial action.

          • Long-Term Effectiveness and Permanence.  This
            criterion evaluates the magnitude of residual risk and
                                     2-48

-------
            the ability of the remedy to maintain reliable
            protection of human health and the environment over
            time once the remedial action has been completed.
          • Implementabilitv.  This criterion examines the
            technical and administrative feasibility of executing
            a remedy, including the availability of materials and
            services needed to implement the chosen solution.
          • Cost.  This criterion includes the capital and
            operation and maintenance costs of the remedy.

          Modifying Criteria:
          • State Acceptance.  This criterion indicates whether,
            based on its review of the planned remedial
            alternative, the state concurs with, opposes, or has
            no comment on the preferred alternative.
          • Community Acceptance.  This criterion evaluates the
            reaction of the public to the remedial alternatives
            and to the U.S. EPA's Proposed Plan.

          A similar approach is employed using EPA's Engineering Evalua-
tion/Cost Analysis (EE/CA) for selecting CERCLA removal actions/approaches.
In this case, the technology screening takes place in two stages, as shown in
Figure 2-3.  First, all alternative remedial actions are compared based on
timeliness and effectiveness to protect human health and the environment.
Then, the smaller subset of remedial actions that satisfy these criteria are
evaluated based on (a) technical feasibility, (b) cost, and (c) administrative
and managerial feasibility.  The process may be iterative and may have several
different possible outcomes, which are discussed further in Section 2.4.3.
          Another factor considered during technology screening is the posi-
tion of the remedial action/technology in terms of the hierarchy of hazardous
waste management (Section 1.1.2).  Remedial actions that allow recycling, reuse,
or recovery of the waste or some portion of the waste are preferable to treat-
ment and disposal.  For example, all other factors being equal, smelting or
soil washing would be preferable to S/S for wastes containing appropriately
high metal contents because some contaminants would be recovered and could
then be recycled.  However, it is important to consider the full system effects
when making the comparison.  One example is the need for pretreatment and the
residuals generated, such as liquid waste produced during soil washing.
                                     2-49

-------
              Identify Candidate Technologlee
                  S/S
                  S/S With Pratreatment
                  Thermal "treatment
                  Blotreatment
                  Physical/Chemical Treatment
                  Recycle/Reuse Option
                  Disposal In a Landfill
             Screen Technologlee Based on
               •  TimeiliMM
               •  Effectiveness to Protect Human
                  Health and the Environment,
                  Le, Satisfy ARARs
                                                                                        toe
             Secondary Screening Based on
               •  Technical Feaslblltty (Performance
                 Reliability, ImplementabUtty, Safety)
               •  Cost
               •  Administrative and Managerial
                 Feasibility
                                                                    No
                                                     Screen Down to One
                                                     Based on Hierarchy
                                                     of Waste Management,
                                                     Cost, and Other Factors
t * *
S/S
Treatment


S/S With
Pratreatment
or Coupled
With Another
Technology

Other
(Non-S/S)
Technology

                                                                                        No
                                                                                     No
                                                                                  Technology
                                                                                   Selected
FIGURE  2-3.   GENERAL TECHNOLOGY SCREENING PROCEDURE

                                                2-50

-------
2.4.1.2  Technology Screening at RCRA TSD Facilities
          Remediation under CERCLA and RCRA corrective action are driven
primarily by regulations, waste characteristics, and site characteristics and
have the full range of available treatment technologies as options.   In con-
trast, RCRA treatment, storage and disposal (TSD) facilities are driven by the
regulations and by the specific permitted technologies available at the
facility.  Any one treatment facility probably has one or more specific
immobilization technologies in place with a limited menu of pretreatment
options available (U.S. EPA, 1989b).
          The RCRA TSD facility personnel need to select, screen, and test
treatment technologies to process waste streams while complying with permit
conditions.  Some flexibility may be gained by using pretreatment options or
process modifications.
          The criterion for satisfactory treatability is the ability of the
treated waste to pass all the required tests for disposal.  A flowchart for
determining the potential suitability of S/S for waste treatment at a RCRA TSD
facility is provided in Figure 2-4.  Once the waste has been found to be
potentially suitable for S/S, the approach for bench-scale screening is as
outlined in Figure 2-5.  This approach is basically a simplified version of
the tiered approach for S/S treatability testing described in Sections 2.5
through 2.7.

                  2.4.2   General Criteria  for Not Using S/S
          Because the applicability of S/S processes to site-specific wastes
depends on several  variables, specifying criteria for not using S/S is
difficult or impossible without site-specific data.   However, it is possible
to generalize about criteria that indicate potential S/S inapplicability.
Table 2-11 summarizes the types of waste that are generally not amenable to
S/S processes or that could pose problems.

                    2.4.3  Outcome of Technology Screening
          The outcome of the technology screening process  is  a determination
of one of the following (Figure 2-3):

          •  Waste can be treated with S/S without pretreatment.
                                     2-51

-------
                                                                         Not Suitable
                                                                           forS/S
             Banned Under
           Another Regulatory
           System, e.g_ TSCA?
                Banned
            Under Landbans?
           Not Covered \W or
            Extended Under
             the Landbans?
                                                   Stabilization
                                                   Not Required
            Generator Certified
           as Meeting Landban
              Requirements?
           Restricted or Banned
            Under Site Permit
              Conditions?
         Otherwise Unacceptable
             to TSD Facility?
               S/S Technology
            or Treatment TValn
                Required?
Additional Treatment
  Required Before
      S/S?
                                   Potentially Suitable
FIGURE 2-4.  DETERMINING WHETHER S/S  IS APPLICABLE AT  A RCRA TSD FACILITY
              (from U.S. EPA,  1989b)

                                            2-52

-------
                                        Waste Potentially
                                         Suitable for S/S
              Pretreatment
               Required?
                                   Is
                               Pretreatment
                                Possible?
Pretreatment (Dewatering,
Phase Separation, Trash
Removal etc.)
          S/S Screening Tests
                                  No
I1Vป

.S
Ybs
^V^ >


f

          Optimize Fonnulation
          Continuing QA/QC
              for Product
                                             Landfill Disposal
FIGURE  2-5.  S/S DECISION TREE AT A RCRA TSD  FACILITY  (from U.S. EPA,  1989b)
                                        2-53

-------
TABLE 2-11. APPLICABILITY OF SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION
            TO SITE-SPECIFIC WASTE
                    A.   WASTES THAT ARE UNSUITABLE  FOR S/S8

   1.   Wastes that are readily treatable by recycling, reuse, or recovery
        technology, all other factors being equal.

   2.   Wastes that are treatable using a destructive technology, all other
        factors being equal.

   3.   Wastes that contain land-banned constituents (unless land disposal can
        be avoided) and other high-hazard materials (e.g., dioxins, high
        levels of PCBs, pesticides, etc.).

   4.   Waste for which the ARARs cannot be satisfied with existing S/S
        technology  (unless ARARs are modified).

   5.   Wastes that have unacceptable physical characteristics such as
        being too solid or viscous to mix or handle.

   6.   Wastes where waste volume expansion would exceed reuse space
        constraints.

   7.   Wastes that are treatable using a much less expensive technology,
        all other factors being equal.
                  B.  WASTES THAT POSE COMPLICATIONS FOR S/S

   1.   Wastes with volatile organics (pretreatment is usually required).

   2.   Wastes that contain a large number of different types of
        contaminants.

   3.   Wastes that are situated such that field S/S will be difficult or
        expose local receptors to unacceptable risk.

   4.   Wastes with large amounts of interfering/incompatible constituents
        (pretreatment necessary).

   5.   Wastes that contain organics as the primary contaminants.


  S/S is not recommended for these wastes unless no other option exists.
                                     2-54

-------
           • Waste can be treated with  S/S with  pretreatment or
             coupled with a different technology (treatment  train).
           • Waste can be treated with  some type of technology
             other than S/S.
           • No treatment technology is currently available  for the
             waste.
           Wastes  that  can  be  treated  "as  is" with S/S  are  those whose  target
 contaminants  are  expected  to  respond  favorably  to S/S  using  at least one  known
 binding  agent.  Such wastes should  not  have properties  that  would  interfere
 with  the S/S  process.
           Wastes  requiring pretreatment include materials  that are  hazardous
 by  virtue of  ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity,  infectiousness, presence
 of  radionuclides, or some  other property  that would  normally preclude  secure
 land  burial.  Such wastes  cannot be solidified or stabilized and disposed  of
 in  landfills  without adequate pretreatment.  Wastes  that present specific
 problems,  such as excessive escape of volatile organics of concern  during
 treatment, may also fall into this category and require either pretreatment to
 reduce the volatiles or the use of additives in the  S/S treatment formulation
 to  inhibit emissions during S/S processing.  Another example of a reason to
 pretreat  a waste prior to S/S would be to remove an  interference with  the  S/S
 technology.   Conversely, S/S may itself also be the  pretreatment step, for
 example,  to improve material handling characteristics prior  to treatment by a
 different technology.
          Finally, wastes for which S/S is currently not a practical option
 include highly hazardous materials (because S/S does not convert metals or
 break organics down into basic chemicals), wastes containing excessive
 interferants  that will  not respond to treatment, and mixed wastes with complex
 chemistries that require several  pretreatment steps prior to S/S.   Such wastes
 become too expensive to process when compared with the cost  for transportation
 and secure land burial  in a RCRA-permitted facility.  In many cases, these
types of wastes will  be treatable using a different type of technology.  In
rare cases, the waste will  simply be untreatable.   If allowed within regula-
tions such as landban,  the waste  may be disposed of.  If the disposal  option
 is foreclosed, additional  research will  be needed.
                                     2-55

-------
             2.5  WASTE/BINDER COMPATIBILITY LITERATURE SCREENING
          After it has been determined that S/S is a potentially applicable
technology for a specific waste (Section 2.4),  surveying the technical
literature to identify applicable binder types  is a good starting point for
the treatability study.  The literature screening should result in the selec-
tion of two to four candidate binders for further evaluation at the laboratory
bench-scale screening tier (Section 2.6).
          The literature-screening step basically conforms to the remedy
screening step, as outlined in U.S. EPA (1989e).   Technical  information
resources, including information from reports,  guidance documents, vendor
information,  and electronic databases, are useful reference materials.  Any
available performance and cost information should also be obtained for all
binders being considered.  A flowchart illustrating the waste/binder compati-
bility literature screening processes, as well  as the organization of this
section, is presented in Figure 2-6.   The objective of this screening step is
to identify,  as simply and as inexpensively as  possible, those binder types
most suited for the site-specific waste and its contaminants and for the
related waste disposal scenario.

                       2.5.1   Identify Available  Binders
          The selection of two to four binders  for further evaluation is not a
requirement,  but is recommended because it improves the probability of a
successful treatability study and requires minimal additional time and cost.
This literature screening step is also intended to minimize potentially
expensive trial-and-error bench-scale testing in  the laboratory.
          If  a single binder or binder system has been preselected for bench-
scale testing, then the literature screening step is no longer relevant.
However, if that binder system proves to be ineffective in bench-scale
screening (Section 2.6), then it will be necessary to select and test addi-
tional binder systems before it can be concluded  that S/S is an inappropriate
treatment technology.

                           2.5.2  Screening Process
          The principal criteria for  waste/binder compatibility literature
screening are to determine (a) interferences and  chemical incompatibilities,
                                     2-56

-------
       Section 2.5.1
        Identify Available
        Types of Binders
       Section 2.5.2
   Screen Binders Based on
     Literature Information

•  Interference With Binders
•  Waste Chemistry Considerations
•  Disposal/Reuse
•  Cost
•  Process Implementation History
                            Select 2 to 4 Binders for
                         Bench-Scale  Screening Testing
FIGURE 2-6.  WASTE/BINDER COMPATIBILITY LITERATURE SCREENING
                                 2-57

-------
(b) metal  chemistry considerations,  (c)  compatibility with the disposal or
reuse environment, (d) cost,  and (e)  process track record.  Ideally, an expert
system should be developed to provide systematic evaluation of these issues.
However, a fully usable system for complex waste forms has yet to be devel-
oped.  The literature screening criteria are summarized below.

2.5.2.1  Interferences and Chemical  Incompatibilities
          Proper S/S treatment using  pozzolanic binders may be inhibited in
the presence of certain chemical constituents, such as high concentrations of
oil, grease, and other organics, as well as chlorides and other soluble salts.
Certain S/S processes will not function properly if the chemical environment
is not adequately controlled.  For example, sodium sulfide is incompatible
with acids, which not only impair S/S but also may result in the release of
toxic hydrogen sulfide gas.  These and other types of waste/binder incompati-
bilities are summarized in Section 4.3 and in references cited therein.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) for individual waste components provide
another potentially useful source of data on interferences and chemical
incompatibilities.

2.5.2.2  Metal Chemistry Considerations
          Metal chemistry is complex  and has not been examined in any system-
atic manner as it pertains to S/S treatment and the chemical mechanisms of
immobilization of contaminated soils.  Section 4.2.2 and U.S. EPA (1990b,
Appendix D) summarize some of the relevant chemical reactions.  When alkaline
binding agents such as cement, pozzolanic binders, or soluble silicates are
used, the formation of metal hydroxides, oxides, and possibly silicates will
be  an important S/S mechanism.  When sodium sulfide is used, extremely
insoluble sulfide salts may form with numerous metals.   In addition, metal
carbonates, phosphates, and sulfates occasionally can be  important  in some
systems.
          Numerous chemical complexities exist.  Chemical conditions, such  as
high pH (see Section  4.1.1) that are favorable for the immobilization of
certain metals  (e.g., Ni  and Zn) actually may be detrimental  to others.   For
example, As and Cr form soluble anionic species at high  pH.   Also,  the
solubility  of many metal  hydroxides  is  affected by their amphoteric behavior
                                     2-58

-------
 (solubility increases at both high and low pH).   The minimum solubility for
 one metal  may be several pH units different from the minimum solubility for
 another.   Geochemical equilibrium modeling may  be necessary to resolve issues
 related to complex waste chemistries.

 2.5.2.3 Organic Chemistry Considerations
         for Target Contaminants
           If organic contaminants are  present,  the  binder  selection  must also
 be based upon compatibility with  the organic  contaminants.   Section  4.2.2.2
 discusses  some of the types of binders and additives that  are  used frequently
 for immobilizing organic contaminants.  These include such  materials as
 activated  carbon and modified clays.   In general, generic  binders such as
 Portland cement do a poor job of  immobilizing organics, with the exception  of
 highly  polar compounds  in low-to-moderate  concentrations.
           When evaluating the feasibility  of  applying S/S technology to wastes
 containing significant  concentrations  of organic  contaminants,  there are a
 number  of  issues that should  be examined,  as  discussed in detail in  Sec-
 tion 4.4.   First and foremost is  whether a destruction or extraction technol-
 ogy is  available and applicable to the  waste.  All  other factors being
 approximately equal,  destruction  or extraction technologies are preferred to
 S/S because  they eliminate  or remove the contaminant  as opposed to just
 immobilizing  it.   Other  issues that should  be considered before concluding
 that S/S is  the  preferred  approach for  wastes containing organic contaminants
 are:  (a)  the  volatility  of the organics and whether  air emissions may occur
 during  excavation, mixing,  and/or curing;  (b) the solubility of the  organics
 in  water and  the meaningfulness of conducting aqueous leach tests as  a measure
 of  the  degree  of  immobilization of the  organics by  S/S treatment; and
 (c) whether  the  organic contaminants may degrade or transform to other by-
 products during  S/S  treatment and the toxicity of those by-products.

2.5.2.4  Compatibility with the Disposal
         or Reuse Environment
          The ultimate planned use of the S/S-treated waste has a bearing on
binder  selection.  Although many treated wastes  may be disposed of in  a
municipal  landfill, monofill, or some other subsurface burial site,  others may
be reused as fill, road base, or construction material.  For still  others, the
                                     2-59

-------
method of treatment will be direct incorporation of the untreated waste, such
as sandblasting grit, into a composite,  such as asphalt.  Numerous disposal
and/or reuse options exist, but these are constrained by legal and institu-
tional concerns.  Reuse options, as opposed to disposal options, are nonrout-
ine and subject to intense scrutiny to demonstrate environmental protection.
Ultimate use options need to be anticipated and factored into the binder
screening process along with product compatibility considerations.
          For example, if the waste disposal location lies in the saturated
zone, binder selection must consider the probability of water reaching the
waste.  Low permeability, adequate compressive strength, and stability in the
groundwater geochemical environment will be important criteria.  Also,
engineering controls of disposal site hydrogeology may be incorporated to
supplement binder performance criteria.   Waste disposal site and waste
performance considerations all relate to the protection of public health and
the environment.

2.5.2.5  Cost
          Cost is an additional binder screening criterion,  although this
criterion should be applied only after the interference, chemistry, and
disposal/reuse environment issues have been considered.  Because economic
considerations are secondary to performance considerations,  cost should be
used only to screen binders that are significantly less economical or whose
benefits clearly do not justify the added expenditure.

2.5.2.6  Process Track Record
          Finally, process track record may be a discriminating factor in the
selection of binders for bench-scale testing.  Several databases have been
developed that may be referred to as sources of information on successful
treatability studies.  Conner (1990) contains numerous tables of performance
data from previous treatability studies, organized by metal.  Means et al.
(1991a) contains, on a disk in PC-DOS spreadsheet format, a tabulation of more
than 2,500 performance data from S/S treatability studies.  The database can
be sorted by metal, waste type, binder type, or other delineators.  Note,
however, that published performance data from previous treatability studies
generally are of limited value in designing future treatability studies
                                     2-60

-------
because seldom do those publications provide the level of detail necessary to
permit replication of the experiment.  Also, subtle variations in waste
chemistry can lead to very different treatability results.
          Although process track record may be one of the factors used to
select binders for bench-scale testing, its inclusion here is not intended to
discourage the use of innovative or experimental binders or S/S technology,
which may prove very useful in certain circumstances.

      2.6  LABORATORY BENCH-SCALE SCREENING OF THE WASTE/BINDER MIXTURES
                                2.6.1  Purpose
          The result of the waste/binder compatibility literature screening
described in Section 2.5 will be a list of binders or binder additive systems
that are promising candidates for S/S treatment.  If only one binder is
identified, then it should be tested as described in this section to determine
whether it has merit; otherwise it will be necessary to identify an alterna-
tive binder.
          Because the technology screening to this point has been based on the
literature review and generic information from previous S/S projects, the
analysis now needs to be made specific to the actual waste being studied.
Waste/binder mixes should be tested in the laboratory to determine relative
performance.  Because analytical testing is expensive, it is impractical  to
conduct a full set of performance tests on all  of the waste/binder mixtures.
Therefore, the testing at this stage takes the form of "screening" as opposed
to detailed performance testing and is limited to the minimum required to
indicate process applicability.
          The bench-scale screening process described in Section 2.6 essen-
tially equates to the "remedy selection" screening step in U.S.  EPA's guidance
for treatability testing under CERCLA (U.S. EPA, 1989e).  Note that for
certain S/S projects, where there is a high level of confidence  that a given
binder will easily satisfy the project's performance goals,  this bench-scale
screening step may be deemed unnecessary.   This might be the case in situa-
tions where waste properties are simple and straightforward,  and where the
selected binder has a demonstrated track record for the waste being stabi-
lized.   However,  because of the numerous possible subtleties in  S/S process
implementation and the possible effects of site-specific water properties on
                                     2-61

-------
binder performance, it is highly recommended that bench-scale screening be
conducted whenever possible.
          The general  steps of the bench-scale screening process are summa-
rized in Figure 2-7.  As this figure indicates, several  iterations may be
necessary.  Candidate binders identified from Section 2.5 are screened using
simple bench-scale treatability tests.   If the performance data do not
discriminate sufficiently among binders, then additional screening criteria,
such as ease of implementation in the field and cost, also may be considered
at this stage.  The binder or binder system that is ultimately selected will
undergo more thorough bench-scale performance testing as described in
Section 2.7.

                                2.6.2  Approach
          Bench-scale screening entails mixing relatively small amounts of
waste with binders for testing individual  parameters or indicators of S/S
technology performance.  These laboratory tests, which are used to determine
whether the "chemistry" of the process  works, are usually performed in batch
(e.g., "jar tests") with treatment parameters varied one at a time.  Because
small volumes and inexpensive reactors  such as bottles or beakers are used,
bench-scale screening tests can be an economical way to test a relatively
large number of performance and chemistry variables.  It is also possible to
evaluate a treatment train made up of several technologies and to generate
limited amounts of residuals for evaluation.

2.6.2.1  Experimental  Design
          At the screening stage a large number of treatment options are
possible.  For this reason, it is important to efficiently design the labora-
tory experiments.  The important experimental questions to be answered can
generally be expressed as hypotheses that are supported or disproved based on
the experimental data.  Decisions about how many and what kinds of data to
measure are made most reliably on the basis of statistical experimental design
procedures used to reduce the effects of experimental errors in the measured
data.  The area of experimental design  has been well developed (e.g., Cochran
and Cox, 1957; Hicks,  1973).  The six fundamental steps in developing a
statistical experimental design are as  follows:
                                     2-62

-------
 Section 2.6
                                                                  Perform
                                                            Laboratory Screening
                                                              Conduct Limited
                                                            Performance Analysis
                                                          on Waste/Binder Mixtures
                                                         Screen Binders Based ore
                                                           • Laboratory Screening
                                                             Performance
                                                           • Cost
                                                           • Implementability In Reid
             Yes
            to
        Engineering
         Solution
         Possible?
                                  Can
                               Performance
                                Goals be
                                Modified?
      Did at
 Least One Binder
Pass the Screening
    Criteria?
                                                              Select One Binder
                                                              for Further Study
  Unsuccessful
Treatability Study
FIGURE  2-7.  LABORATORY SCREENING OF  WASTE/BINDER MIXTURES
                                         2-63

-------
          1. Clearly define the experimental objectives along
             with the tests to be performed.
          2. Define the experimental factors to be controlled,
             as well as the levels and combinations of these
             factors to be investigated.
          3. Establish the method of randomization to be used.
          4. Select a statistical model to describe the experiment.
          5. Specify the data analysis procedures to be employed
             as well as the desired statistical properties.
          6. Select the experimental design parameters to
             achieve the desired statistical properties.

2.6.2.2  Performance Testing
          Bench-scale screening is performed at this stage to comparatively
evaluate the candidate binding agents.   As previously indicated, extensive
analytical data are not needed.  Depending on the performance criteria of
concern, one or two simple performance tests, such as the frequently recom-
mended TCLP and unconfined compressive strength (UCS) tests, should suffice
for screening.   The TCLP is recommended because of its regulatory status and
because, compared to other leaching tests, it is relatively simple and
inexpensive to perform.   The UCS test is recommended because most disposal and
reuse options for S/S-treated waste will have some level  of UCS performance
standards.  For example,  50 psi is typical guidance per U.S. EPA (1986b).
However, situations may be encountered where the use of other screening tests
is justified.  Testing methods are discussed in Chapter 3.
          It may be appropriate at this stage to test the effectiveness of
different binder/waste ratios, because an optimal  ratio cannot be determined a
priori.  If the binder/waste ratio is not treated as a variable, some useful
binder may be rejected from further consideration because it was tested at the
wrong proportion(s).  One test facility typically uses binder/waste ratios of
0.1, 0.3, and 0.6 based on dry weight (Barth and McCandless, 1989).  These are
probably appropriate for most generic binders.   However,  specialty binders may
operate optimally at other ratios.  If the binder/waste ratio is treated as a
variable at this stage,  then three variations will yield the necessary data
                                     2-64

-------
for most cases.  More or fewer binder/waste ratios may be needed depending on
factors such as waste complexity and toxicity.  However, for CERCLA remedial
actions, it rarely is worthwhile to test at binder:waste ratios greater than
1.0, because of chemical costs and the disposal  complications presented by the
volume expansion of the waste at the higher ratios.  Higher ratios may be
useful if blast furnace slag or kiln dust are available or if higher water
contents require higher binder addition.
          Whatever performance criteria are chosen for testing, the waste
should satisfy the criteria with some margin of safety because the laboratory
is a more controlled environment than the field for testing.  In the field,
ingredient proportions and the thoroughness of mixing are more variable.
Typical guidance for the extent of this margin of safety is that the perfor-
mance criteria should be satisfied by at least a factor of 2.  For example,
TCLP-tested Pb should be < 2.5 mg/L, versus the U.S. EPA threshold of
5.0 mg/L.  This is technical guidance, not policy.
          If screening tests fail to discriminate sufficiently among the bind-
ers (i.e., they perform similarly), then it may be appropriate to screen the
binders based on other factors, such as ease of field application (implementa-
bility) or cost.  Ease of application in the field refers to process complex-
ity or sensitivity of performance to process parameters.  Highly complex
processes, such as numerous sequential steps and processes that are extremely
sensitive to process parameters, such as exact ingredient proportions and
thorough mixing, may be very difficult to implement in the field and probably
should not be attempted unless preceded by a pilot- or full-scale demonstra-
tion.  Health and safety considerations for workers and nearby inhabitants
also affect the ease of using a particular S/S process at a particular site.
Both the S/S field equipment necessary and treatment chemicals used should be
conducive to safe and efficient application under actual field conditions.
          A final factor affecting binder screening is cost.  If all other
factors (performance and implementability) are equal, then cost may be used to
select a binder.  The most significant cost items are usually chemicals,
equipment rentals or use rates, and labor.  The latter two categories of cost
information are difficult to estimate at this stage.  However it should be
possible to develop a sense for the overall process complexity and maximum
possible processing rate.  Additional information pertaining to the cost of
S/S treatment is provided in Section 4.10.
                                     2-65

-------
                          2.6.3  Technical Guidance
          Guidance for bench-scale  binder screening Is summarized In Table
2-12.  This information is provided to assist in planning and implementing
valid bench-scale screening  tests for S/S.
          2.7  BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE TESTING/PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
                        2.7.1  Purpose and Objectives
          At this stage in the S/S treatability study,  limited treatability
testing has  been  conducted and a  promising binder has been identified.  Now it
is necessary to demonstrate that  the binder will  achieve  all  relevant project
performance  goals and to optimize the S/S process in terms of design, field
implementability, and cost performance.   This step in the treatability study
is referred  to herein as "bench-scale performance testing/process optimiza-
tion" and equates to the "remedy  design  testing"  step in  U.S. EPA's guidance
for performing treatability studies under CERCLA (U.S.  EPA,  1989e).  Bench-
scale performance or remedy design testing is frequently  performed soon after
the Record of Decision in CERCLA  projects, prior to implementing the remedy.
          A  descriptive performance testing protocol that will satisfy the
requirements of all S/S projects  cannot  be specified because  site-specific
projects have different performance goals and because the response of individ-
ual wastes to S/S technology can  be unpredictable.  In  the absence of exten-
sive regulatory requirements for  S/S treatment projects,  acceptance criteria
must be determined largely on a case-by-case basis.  The  approach summarized
here and illustrated in Figure 2-8 advocates that the level  of performance
testing be set by the potential level of risk posed to  human  health and the
environment.  That is, the testing program should be based upon the guiding
principles derived from the ultimate risk posed by the waste  in its planned
disposal or  reuse environment.
          Four principal factors  affect  risk in this context:

          •  Waste volume
          •  Type and concentration of contaminants (metals,
            organics, or both)
                                     2-66

-------
TABLE 2-12.  BENCH-SCALE BINDER SCREENING GUIDANCE
   1.  Test the effectiveness of any pretreatment system.

   2.  Screen at least two to four binders at two or more  binder/waste ratios.

   3.  Ensure there are no binder/waste incompatibilities  that could pose a
       safety hazard (release of toxic gas,  etc.).

   4.  Use process, waste, and binder information to determine whether to
       base testing on composited waste samples,  worst-case samples, or both.

   5.  Carefully monitor,  control,  and record binder additions,  order and
       sequence of additions, timing,  and other procedural  information.

   6.  Conduct several  rounds of bench-scale testing to optimize binder
       performance.

   7.  The chemical compositions of the binder and  binder  additives should be
       known or chemically analyzed to ensure that  these ingredients do not con-
       tain hazardous, constituents  or properties.   Consult  MSDSs at a minimum.

   8.  New ARARs may be developed as a result of  the binder and/or binder
       additives (e.g.,  dust  emissions,  corrosivity [pH] limits,  etc.).

   9.  Have the treatability  study  witnessed by an  independent third party or
       regulatory agency for  impartiality.

  10.  Simulate anticipated field conditions during curing  as  closely as
       possible (e.g.,  do  not necessarily put the treated waste  immediately
       into a sample jar).

  11.  Allow the sample  to cure  properly before chemical and physical  analyses.

  12.  Calculate the percent  reduction in TCLP contaminant  concentration
       caused by stabilization both with and without  the effects  of waste
       dilution by  binder  ingredients.

  13.   Test the most critical ARARs (e.g., leaching characteristics and
       critical  chemical/physical properties).

  14.   Assess air emissions if volatile  organics are  present.

  15.   Send splits  of a  few samples to  a second laboratory  for interlaboratory
       verification.

  16.   Conduct  the  bench-scale screening project under  a proper  QA/QC  program,
       including  statistical  design, replication, blind  controls,  compliance
       with  laboratory certification requirements,  etc.

  17.   Calculate  or measure waste volume increase from  binder/water additions.
                                    2-67

-------
   Section 2.7.1
                        Define Testing Requirements
                        by Risk Determination

                          •  Amount of Untreated Waste
                          •  Waste Chemistry Considerations
                          •  Stte Characteristics
                          •  Binding Agent Considerations
   Section 2.7.2
                            Level 1
                        Minimal Testing
                                     Level 2
                                 Moderate Testing
                                Levels
                           Extensive Testing
                                                   Are the
                                              Performance-Criteria
                                             Met With an
                                                Safety Margin?
   Section 2.7^5
        No
Process
Optimization
>
r
Section 2.7.3
  Unsuccessful
Treatabiltty Study
Successful Treatabiltty
       Study
 S/S Binder Selected
 FIGURE  2-8.   BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE TESTING OF  SELECTED WASTE/BINDER MIXTURES
                                           2-68

-------
          • Site characteristics of the planned disposal or reuse
            environment
          • Demonstrated performance of the S/S process
            selected
            This section provides qualitative guidance for determining the
level of risk based on the above categories of factors.  The level of risk
then determines the general extent of recommended performance testing.  More
extensive testing requirements are required for projects that present greater
risk in order to increase the level of confidence that the treated waste will
remain stable for the long term.  One type of testing requirement that is not
derived from risk pertains to specific binders.  Testing related to binder
evaluation is discussed briefly in Section 2.7.2.3.
          The goals of bench-scale performance testing and process optimiza-
tion are to demonstrate that the S/S-treated waste is:

          • Chemically and physically stable (i.e., no free
            liquids as determined by the paint filter test, low
            leaching rates)
          • Compatible with its disposal or reuse environment
            (e.g., possesses adequate compressive strength, is
            nonbiodegradable, and has sufficiently low
            permeability)
          • In conformance with the ARARs by an adequate margin of
            safety
          • Cost-effective compared with other possible treatment
            technologies
          • Demonstrated effective and readily implementable in
            the field

          Generalized procedures and rationales for determining the level  of
performance testing are provided in the following sections.  Please note that
this approach applies mainly to projects under CERCLA remediation and RCRA
placement.   As indicated in Section 2.3, the testing requirements of a RCRA
TSD facility are more specific and include the Paint Filter Test for free
liquids,  the TCLP for Teachable metals,  and the other three tests for hazard-
ous waste characteristics (i.e.,  ignitability,  corrosivity, and reactivity).
                                     2-69

-------
                     2.7.2  How Much Performance Testing?
2.7.2.1  Levels of Risk
          Risk determination is probably equivocal  in most cases,  and excep-
tions to any approach will always be identified.  No expert system exists yet
for determining risk as it relates to S/S projects.   One approach, however, is
based on the principal risk factors identified in Table 2-13.   This simplified
approach is provided as rule-of-thumb guidance only.  As indicated previously,
numerous exceptions are likely to exist.
          The categories of risk in Table 2-13 are (a) waste volume, (b) type
and quantity of metal contaminants, (c) type and quantity of organic contami-
nants, (d) site (disposal or reuse) characteristics, and (e) demonstrated effec-
tiveness of the S/S process.  Each of these risk categories is subdivided into
low, medium, or high risk levels.  Examples of each are given in Table 2-13.
The trends are straightforward.  Larger volumes of waste, higher hazard contami-
nants, site conditions promoting possible exposure to human or ecological recep-
tors, and undemonstrated S/S processes are all associated with higher risk and
therefore higher levels of performance testing.  Metals and organics are con-
sidered separately, because a waste containing both is more difficult to treat
and therefore poses greater risk than a waste containing only one or the other.
Table 2-13 shows where a project falls among the five risk factors and is used
to determine the necessary level of performance testing, which is explained
further in Section 2.7.2.2.  Identifying the level of risk is a subjective
determination on the part of the participants in the treatability study.

2.7.2.2  Levels of Performance Testing
          Three levels of performance testing correspond to the three levels
of risk from Table 2-13.  Table 2-14 describes some typical testing require-
ments  (leaching, physical, and other chemical tests) for each of the three
levels.  The tests to be  run cannot be  specified exactly, as they will depend
upon  the needs of the individual S/S project.  For example, a freeze/thaw test
may not make sense for an S/S-treated waste placed entirely below the frost
line.  Permeability would be of little  consequence for disposal in the desert
far above the groundwater table.   Thus, Table 2-14 provides guidance on  the
overall magnitude or  level of  effort associated with the testing program as
opposed to  specific  testing requirements.
                                     2-70

-------
      TABLE 2-13.  RISK FACTORS FOR EVALUATING LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE TESTING
      Risk factors
                            I. Low risk
                                                                 Risk levels
                            II. Medium risk
                            III. High risk
      A. Waste volume

      B. Metal contaminants
ro
i
C. Organic contaminants
      D. Site characteristics
<1,000 cu yd

Noncarcinogenic
Low toxicity (e.g.,
Cr[III],  Ba, Zn, Mo,
Cu)
Low to moderate concen-
trations

Low total organic
carbon content
Low hazardous organics
Low-interference
organics
                                                     >1,000 to. <10,000 cu yd • >10,000 cu yd
                           Vadose zone disposal or
                           depth to groundwater
                           >25 ft
                           Dry climate
                           Low population density
                           Distant from drinking
                           water source
                           RCRA-permitted disposal
                           facility
                                                     Noncarcinogenic
                                                     Moderate toxicity
                                                     (e.g., Pb, Se, Sb)
                                                     Low to moderate concen-
                                                     trations
Same general criteria
as Level II metals
(e.g., organic
priority pollutants
other than those under
III, high-risk
organics such as
cresols, xylenes, and
aldehydes)

Conditions intermediate
between I and III
                          Known or suspected carcinogen
                          High toxicity (e.g., Cr[VI],
                          Cd, Hg, As, Be]
                          Very high concentrations
Same general criteria as
Level III metals (e.g.,
PAHs, PCBs, dioxins, furans,
certain pesticides,
chlorophenols)
High-interference organics
                                                    Saturated zone disposal or
                                                    depth to groundwater <5 ft
                                                    Wet climate
                                                    High population density
                                                    Close to drinking water
                                                    source
                                                    Windy conditions coupled with
                                                    aboveground disposal or reuse

-------
ro
i
ro
      TABLE 2-13.  RISK FACTORS FOR EVALUATING LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE TESTING (Continued)
      Risk factors
 I. Low risk
                                                                 Risk levels
  II. Medium risk
  III. High risk
      E. History of process
         effectiveness
Well-established,
frequently used
process with generic
binders and
contaminants that
stabilize readily
Field-demonstrated, but
not as frequently used
Innovative or complex process
for contaminants that are
more difficult to stabilize
(e.g., As, Cr[VI], phenol)

-------
      TABLE 2-14.  LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE TESTING AND EXAMPLE TESTING REQUIREMENTS
        Testing
         level
      Leaching
                                                        Example testing reauirementsab
        Physical
  Other chemical
        I. Low
       II. Medium
no
i
co
      III. High
One short-term test (e.g.,
5-day ANSI/ANS/16.1)
One short-term test (e.g.,
5-day ANSI/ANS/16.1) and
one medium or long-term
test (e.g., MEP)
Several tests, including
one long-term test (e.g.,
MEP or 90-day
ANSI/ANS/16.1); geo-
chemical and/or transport
modeling may be advisable

A solvent extraction test
(total waste analysis) to
demonstrate the chemical
stabilization of non-TCLP-
list organics (see Section
4.4.3)

Nonroutine analytical
procedures as required to
indicate chemical bonding
Minimum number of param-
eters needed to demonstrate
compatibility with disposal
or reuse environment

Several physical parameters
(e.g., UCS, permeability,
specific gravity)

Freeze/thaw and wet/dry
tests if aboveground use is
planned

Applicable properties from
Level II plus standard
factor test, California
bearing ratio, freeze/thaw
and wet/dry tests, and
others as appropriate

Biodegradation tests if
pertinent to the binder
As needed; pH usually
required to
demonstrate
noncorrosiveness

As needed (e.g., pH,
acid neutralization
capacity)
pH, acid neutraliza-
tion capacity, Eh,
volatile emissions as
appropriate to show
chemical stability
and compatibility

Bioassays as
appropriate

Speciation of
contaminant metals to
show potential for
long-term stability
      a Assumes TCLP levels and UCS have been determined previously in laboratory screening.
        If the process formulation has been modified, TCLP and UCS should be rerun.
        These are candidate tests given as examples only.

-------
          As Table 2-14 indicates,  high-risk projects require more rigorous
levels of testing to establish a higher degree of confidence that the S/S-
treated waste will attain and maintain the required levels of performance.
For most high-risk S/S projects, this also means that the potential for long-
term leaching should be assessed.  For final placement close to natural
waterways, the need for acute bioassay testing may also be considered.  A
large number and wide variety of performance tests may be conducted.  Chapter
3 discusses a selection of the many available physical, leaching, chemical,
biological, and microcharacterization tests.  Chapter 3 may be consulted for
information about the types of tests available, the information they provide,
and any existing acceptance criteria.

2.7.2.3  Tests for Specific Binding Agents
          Binder selection is an additional consideration in designing the
performance testing program.  Certain types of tests relate more to the
specific properties of the binder than to the risk associated with waste
chemistry and site characteristics.  Examples include the following:

          • When sulfide is used as a treatment chemical, pH and
            reactive sulfide analyses (or sulfide reactivity, the
            so-called "Claussen test") should be conducted to
            ensure that the waste meets the RCRA corrosivity (pH
            less than 12.5) and reactive sulfide (less than 500
                   guidelines.
                                                         are used,
rog/kg) guidelines.
When thermoplastics or other organic binders
biodegradation tests may be required.
 In some situations, a test method may need to be modified to accommodate a
 specific S/S-treated waste.  For example, because the oils and bitumens in
 asphalts would probably lead to filter plugging, the filtration procedures may
 need to be modified or eliminated completely.

 2.7.2.4  Acceptance Criteria
          The success of the treatability study will be measured in terms of
 whether the tests  satisfy predetermined performance objectives.  Some of these
 criteria are regulatory limits, such as the metal thresholds that have been
 established for the TCLP, EP Tox, and California Waste Extraction Test (WET).
                                     2-74

-------
 However, most  criteria are  not  strict regulatory limits  and must be determined
 on  a  case-by-case  basis.  For example, the target permeability and UCS
 criteria will  vary with the site characteristics of the  disposal environment.
 Permeability requirements will  vary with the water flux  through the disposal
 zone  and the proximity to the groundwater table.  The UCS criteria should be
 based on an engineering calculation of the load under which the waste will be
 placed plus a  safety factor.
          The  approach for  determining acceptance criteria generally emphasiz-
 es  designing to the needs of the individual project.  It is not cost-effective
 to  design overly restrictive criteria.  However, the criteria need to be
 adequate to ensure, with an acceptable degree of probability, that the S/S-
 treated waste  will perform  satisfactorily in the field.
          If the treatability study is unsuccessful (i.e., if some performance
 objectives are not satisfied),  then several options are  available, for
 example:

          • Revise the performance objectives within regulatory
            limitations (for example, exception to ARARs)
          • Modify the formulations
          • Investigate a completely different binder system
          • Add more engineering controls to the final placement
            location

          Most performance  defects identified in treatability studies can be
corrected by process or binder modifications.  However, the resulting S/S
treatment system may be complex or expensive.  If performance is so unsatis-
factory that S/S is not a viable option,  then the S/S treatability study is
concluded.

2.7.2.5  Process Optimization
          The bench-scale treatability environment offers an excellent
opportunity to fine-tune the S/S process  for site-specific waste.   Process
optimization includes the following types of activities:
                                     2-75

-------
          • Determining the trade-offs between reducing the
            binder:waste ratio and associated cost savings versus
            process performance
          • Determining the optimal  sequence of binder or
            additives in terms of processing rate and process
            performance
          • Evaluating the sensitivity of the S/S process to
            slight variations in binder amounts,  curing
            conditions, and/or mixing efficiency
          • Evaluating the sensitivity of the S/S process to
            expected variations in waste properties (average vs.
            worst-case contaminant concentrations, variable matrix
            properties, etc.)

          Process optimization is an important step in maximizing cost-
effectiveness and determining process sensitivities.

                           2.7.3  Technical  Guidance
          Guidance for conducting bench-scale performance testing is provided
in Table 2-15.  The guidance provided in Section 2.6  (Table 2-12) is also
applicable.

                   2.8   PILOT-SCALE  AND  FIELD  DEMONSTRATIONS
                     2.8.1  The Need for Process Scale-Up
          Bench-scale treatability testing ends when  a suitable binder and
binder:waste ratio is selected.  The user must then determine whether a pilot
test or field demonstration test of the stabilization process is necessary
prior to a full-scale cleanup.  A pilot test generally refers to an intermedi-
ate-scale simulation (often in the laboratory) of a full-scale operation.
Field demonstration generally refers to a simulation  of the full-scale
operation conducted on-site with actual full-scale (or close to full-scale)
equipment.  A pilot or field test may be needed to build confidence in the
binder selection or to gather data for design of the  full-scale system.
Pilot-scale studies are typically directed at resolving equipment sizing,
selection, or scale-up issues.  Usually in S/S technology, the field test is a
dry-run of the full-scale treatment equipment under carefully monitored
conditions prior to proceeding with full-scale treatment.  The expense of a
                                     2-76

-------
TABLE 2-15.  GUIDANCE FOR BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE TESTING
      The same guidelines concerning procedures for conducting bench-scale
      treatability tests provided under section 2.6 (Table 2-11) also apply
      here.

      Performance tests are needed for all  ARARs,  for example:

      a.  If subsurface disposal  is planned,  appropriate tests should be
          conducted (e.g., unconfined compressive  strength and permeability,
          etc).

      b.  If surface or near-surface disposal  is planned,  appropriate tests
          should be conducted (e.g., wet/dry,  freeze/thaw, etc.).

      c.  Long-term stability needs to be ensured.   The TCLP is not sufficient
          evidence of long-term stability.   Alternative leaching tests should
          be conducted that better address  long-term stability (see Section
          3.2) and/or the TCLP should be conducted  on treated waste after
          different curing periods (Section 4.7).

      d.  For wastes having organic contaminants with low aqueous
          solubilities, leaching  with an organic solvent may be appropriate
          (see Section 4.4.3).

      e.  For wastes containing organic contaminants, conduct a mass balance
          to account for the fractions of contaminants that are leachable,
          immobile, and released  due to volatilization.

      f.  For a suspected colloidal  contaminant transport  mechanism, consider
          substituting larger pore-size filter medium for  the standard
          filtration medium or using centrifugation instead of filtration.

      g.  Leach tests using site-specific groundwater (as  opposed  to generic
          leachate or distilled water) may  be  appropriate.

      h.  If the binder is biodegradable, a biodegradation performance test
          should be conducted.

      i.  If the disposal  site could leach  into an  aquatic system,  leachate
          bioassay may be appropriate.

      j.  Note that the binders themselves  may contain contaminants such as
          metals;  these should be taken into consideration in performance
          testing.

      A total  contaminant analysis should generally be performed on the same
      subsample used for leach tests to eliminate false  negatives.

      The leaching performance data  should  be  corrected  for the effect of
      dilution to  determine the actual extent  of stabilization due  to binding.
                                     2-77

-------
TABLE 2-15.  GUIDANCE FOR BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE TESTING (Continued)
 5.   Simulate field conditions as closely as possible during curing.

 6.   Allow the waste to cure for an appropriate period of time before
      analysis.

 7.   The entire performance testing program should be conducted under an
      appropriate QA/QC program, including statistical design, replicates,
      analytical methods, blind controls,  and other controls.

 8.   There should be a safety margin in the performance data relative to the
      numerical thresholds because the S/S process may not work as well as in
      the field.

 9.   The S/S process developed and demonstrated at this stage must be
      implementable in the field (i.e.,  not too complex).

10.   The volumetric expansion of the waste during treatment must conform to
      the disposal space constraints.

11.   The cost should be realistic for an  S/S treatment option; depending on
      the circumstances, a realistic cost  is usually less than $150/ton.

12.   Splits of some proportion of the samples should be sent to a second
      analytical laboratory for interlaboratory comparison.

13.   It is advisable for bench-scale testing to be observed by an independent
      third party or regulatory agency for impartiality.
pilot-scale (intermediate-scale)  test is usually not warranted,  except for

very complex S/S projects.

          The decision whether to do a pilot or field test hinges mainly on
how widely a particular waste/binder system has been demonstrated in the past.

Other factors such as regulatory  requirements,  full-scale equipment design,

and cost estimation are also considered.  If treatability testing shows that

the waste contains common forms of contaminants that respond well to stabili-

zation in a matrix that contains  no significant amounts of interferants, and

if the binder system is well-demonstrated and commonly used on these contami-

nants, then a pilot or field demonstration may not be necessary.  If the

contaminant species is complexed  in the waste matrix, if the waste contains

interferants, or if a not-so-well-understood binder system is being used, a

pilot or field-scale demonstration is advisable to ensure the effectiveness of


                                     2-78

-------
the process.  As indicated above, a field demonstration can be conducted
simply as a discrete part of the full-scale cleanup, with a pause after the
demonstration to evaluate effectiveness and/or allow for regulatory review.
This  is a useful step for calibrating material flow rates and for determining
optimal processing rates.  Any deficiencies in the field equipment can be
identified and corrected, and field personnel can be trained in the safe
operation of the full-scale equipment.  Once the S/S process has been demon-
strated in the field, the cleanup can continue with the same equipment.
          Safety problems can also be identified during pilot/field testing.
For example, the Handbook for Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous Waste
(U.S. EPA, 1986c) describes how rapid addition of a reactive stabilization
agent (e.g., unhydrated lime) can cause rapid volatilization of lower boiling-
point organics, leading to flash fires.
          A specific case history demonstrates the advisability of a field
test prior to full-scale treatment.  Physical conditions during full-scale
cleanup may vary from those in the laboratory so as to alter or prevent the
desired reactions of the stabilization process.  A case in point is described
by Means et al. (1991b) for a field demonstration stabilizing sand blasting
grit containing copper and lead as contaminants.  A laboratory-proven binder
system composed of sulfide and fly ash was used during the initial demonstra-
tion.  The treated waste was stored in the open on plastic sheets for curing.
Samples of the cured waste showed that the waste at the top of the pile was
not as well  stabilized as the waste at the bottom of the pile.   During further
treatability testing, it was discovered that when the waste was cured in a
jar, stabilization was effective.  When the waste was cured on a gentle
incline in the open air, simulating the field waste material, some excess
stabilization reagent was observed draining off the waste material.  It was
concluded that environmental  conditions caused by piling were preventing the
reaction between the sulfide and the metal ions from reaching completion.
Thus,  the field system was shown to be not as effective as the bench-scale
system for this stabilization project.   Fortunately, the problem was identi-
fied and corrected at an early stage of field treatment.
          All  the factors mentioned above should be taken into consideration
in determining the need for a field demonstration before full-scale cleanup.
Once a decision is made to proceed with the demonstration, the steps in the
flowchart of Figure 2-9 may be followed.   Two to four small  batches of waste
                                     2-79

-------
                                       Treatability
                                     Study Results
                       No
      Is
  Pilot/Reid
Demonstration
  Required?
                                    Run 2 to 4 Small
                                    Batches of Waste
                                    on the Pilot/Reid
                                      Equipment
                                  After Curing, Analyze
                                  Samples to Evaluate
                                  Critical Performance
                                         Goals
                          Yes
                                   Change Equipment
                                     or Engineering
                                     Parameters or
                                   Reformulate Binder
              i
         Proceed With
           Full-Scale
         Remediation
FIGURE 2-9.  PILOT-SCALE TEST SCREENING

                                      2-80

-------
 are typically run,  with  1  to  15  cubic yards  of untreated  waste  material  per
 batch  generally used  depending on  the size of the  available  equipment.
 Statistically significant  samples  are taken  and analyzed  by  the tests  de-
 scribed  in  Chapter  3  to  demonstrate  effectiveness.  Adequate quality assurance
 procedures  are followed  during sample collection and  analyses to ensure
 reliability.
          After allowing the  treated waste to cure, the samples can  be
 analyzed  and  evaluated for critical  performance goals  as  determined  at an
 earlier  stage.   If  the samples meet  these performance  objectives,  the  user  may
 proceed with  the full-scale cleanup.  If the  samples  fail the performance
 objectives, the user  has to determine whether the  field-scale equipment,  the
 binder formulation, and/or other engineering  parameters (e.g.,  flow  rates,
 storage environment)  are at fault.   Further testing may be necessary to  iden-
 tify the  cause  of the deviation between bench-scale and field-scale  results.

                            2.8.2  Scale-Up Issues
          Scale-up  from  a  bench-scale to field  demonstration  or full-scale
 process generally focuses  on  the materials handling aspects  of  the process
 since the chemistry already has been addressed  in the  bench-scale tests.
 Scale-up  plans  should address each of the following wherever  applicable:

          • Waste excavation  for ex situ processes
          • Waste handling
          • Equipment selection & sizing
          • Chemical reagents (binder)  storage
          • Pretreatment of waste
          • Presence of debris
          • Materials balance
          • Mixing and curing
          • Stabilized waste disposal

          The  most common methods of stabilization  are plant  mixing and in
situ mixing.  Plant  mixing  involves removing  the waste from its  location and
                                     2-81

-------
transferring it to a treatment plant.   The waste is mixed with the stabiliza-
tion agents in the fixed or mobile treatment plant.  During in situ mixing,
the waste remains in place, and the stabilization agents are injected or mixed
with specialized augers or other equipment.
          Another method, area mixing,  is used mainly for treating oily
sludges or semi sol id wastes.  In this  method, a layer of waste is placed in
the disposal area and covered with a layer of stabilization agents.  The
layers are lifted and turned over repeatedly and then dried and compacted.  A
top layer of clean soil is then added  as a cap.  Yet another method, in-drum
mixing, is generally used for highly toxic wastes in drums.  If there is
enough headspace above the waste in the drum, stabilization agents may be
added and mixed with the waste.
          The U.S. EPA published several Technology Evaluation Reports on its
SITE demonstrations of stabilization techniques such as plant mixing (U.S. EPA
1989h and 1989i) and in situ stabilization (U.S. EPA, 1989J).  These reports
contain important information on field operation and performance.  The
Handbook for Stabilization (U.S. EPA,  1986c) is also a good reference,
describing operating characteristics and cost of large-scale equipment.
          A discussion of some commonly used full-scale stabilization equip-
ment follows.

2.8.2.1  Waste Excavation and Handling
          Traditional earth-moving equipment (e.g., backhoes, draglines,
bulldozers, front-end loaders) is used for this process.  If free liquid is
present on top of the waste, it may have to be pumped out and treated as a
separate waste stream.  The equipment  operator may have to be completely
enclosed or provided with breathing apparatus if air hazards are generated
during excavation.
          Depending on the nature of the waste and the site, the excavated
waste can be transported to the treatment plant by a fixed system (conveyor or
screw auger), dump truck (for soil), pump and hose (for liquids and sludges),
or, if the waste is particularly hazardous, in drums.  Spillage should be
avoided during transport.
                                     2-82

-------
2.8.2.2  Stabilizing Agent Storage
          For cost-effective operation, it is important that sufficient
amounts of chemicals be available to avoid project shut-down for restocking.
Amounts required are determined from treatability testing results, specifical-
ly the binderrwaste ratio.  Bins, hoppers, and silos are used for storage of
dry chemicals.  If liquid chemicals are being used, liquid storage tanks or
drums may be necessary.  Unless the waste volume is small, chemicals generally
need to be replenished on a continuous basis during the project.

2.3.2.3  Pretreatment of Waste
          Pretreatment may be necessary for (a) improving the material
handling characteristics of the waste, (b) improving waste/binder compatibili-
ty, and (c) removing constituents that either interfere with or are not
affected by S/S processing.  (See Section 4.1.4).  Pretreatment can sometimes
also reduce the quantity of stabilization agents during mixing.
          Pretreatment may include screening and/or size-reduction equipment
such as crushers (to remove large rocks or debris that may clog up the mixing
equipment), drying or dewatering, blending and homogenization, pH adjustment,
or heating to drive off volatiles.  If volatiles are being driven off, some
capture mechanism for the vapors may be necessary.   Oversize materials from
screening may have to be treated separately or disposed of appropriately.
          Pretreatment is important from a materials handling point of view,
especially at sites where the waste is difficult to handle with standard
earth-moving equipment.  There have been instances  where the entire remediat-
ion operation had to be temporarily abandoned because of problems at the
pretreatment stage.  Screens and crushers can easily get clogged, especially
with wet,  sticky,  or fine materials such as clay.  Use of vibratory screens or
special  crushers may be necessary.

2.8.2.4  Nixing and Curing
          Mixing is a critical  step in ensuring good S/S process performance.
All precautions must be taken to ensure that the waste and binder chemicals
are mixed thoroughly and allowed to cure adequately.   A wide range of mixing
equipment is suitable for this  application.  The choice of equipment depends
                                     2-83

-------
on the type of waste/binder system and method of stabilization.   In the most
simple and inexpensive situation,  area mixing can be done with a backhoe.
          For in situ mixing, special  augers and drills are used to inject the
stabilization agents into the soil and to cause agitation and mixing.
Backhoes can be used as in situ mixers, but the mixing is not reliable.
Another in situ process is grouting,  whereby fluids (usually water and cement)
are injected into the ground, where they are allowed to set in place.
          Plant mixing provides the maximum control on the mixing process.
A range of equipment, including pug mills,  extruders,  ribbon blenders, sigma
mixers, muller mixers, and screw conveyors  is available.   Standard construc-
tion-type cement or concrete mixers and transit-mix trucks have  also been
used.  Mixing can be done as either a batch or a continuous process.  Known
volumes or weights of waste and chemicals can be added with reasonable
accuracy into the mixer by front-end loaders or conveyors.  Water or slurries
can be metered and pumped in.
          If continuous operation  is desired, all materials must be introduced
at a carefully controlled rate.  This may require specialized material-
handling equipment such as live-bottom feeders.  Equipment such  as pug mills
can frequently be operated in either batch  or continuous  mode.  Thus,  it is
possible to use a pug mill in batch mode during pilot or  field demonstration
and then change to continuous mode with several minor modifications:  changing
the angles on the paddles or knives on the  pug-mill shaft(s), changing the
level of the discharge gate, and/or changing the speed of rotation of the
screws.  However, when mixers are  switched  from batch to  continuous mode, they
must be recalibrated to ensure that the desired residence time and mixing are
being achieved.
          Mixing options also depend on the type of waste being  mixed.
Certain clay-type soils can become extremely sticky and adhere to the shaft
and sides of the mixer, leading to poor mixing.  Obtaining good  mixing can
also be problematic if the viscosity of the mix changes rapidly  during
setting.  Mixer performance needs  to be evaluated in order to confirm the
amounts of stabilization agents needed.  During bench-scale testing, the
amounts of chemicals required for  full-scale operation can be underestimated
because less than ideal mixing efficiency was not accounted for.
          The size of the mixer generally determines the  maximum throughput
for the entire stabilization process.   Mixers vary widely in size, with
                                     2-84

-------
 achievable throughputs between 1 and 200 tons per hour.   Continuous processing
 usually provides a greater throughput but at the possible expense of mixing
 efficiency.   Two mixers can be used to improve mixing in high throughput
 continuous processes.
           Curing of the waste can occur in either containers, pits, or free-
 standing piles.   Controls should be implemented both  to  protect the surround-
 ing environment  from possible runoff or leaching from the curing waste and to
 protect the  curing waste from wind and precipitation.

 2.8.2.5  Stabilized Waste Disposal
           If the stabilized waste is to be used as  fill,  the  use of standard
 earth-moving equipment (e.g.,  graders,  bulldozers,  front-end  loaders)  will
 usually suffice.   After replacement,  the waste is compacted.   The moisture
 content of the compacted material  should be controlled to give the maximum
 density for  a given material.  The moisture-density  relationship can be
 determined by the  Proctor test (ASTM D698).   Too much or  too  little moisture
 can be  detrimental.
           Stabilization  generally results  in  a volume increase.   This  volume
 increase  can be  underestimated during  bench-scale testing and should be  re-
 established  in the  field.
           Post-treatment  controls  (e.g.,  capping, slurry  wall,  soil  cover)
 frequently accompany stabilization  to  effectively mitigate site-specific
 threats.   Performance  standards  for  caps  are mentioned in 40  CFR  264.310 but
 may not always be  appropriate.   Final  selection  of capping materials and cap
 design  depends on  several  factors  such  as  climate, site hydrogeology,  avail-
 ability of materials,  and  regulatory requirements.

              2.8.3  Sampling and Analysis of the Treated Waste
           The guidance on  sampling and analysis  in Sections 2.2.1.2  and
 2.2.3.3 has  general applicability to the pilot or field demonstration  as well.
 In  situ projects pose  special  complications for verification testing.  For
 example, drilling or coring is required and homogeneity and setting  rates are
more difficult to assess.  Analyses must be conducted to determine compliance
with the performance goals of ARARs (Section 2.3) in a statistically signifi-
cant manner.
                                     2-85

-------
                       3  S/S PROCESS PERFORMANCE TESTS

          Many different tests can be applied to measure the performance of
S/S processes.  Some of these tests are mandated by federal, state, or local
regulations, whereas others can be employed to provide additional assurance
that a given S/S process is appropriate for its intended use.  Testing can be
expensive, especially when applied to a large number of samples and replicates
to ensure statistical validity.  On the other hand, only adequate testing can
ensure attaining the data quality objectives (DQO).  Less than necessary
testing may lead to an unacceptable S/S-treated waste in a difficult form to
reprocess.
          This chapter provides a comprehensive review of the types of tests
applied to S/S-treated waste.  A given test program normally would use only a
small subset of the tests mentioned here, depending on the specific perfor-
mance goals of that test program (Section 2.3).
          The purpose of this section is not to describe all possible tests in
detail but rather to present an overview of example tests organized by type of
test:  physical, leaching/extraction, chemical, biological, and microcharac-
terization.  For each category of test,  a table lists and briefly describes
the representative tests.  Where possible, reference has been made to one
possible example method.  Some of the tests are most applicable to untreated
soil  or sludge samples, S/S-treated waste, or liquid samples.  These material
applications are denoted as U, S, or L in the column titled material applica-
tion.  The test may be required by regulation,  provide general  information
about S/S processing, or support an experimental  program.  These testing
applications are noted as R,  I, or E in  the column titled testing application.
Both columns provide general  guidance but specific uses will vary depending on
testing program design.
          U.S. EPA (1989g and 1990b) provides two sources of additional
information on performance tests.  The test descriptions offered in Sections
3.1 through 3.5 are taken primarily from U.S.  EPA (1990b).

                              3.1   PHYSICAL TESTS
          For the testing of S/S-treated waste, many existing physical  and
construction tests were adapted.   Thus,  caution should be exercised when using
them to evaluate stabilized wastes.  Such tests can be used to  differentiate
                                     3-1

-------
among the attributes of different binders,  to determine compliance with
performance objectives, to establish material handling characteristics, and to
select large-scale equipment.   Table 3-1 gives an overview of physical  tests,
described below.  The testing  program should select appropriate tests based on
the waste and site conditions  and test program objectives (Section 2.7).

                        3.1.1  General  Property Tests
          General property tests  provide information relating physical
characteristics of treated and untreated waste to various process and opera-
tional parameters.  These tests are often performed to determine the suit-
ability of the wastes to stabilization,  to help select binders, or to help
design treatability studies.

3.1.1.1  Moisture Content
          Moisture content refers to "free" or "pore" water,  not water of
hydration.  On untreated wastes,  moisture content is used to  determine the
materials handling properties  and to determine whether pretreatment (e.g.,
drying, dewatering) is needed.  Moisture content is also used to estimate the
need to add water to the S/S  binder and to convert waste weights to a dry
basis to improve reporting consistency.   Moisture content may include some
volatiles lost under the conditions of the test.

3.1.1.2  Particle Size Analysis
          The size distribution of the particles in the waste or soil often
indicates the potential for water movement through the material and the
compressibility.  Also, very  fine-grained materials have been shown to produce
poorly stabilized materials (U.S. EPA, 1986c).  Presence of large particles
may require the use of size reduction equipment.   The best material for
forming a strong interlocking  matrix is well graded, with few particles in
extreme sizes.

3.1.1.3  Specific Gravity
          Specific gravity is  the ratio of the mass of the dry solid portion
of the waste to the mass of an equivalent volume of water.  Specific gravity
data are necessary to understand  the weight-to-volume (e.g.,  tons to cubic

                                      3-2

-------
      TABLE 3-1.  PHYSICAL TESTS
co
co
Material
App1ication(a)
Test Procedure
General Property Tests
Moisture (water content)
Particle-size analysis
(grain size)
Specific gravity
Suspended solids
Method U S L

ASTM D 2216-85 X X
ASTM D 422-63 X X
ASTM D 854-83 XXX
Standard Method X
Purpose

To determine the percentage of free
water in a material .
To determine the particle-size
distribution of material.
To determine the specific gravity of
waste material or S/S-treated waste.
To determine the amount of solids
Testing
Appl ication(b)
R I E

X
X
X
X
      Paint Filter Test
      Liquid Release Test
                                2540D
EPA SW-846
Method 9095

51 PR 46828
      Atterberg limits (liquid  ASTM D 4318-84
      limit, plastic limit,
      and plasticity index)
      Visual Observation
U.S. EPA,  1990d
          that do not  settle from  a column of
          liquids.

   X      To determine the presence of free
          liquids.

   X      To determine the presence of free
          liquids released under pressure.

XX      To define the bearing capacity  and
          critical slope of a material as a
          function of  its water content.

   X      To define general condition of  the
          S/S-treated  waste.
X  X


X  X


   X

-------
      TABLE 3-1.  PHYSICAL TESTS  (Continued)
I

.*ป•
Material
App1ication(a)
Test Procedure Method U S L
Purpose
Testing
App1ication
-------
      TABLE 3-1.   PHYSICAL TESTS (Continued)
           Test Procedure
     Method
  Material
Application00
  U  S  L
               Purpose
   Testing
App1ication(b)
   R  I  E
co
i
tn
      Porosity

      Mercury intrusion
      Water or mineral  spirit
      displacement

      Helium displacement
      Strength Tests

      Unconfined compressive
      strength of cohesive
      soils

      Immersion compressive
      strength test
ASTM C 493-86
ASTM C 830-88
Hannak and
Liem, 1986
ASTM D 2166-85
Kasten et al.,
1989,   p. 22
      Unconfined compressive    ASTM D 1633-84
      strength of cylindrical
      cement specimen

      Compressive strength of   ASTM C 109-90
      hydraulic cement mortars
  X  X


  X  X


  X  X
  X  X



  X  X


     X
To measure total porosity and pore
distribution.

To measure apparent porosity and
apparent specific gravity.

To measure porosity.
To evaluate how cohesive soil-like
materials behave under mechanical
stress.

To evaluate a material's strength
when wet.

To evaluate how cement-like
materials behave under mechanical
stress.

To measure the compressive strength
of hydraulic cement mortars.
         X


         X


         X
   X  X



      X  X


   X  X



   X  X

-------
      TABLE 3-1.   PHYSICAL TESTS (Continued)
           Test Procedure
                               Method
  Material
App1ication
-------
      TABLE 3-1.  PHYSICAL TESTS (Continued)
           Test Procedure
    Method
  Material
App1ication(a)
  U  S  L
Purpose
   Testing
Application/"'
   R  I  E
CO
 I
      Durability Tests

      Wet/dry weathering (WDW)   ASTM  D  4843-88
      Freezing and thawing of    ASTM  D  4842-90
      soil-cement mixtures
      Thermal cycling
ASTM B 553-79
            To  determine  how materials  behave  or      XX
            degrade  after repeated  wet-dry
            cycles.

            To  determine  how materials  behave  or      XX
            degrade  after repeated  freeze-thaw
            cycles.

            To  determine  the effect of  thermal         X  X
            cycling.
      Ca) Material Application Guide:
           U = Untreated sample
           S = S/S-treated sample
           L = Liquid sample
                    
-------
yards) conversion factor for the waste.   Specific gravity measurements on
waste before and after treatment can be  used to calculate the extent of waste
volume expansion due to treatment.  Specific gravity of insoluble materials
can be determined by a water displacement method in which the volume of a
waste sample is determined by water displacement in a volumetric flask.

3.1.1.4  Suspended Solids
          The quantity of suspended solids in a mixture is one factor in
determining the pumpability of liquid wastes.  The decrease in volume of the
waste that can be achieved by dewatering also can be estimated based on the
suspended solids content.

3.1.1.5  Paint Filter Test
          The Paint Filter Test is mentioned under RCRA in 40 CFR 264.314 and
265.314.  This test is used to determine the presence of free liquids in the
waste.  The Paint Filter Test can be performed before treatment to help
determine the degree of treatment needed or after stabilization to determine
if the waste may be disposed of in a RCRA-authorized landfill.  If the
material fails the test, further treatment is required.

3.1.1.6  Liquid Release Test (LRT)
          The Liquid Release Test is also devised to measure free water
content.  This method uses gas pressure to force a piston against a sample to
squeeze any releasable liquid from the material.  A special liquid release
test apparatus or the zero headspace extraction apparatus, also used in the
TCLP test (Section 3.2.1), may be used for the LRT.  The U.S. EPA has proposed
the LRT as a supplement to the Paint Filter Test (51 FR 46833, December 24,
1986).

3.1.1.7  Atterberg Limits
          Atterberg limits are the boundaries of liquid and plastic consisten-
cy states for a soil-like material.  Another parameter is the plasticity
index, which is the difference in the moisture contents at the liquid and
plastic limits.  The Atterberg limits indicate general civil engineering
                                      3-8

-------
properties of  a soil-like material and are used to estimate handling and
storage characteristics.

3.1.1.8  Visual Observation
          Careful observation and recording of the general condition of S/S-
treated waste  give a good indication of the performance of the S/S process.
Characteristics to check include surface spall ing, grain exfoliation, crack
development, color, salt efflorescence, and surface pore size and condition.

                           3.1.2  Bulk  Density Tests
          In situ unit weight, void ratio, and degree of saturation are soil
parameters used in most phase relationship, soil pressure, settlement, and
stability problems.  These parameters help to define the condition or physical
makeup of a soil.  The unit weight, defined as the ratio of the weight of the
mass to the volume of the mass, may be expressed as either a dry, moist, or
saturated unit weight.  The void ratio equals the ratio of the volume of voids
to the volume  of solid materials.  The porosity of a material, discussed in
Section 3.1.5, is related to bulk density.  The degree of saturation equals
the ratio of the volume of water to the volume of voids, also expressed as a
percent.
                            3.1.3   Compaction  Tests

          Moisture-density relationships define the compaction characteristics
of a soil.  The laboratory compaction test, generally referred to as the
Proctor test,  identifies the maximum dry unit weight that is achieved by using
a specified compact!ve energy.  Compaction tests also identify the optimum
moisture content to achieve the maximum dry unit weight.

              3.1.4  Permeability (Hydraulic Conductivity) Tests
          Permeability is a measure of flow of a fluid through the tortuous
pore structure of the waste or S/S-treated waste.   Typical values of stabi-
lized wastes range from 10"4 to  10"8 cm/s  (U.S. EPA,  1989g).   This can be
compared to clay (used for liners), which is typically less than 10"6 cm/s.
A value of <10"5 cm/s  is recommended for stabilized wastes planned for land
burial  (U.S.  EPA,  1986c).   However, high  permeability is not as great a
                                     3-9

-------
problem if the contaminants in the waste do not easily leach to water.   High
permeability can also be addressed through engineering solutions (U.S.  EPA,
1989g).  It may be advisable in some cases to perform a permeability test on
samples that have already undergone durability testing to determine whether
this property changes under environmental  stresses.

                            3.1.5   Porosity Tests
          The porosity indicates the void space in  the solid that may or may
not be available to retain liquids.  The methods available for measuring
porosity are based on determining the volume of fluid that can be forced into
the pores.  Each fluid has unique strengths and weaknesses.   Mercury (ASTM C
493) is unlikely to dissolve the solid,  but high pressure is needed to push
mercury into the pores, possibly altering the pore  size.   Water- or mineral
oil-based methods (ASTM C 830) use lower pressure,  but the fluid may dissolve
part of the solid.  Using helium as the  displacement fluid (Hannak and Liem,
1986) avoids both high pressure and dissolution. However, helium is a more
penetrating fluid than water,  so helium  intrusion can overestimate the
effective water porosity.

                            3.1.6   Strength Tests
          Strength testing indicates how well  a material  will hold up under
mechanical stresses caused by overburden or earth-moving equipment.  Strength
testing is usually done on the stabilized waste, although testing the untreat-
ed waste can provide a baseline.  A common mistake  in S/S is to equate treated
waste strength with the degree of contaminant stabilization.  A correlation
between strength testing and contaminant Teachability has not been estab-
lished.  However, in general,  better strength provides better physical
barriers for the containment of contaminants.

3.1.6.1  Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS)
          The UCS test measures the shear strength  of a material without
lateral confinement.  It is applicable to cohesive  soil-like materials that do
not release water during loading (ASTM D 2166) or to molded cylinders (ASTM D
1633 or C 109).  It is not applicable to crumbly or fissured materials.  The
                                     3-10

-------
 ASTM D 1633 or C 109 tests  for various  binder mixes  can  also indicate the
 optimum water/additive  ratios  and  curing  times for the  setting  reaction.
           For ASTM D 2166,  the U.S.  EPA generally considers  a stabilized
 material  as satisfactory if it has a compressive strength  of at least 50  psi.
 However,  the minimum required  strength  should be determined  from the  design
 loads to  which the material  may be subjected.   Overburden  pressures are
 generally around 1 psi  per  foot of depth.
           Variations of these  methods,  such  as the one-dimensional stability
 test (ASTM D 2435) and  compressive strength  of hydraulic cement mortars
 (ASTM C 109),  are  sometimes  used.

 3.1.6.2  Immersion Compressive Strength
           Soil  and soil-like materials  can exhibit good strength  when dry and
 yet  become unconsolidated when saturated with  liquid.  In  the immersion
 compressive strength test,  a sample  is  soaked  in water prior to compressive
 loading to simulate  performance in  a  saturated disposal environment (Kasten
 et al., 1989,  p. 22).

 3.1.6.3   Triaxial  Compression
           The  triaxial  compression test determines the strength of a  specimen
 encased in  an  impervious membrane  and axially  loaded to failure in compres-
 sion.   Triaxial  compression  testing is  applied  to unconsolidated  soil   and
 granular  S/S-treated waste.

 3.1.6.4   Flexural  Strength
           In contrast to the UCS,  in the flexural  strength test,  loads are
 applied on  the short axis of the sample.  This test gives a measure of a
material's  ability to withstand tension or its resistance to cracking  due
either to settlement of the underlying fill  or to  surface loads  (U.S.  EPA,
 1989g).

3.1.6.5  Cone Index
          The cone index test is a quick screening  evaluation for compressive
strength  (Myers, 1986).   This test involves  forcing  a standard cone-  or
needle-shaped device into the stabilized waste and  measuring the penetration

                                     3-11

-------
resistance.  Three types of cones are available:   the U.S. Army, pocket, or
ASTM.  Selection depends on the strength of the material  and the application.
The cone index test can be used instead of the UCS sometimes, but not exclu-
sively, if results are required quickly.  This test indicates the stability
and load-bearing capacity of the stabilized waste (Cullinane and Jones, 1992).
It can be used to determine the kind of earth-moving equipment needed to move
the stabilized waste and the curing time required before  other construction
equipment can move over the stabilized waste (U.S. EPA,  1989g).

                   3.1.7   General Concrete/Soil-Cement Tests
          The test methods used to determine the  heat of  hydration and other
factors involved in making and curing concrete test specimens can be used to
evaluate the performance of cement/waste mixtures.  Heat  of hydration can be a
useful measurement, particularly when the waste contains  volatile organic
compounds (VOCs).  Although the standard test intervals  for industrial
applications are 7 and 28 days, it is recommended that the heat of hydration
be measured at more frequent intervals for S/S testing.
          In addition to the heat of hydration procedure,  it also can be
useful to prepare and cure samples of the S/S-treated waste under both field
and laboratory conditions.  In this way, the S/S-treated  waste can be measured
for physical parameters after having been subjected to realistic environmental
variables.   In the laboratory, process variables  can be  varied and controlled
to simulate a wide variety of environmental conditions.   Preparing and curing
S/S specimens under a variety of potential environmental  conditions makes it
possible to apply the durability tests described  in Section 3.1.8 and to
assess the effects of both the curing process and the environmental factors in
relation to the ultimate integrity of the S/S waste.

                           3.1.8  Durability Testing
          Durability testing evaluates the ability of a  material to withstand
environmental stresses such as freezing and thawing (ASTM D 4842) or wetting
and drying (ASTM D 4843).  Weight loss or the number of  such cycles that the
material can withstand without failing is an indication  of its physical
stability.   Other performance tests such as UCS,  flexural  strength, and
permeability can be conducted on the material after each  cycle to determine
                                     3-12

-------
the change in performance due to climatic stresses.  No standards have been
established for determining acceptance after durability testing, in part
because the tests are accelerated and calibration to real disposal environ-
ments has not yet been achieved.  Hence, the test is more useful for comparing
one stabilization process with another (U.S. EPA, 1989g).  Engineering design
can be used to address stabilized wastes with poor durability.

                        3.2  LEACHING/EXTRACTION TESTS
          The performance of stabilized wastes is generally measured in terms
of leaching and extraction tests.  A number of different leaching tests are
available, and one or more may be required for regulatory approval.  However,
no single test program would use more than two or three of the leach-
ing/extraction tests described below.
          Leaching tests measure the potential of a stabilized waste to
release contaminants to the environment.  In all  tests, the waste is exposed
to a leachant and the amount of contaminant in the leachate (or extract) is
measured and compared to a previously established standard, which may be a
regulatory standard of baseline leaching data for the untreated waste.   When
using leaching tests to evaluate immobilization performance of S/S-treatment,
potential  effects of the reduction in contaminant concentration per unit mass
of waste due to binder addition should be considered.  The treated waste may
give reduced contaminant concentration in the leachate due to waste dilution
independent of any immobilization mechanism.  Table 3-2 lists a number of the
leaching tests that can be done to evaluate stabilization, along with informa-
tion about the standard method, regulatory requirement, and purpose of each
test.   The extraction conditions of the leaching/extraction tests are summa-
rized  in Table 3-3 and Sections 3.2.1 through 3.2.16.  Note that none of the
tests  described in this section have actually been field validated to verify
the prediction of contaminant release.
          As illustrated in Figure 4-1,  the physical  strength of cement-based
S/S-treated waste develops over a period of several  days.   Many of the
chemical  reactions that cause immobilization occur more rapidly.   Therefore,
curing a sample for 28 days is not as critical  for leaching tests,  particular-
ly those that require sample size reduction.
          Many leaching tests require sample size reduction.   The major issues
in selecting a size reduction approach  are (1)  avoid  contamination of the

                                     3-13

-------
TABLE 3-2.  LEACHING/EXTRACTION TESTS
Test Procedure
Toxicity Characteristic
Leaching Procedure (TCLP)
Extraction Procedure Toxicity
(EP Tox) Test
TCLP "Cage" Modification
California Waste Extraction
Test (Cal Wet)
Multiple Extraction Procedure
(MEP)
Synthetic Acid Precipitation
Leach Test
Monofilled Waste Extraction
Procedure (MWEP)
American Nuclear Society
Method
EPA SW-846
Method 1311
EPA SW-846
Method 1310
53 FR 18792
Cal ifornia
Code Title 22,
Article 11,
pp. 1800.75-
1800.82
EPA SW-846
Method 1320
EPA SW-846
Method 1312
SW-924
ANSI/ANS/16.1
Material
App1ication(a)
U S L
XXX
XXX
X
XXX
XXX
X X
X
X
Purpose
To compare toxicity data with
regulatory level. Includes VOCs.
RCRA requirement.
To evaluate leachate concentrations.
RCRA requirement.
Adds qualitative evaluation of
stability to TCLP test. Proposed
RCRA requirement.
To provide a more stringent leaching
test for metals than TCLP.
California requirement.
To evaluate waste leaching under
acid conditions.
For waste exposed to acid rain. For
comment as RCRA requirement.
For waste disposed in low-velocity
saturated zone.
To establish a diffusion coef-
Testing
Application
R I E
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
Leach Test
ficient for comparison of S/S-
treated waste.   NRC requirement.

-------
      TABLE 3-2.  LEACHING/EXTRACTION TESTS (Continued)
to
I
en
Test Procedure
Dynamic Leach Test
Shake Extraction Test
Equilibrium Leach Test (ELT)
Sequential Extraction Test
(SET)
Sequential Chemical
Extraction (SCE)
Material Testing
ADDlication(a) Application
Method U S L Purpose R I E
WTC, 1991, X
p. 17
ASTM D XX
3987-85
WTC, 1991, X X
p. 16
Bishop, 1986, X X
p. 240
WTC, 1991, X X
p. 17
To estimate diffusion coefficient
for an S/S-treated waste.
To provide a rapid means of
obtaining an aqueous extract.
To evaluate maximum leachate
concentrations.
To evaluate buffering capacity with
multiple extractions.
To evaluate bonding nature of metals
and organics in the S/S-treated
waste.
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
      Static Leach Test (Ambient or   MCC-1P,
      High Temperature)               MCC-2P

      Agitated Powder Leach Test      MCC-3S
      Soxhlet Leach Test              MCC-5S
  X  X
To evaluate the leach resistance of
a bulk specimen in static fluid.

To evaluate the leach resistance of
a powdered specimen in agitated
fluid.

To evaluate the leach resistance of
a bulk specimen in constantly
refreshed pure leachant, typically
at elevated temperature.
X  X


X  X



X  X
      (a> Material Application Guide:
           U = Untreated samples
           S = S/S-treated sample
           L = Aqueous sample
(b> Testing Application Guide:
     R - Regulatory requirement
     I = Information for S/S process
     E = Experimental program

-------
      TABLE 3-3.   EXTRACTION CONDITIONS
CO
I
CTl
Test Method
TCLP
EP Toxicity
TCLP "Cage"
Modification
Cal WET
Multiple
Extraction
Procedure
Leaching Medium
Acetate buffer(a>
0.04 M acetic acid
(pH = 5.0)
Acetate buffer<8)
0.2 M sodium citrate
(pH = 5.0) or water
for hexavalent
chromium
Same as EP Tox, then
with sulfuric acid:
nitric acid in 60:40
Liquid:Solid
Ratio Particle Size
20:1 < 9.5 mm
20:1 < 9.5 mm
20:1 (b)
10:1 < 2.0 mm
20:1 < 9.5 mm
Number of
Extractions
1
1
1
1
9 (or
more)
Time of
Extractions
18 hours
24 hours
18 hours
48 hours
24 hours per
extraction
      Synthetic acid
      precipitation
      leach test

      Monofilled Waste
      Extraction
      Procedure

      ANSI/ANS/16.1
                          weight ratio adjusted
                          to pH 3.0

                                   (c)
Deionized water or
other for specific
site

Deionized water
                           20:1
10:1 per
extraction
Volume-to-
surface
ratio of
10 cm
                   < 9.5 mm
    <  9.5 mm  or
      monolith
Monolith length-
to-diameter ratio
between 0.2 and
5.0
12
                                      18 hours
           18 hours per
            extraction
Leachant renewed
at 2.7 hours; 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 14,
28, 43, and
90 days

-------
      TABLE 3-3.   EXTRACTION CONDITIONS (Continued)
        Test Method
                      Leaching Medium
                        Liquid:Solid
                           Ratio
            Particle Size
                     Number of
                    Extractions
              Time  of
            Extractions
10
i
      Dynamic leach
      test
                    Deionized water
                                                      (d)
Shake extraction
test ASTM D
3987-85

Equilibrium
leach test

Sequential
extraction test

Sequential
chemical
extraction

Static leach
test MCC-1P
and MCC-2P
Deionized water



Deionized water


0.04 M acetic acid
                          Five leaching
                          solutions increasing
                          in acidity
20:1



 4:1


50:1
                       Varies from
                       16:1
                       to 40:1

                            (f)
                                      Monolith  length-
                                      to-diameter ratio
                                      between 0.2 and
                                      5.0
                                                                                  (d)
Particulate or
monolith as
received

     < 150 urn
                                                                     < 9.5
                < 45
                                                                Monolith
 1



 1


15


 5



 1
Leachant renewed
at 0, 1, 4, 7,
24, 31, 48, 72,
79, and 100
hours; or for
more immobile
species, at 0, 4,
24, 31, 72, 104,
168, and 196
hours

     18 hours
                                                                                                       7  days
                                    24 hours per
                                     extraction

                                    Varies  from
                                    2  to  24  hours
                                                                       Samples for each
                                                                       of 3, 7, 14, 28,
                                                                       56, 91, 182, and
                                                                       364 days plus
                                                                       optional 12-month
                                                                       intervals

-------
TABLE 3-3.  EXTRACTION CONDITIONS  (Continued)
  Test Method
                            Leaching Medium
Liquid:So1id
   Ratio
Particle Size
 Number of
Extractions
  Time of
Extractions
i
t—*
CO
Agitated powder
leach test
MCC-3S
                                                     10:1       50% <0.044 mm
                                                                50% between 0.074
                                                                and 0.149 mm
                                               Samples for each
                                               of 28,  56,  91,
                                               182,  273,  and 364
                                               days  plus
                                               optional  12-month
                                               intervals
Soxhlet leach Deionized water
test MCC-55

Continuous Monolith
flow of
redistilled
water
1 Samples for each
of 3, 7, and
14 days

(a)    Either  an  acetate  buffered  solution with  pH ~  5  or  acetic  acid with  pH ~  3.0.

(b>    Monolith tumbled  in  wire  cage  during TCLP type extraction.

(c)    Sulfuric acid:nitric acid in 60:40 weight percent mix.   pH adjusted  with  deionized  water to  4.2  or 5.0
      for  site east  or west of  the Mississippi  River,  respectively.


-------
sample, (2) avoid partitioning of contaminants into a specific size fraction,
and (3) avoid loss of contaminants, particularly volatile organics.  The
typical steps in size reduction are sample fragmentation, grinding, and
sizing.  Fragmentation is best done with a hammer and anvil and should be
minimized to avoid metal contamination of the waste.  Grinding can be done
with agate, dense alumina or tungsten-carbide equipment.  Mortar and pestle or
mechanical grinder can be selected based on the sample throughput of the
laboratory.  Sizing should be done with nylon or other nonmetal screens.

           3.2.1  Toxlcltv Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP)
          In the TCLP test, waste samples are crushed to particle size less
than 9.5 mm and extracted with an acetate buffer solution with a pH of 5 or an
acetic acid solution with a pH of 3, depending on the alkalinity of the waste.
Note,  however, that the TCLP leachate is poorly buffered and that pH of the
leachate upon contact with the waste may be much greater, as high as pH 10-11
or more, depending on the initial alkalinity of the waste.  The acetate buffer
is added only once at the start of the extraction.  A liquid-to-sol id ratio of
20:1 is used for an extraction period of 18 hours.  The leachate is filtered
prior to conducting the contaminant analyses.  This test is used to evaluate
the leaching of metals, volatile and semivolatile organic compounds, and
pesticides from wastes that are categorized under RCRA as characteristically
toxic and can be used on other wastes as well.
          The TCLP test has been most commonly used by U.S. EPA and state
agencies to evaluate the leaching potential of stabilized wastes, and TCLP is
the test required by RCRA implementing regulations (40 CFR Part 261) for
determining toxicity.  Measurement of pH in the extract can help elucidate the
pH-dependence of contaminant leaching.
          The TCLP does not provide data on long-term stability (see Sec-
tion 4.7).  In fact, recent studies show a significant effect of curing time
on both TCLP results and the chemical structure of the stabilized waste, as
evidenced by spectroscopic analyses (Akhter and Cartledge, 1971; Cartledge,
1992).   These observations underline the limitations of the TCLP test as an
indicator of the long-term leaching of stabilized waste and emphasize the need
for other types of leaching data.
                                     3-19

-------
              3.2.2  Extraction Procedure Toxicltv (EP Toxl Test
          The EP Tox test is the precursor of and is similar to the TCLP.
Only one concentration of acetic acid solution (pH of 5)  is used.   The liquid-
to-solid ratio starts at 16:1 and may increase as additional acid  solution is
added as needed to adjust the pH during the 24-hour test  duration.   Results of
the EP Tox test are generally comparable to results of TCLP tests  at pH 5 but
may differ significantly at pH 3.  As with the TCLP, the  measurement of pH in
the extract can help determine the pH-dependence of contaminant leaching.  EP
Tox cannot be used to assess volatiles.

                        3.2.3   TCLP  "Cage"  Modification
          The standard TCLP (Section 3.2.1) requires that all  samples be
passed through a 9.5-mm screen (or meet surface area requirements)  before
leaching.  However, this requirement may not be appropriate for S/S-treated
wastes that have been solidified to withstand the environmental stresses
encountered in a landfill.  Studies in 1988 (53 FR 18792) using a  modification
wherein the S/S-treated waste was tumbled in a cage indicated that well-
stabilized wastes may remain more or less intact, whereas poorly stabilized
wastes are significantly degraded.  TCLP "cage" modification,  proposed as a
modified TCLP, requires no preliminary size reduction of  samples.   The
resulting leachate can be used for analytical determinations of organics and
metals.
          The TCLP "cage" modification is still under development  and current-
ly has no regulatory status.

               3.2.4   California  Waste  Extraction Test  fฃal  WET)
          The Cal WET is used by the State of California  to classify hazardous
wastes.  The leachate is a sodium citrate buffer, the liquid-to-sol ids ratio
is 10:1, and testing lasts 48 hours.  The Cal WET test applies a soluble
threshold limit concentration  (STLC) as the regulatory standard.  STLC
standards for metal concentrations in the leachate are similar to  those for
the TCLP.  However, California regulates several additional metals, such as
copper, beryllium, nickel, and zinc, and a number of organic compounds, such
as PCBs and pesticides.  The Cal WET test also develops a Total Threshold
Limit Concentration (TTLC) which is equivalent to a Total Waste Analysis
                                     3-20

-------
(TWA).  The TWA gives the concentration of priority pollutants, organics,
metals, and other substances of interest in the waste.
          The Cal WET is a much more aggressive test than either the TCLP or
EP Tox and almost always extracts higher levels of contaminants.  This
aggressive characteristic of the Cal WET has led to the development of a
category of hazardous waste specific to the State of California, referred to
as "California-only" hazardous waste.  This specifically refers to a waste
that fails the Cal WET but passes the TCLP.  If the waste fails both the Cal
WET and the TCLP, then the requirements of both California and the U.S. EPA
must be met.

                  3.2.5  Multiple Extraction Procedure (HEP)
          Like the EP Tox, the MEP involves a first extraction with acetic
acid, followed by at least eight extractions with a synthetic acid rain
solution (sulfuric/nitric acid adjusted to pH 3).  The MEP is intended to
simulate leaching in an improperly designed landfill where the waste could
come into contact with large volumes of acidic leachate.  One advantage of the
MEP over the TCLP is that the MEP gradually removes excess alkalinity in the
waste over time.  Thus, the leaching behavior of the contaminants (particular-
ly metal contaminants) can be evaluated as a function of decreasing pH, where
the solubility of most metals increases.
          The MEP has been used in the regulatory environment for delisting
U.S. EPA-listed wastes.

                3.2.6  Synthetic Acid Precipitation Leach Test
          The TCLP (Section 3.2.1) and the EP Tox test (Section 3.2.2) apply
to disposal  in a sanitary or municipal landfill, a scenario that does not
match the disposal setting of many S/S-treated wastes.  A sanitary landfill
environment is characterized by large concentrations of low-molecular-weight
organic acids, such as acetic acid,  that result from anaerobic fermentation of
organic waste.  The Synthetic Acid Precipitation Leach Test is similar to the
TCLP, but the initial liquid-solid separation step has been eliminated and the
acetate buffer extraction fluid has  been replaced by a dilute nitric acid/sul-
furic acid mixture.  The Synthetic Acid Precipitation Test simulates acid rain
as opposed to simulating a leachate  in a sanitary or municipal landfill.
                                     3-21

-------
              3.2.7  Honofilled Haste Extraction Procedure fHWEPl
           The MWEP  involves multiple extractions of a monolith or of crushed
waste with distilled/deionized water.  The sample is crushed to  less than 9.5
mm, or  it  can be  left  intact if it passes the U.S. EPA SW-846 Structural
Integrity  Test.   The liquid-to-sol id ratio is 10:1, and the sample is extract-
ed with water four  times at 18 hours per extraction.  The MWEP is intended to
derive  leachate compositions in monofilled disposal facilities or to obtain
leachate for testing the compatibility of lining materials with  the leachate.
Note that  this procedure has not yet been approved by EPA.

           3.2.8   American Nuclear Society Leach Test (ANSI/ANS/16.n
           The ANSI/ANS/16.1 leaching test is intended mainly to develop a
figure-of-merit for comparing the leaching resistance of S/S-treated waste.
The results of the  leaching tests are recorded in terms of cumulative fraction
leached relative  to the total  mass of the waste sample.  Then, results can be
used to derive an effective diffusion coefficient and a Teachability index, or
figure-of-merit.  The ANSI/ANS/16.1 is conducted over a period of 90 days and
is intended to indicate contaminant release rate, unlike the batch tests
described  in preceding sections.  Typically,  the leachant is distilled water,
but other  solutions, such as simulated groundwater,  may also be used.

                       3.2.9   Dynamic  Leach Test  (DLT)
          The DLT is a modified version of the ANSI/ANS/16.1 test (Sec-
tion 3.2.8).   The renewal frequency of the leaching solution and the leaching
volume-to-sol id ratio are adjusted based on an estimated or calculated
diffusion coefficient and results from batch  extraction tests such as  the
Equilibrium Leach Test (ELT) (Section 3.2.11).   The solution renewal  frequency
is chosen to ensure that  equilibrium has not  been reached.  The leaching
volume-to-sol id ratio is  chosen to ensure that the contaminant can be  detect-
ed.  Data from the DLT can be  used to determine a diffusion coefficient that
can be used to predict long-term leaching performance (Stegemann and Cote,
1991).   Like all  the tests described in this  section,  field validation has not
yet been done to verify the leaching prediction.
                                     3-22

-------
                         3.2.10  Shake Extraction Test
          The  shake extraction test is applicable only to inorganic compounds.
 It  involves the extraction of a solid waste with Type IV reagent water in a
 rotary agitator for 18 hours.  The procedure is  intended as a rapid means of
 obtaining an aqueous extract and is not intended to simulate site-specific
 leaching conditions.

                     3.2.11  Equilibrium Leach Test (Em
          The  ELT involves static leaching of hazardous constituents by
 distilled water.  The particle size of the crushed sample (<150 ftm) is much
 smaller than that for TCLP and EP Tox to allow greater contact surface area
 and to reduce  the time needed to achieve equilibrium.  Water is added once at
 a liquid-to-sol id ratio of 4:1, and the sample is agitated for 7 days.  Like
 MWEP (Section  3.2.7), ELT can be used to determine equilibrium leachate
 concentrations under mild leaching conditions.

                   3.2.12  Sequential  Extraction Test (SET!
          The  SET is used to evaluate the waste buffering capacity and
 alkalinity of  cement-based S/S-treated waste.  Unlike acid neutralization
 capacity (Section 3.3.7), the SET involves 15 sequential extractions of one
 sample of crushed waste with particle sizes between 2.0 and 9.5 mm.  Each
 extraction is  performed on a shaker table for 24 hours with the same type of
 extraction solution (0.04 M acetic acid solution) and liquid-to-sol id ratio of
 50:1.  With each extraction, 2 meq/g of acid is added to the ground waste.
 The pH is measured and the leaching solution is filtered.   After the fifteenth
 extraction,  the remaining solids are digested with three more extractions in
which more concentrated acid solutions are used.   These last three extractions
 are combined for analysis.

                 3.2.13  Sequential  Chemical  Extraction (SCE)
          The objective of the SCE test is to evaluate the nature and bonding
 strength of metals and organics in S/S-treated waste.   This test was original-
ly developed for sediments and adapted to evaluate inorganic waste constitu-
ents in a stabilized matrix.   Like SET,  the test  involves  sequential  extrac-
tion of a sample.   Unlike SET,  however,  the leaching solution increases in

                                     3-23

-------
acidity from neutral  to very acidic with each sequential  extraction.  The
particle size of the  sample is also very small  (less than 45 fan).

       3.2.14  Static Leach Test Method (Ambient- and High-Temperature)
          The Materials Characterization Center (MCC) at  Pacific  Northwest
Laboratory (PNL), under a project for the United States Department of Energy
(U.S. DOE) developed  the static ambient- and high-temperature leach tests as
part of a series of standard methods designed to evaluate the chemical
durability of S/S-treated nuclear waste.  The static leach tests  use represen-
tative, monolithic specimens of the S/S-treated waste.  Specimens  of known
geometric surface area are immersed in a reference leachant held  at a speci-
fied temperature.  The immersion period can vary from 3 days to many years.
Temperatures ranging  from 40ฐC to 190ฐC are used.  The leachant is not
agitated during the immersion period.  This test is used  to evaluate the leach
resistance of monolithic S/S-treated waste.

                   3.2.15  Agitated  Powder  Leach  Test Method
          The MCC also developed the agitated powder leach test as part of a
series of standard methods designed to evaluate the chemical durability of
nuclear waste forms.   The agitated leach test uses representative  powdered
waste specimens of the waste form.  The powder is immersed in a reference
leachant at a constant ratio of leachant volume to specimen mass  of 10 ml/g.
Test temperatures range from 40ฐC to 190ฐC.  The powder and leachant are
agitated by constant  rolling of the specimen holder.  The test is  used to
determine the maximum concentration of chemical elements  in solution from the
waste form under steady-state conditions, in closed, agitated systems.

                       3.2.16  Soxhlet  Leach Test Method
          The MCC developed the Soxhlet leach test as part of a series of
standard methods designed to evaluate the chemical durability of S/S-treated
nuclear waste.  Although designed primarily for glass and ceramic waste forms,
the Soxhlet leach test is applicable to any monolithic S/S-treated waste and
the individual components of macroscale physical composite S/S-treated waste.
Monolithic specimens of  known geometric surface area are  suspended in a con-
tinuously flowing stream of redistilled water.  The precise test temperature
                                     3-24

-------
 is determined by the barometric pressure in the laboratory but is near 100"C.
 The test measures the normalized mass losses from the specimen due to a con-
 stant flow of redistilled water at its boiling point under local conditions.

                       3.3  CHEMICAL TESTS AND ANALYSES
          Treatability testing usually involves collecting chemical data to
 define waste compositions and to assess binder performance.  Table 3-4
 describes a number of these chemical parameters and their applicability to
 evaluating untreated waste, S/S-treated waste, and aqueous samples.  Total
 waste analyses of metals, VOCs, and BNAs can be applied to characterize
 untreated waste, S/S-treated waste, or leachate.  Other chemical tests may be
 needed for optional information or to support research.  For example, it may
 be necessary to screen for chemicals that interfere with S/S treatment, if
 historical information or other sources of information indicate that such
 chemicals may be present.  The chemical test program should be developed based
 on specific waste and site characteristics.

                                   3.3.1  fiH
          The pH is a measure of the hydrogen ion activity and indicates the
 acid-to-base balance of a material.  The pH of untreated and S/S-treated
wastes,  waste leachates, or soils from the intended disposal  site can be
 analyzed by U.S. EPA SW-846 Method 9045.   Equal weights of soils/solids and
deionized water are mixed and allowed to settle for 1 hour.  The pH of the
 supernatant liquid is then measured electrometrically.   The Teachability of
many metals is a function of the pH.   The pH may also affect the Teachability
of some base, neutral,  and acid (BNA) fraction compounds.

                  3.3.2   Oxidation/Reduction Potential  (Eh)
          The oxidation/reduction potential,  Eh,  characterizes the electro-
chemical  state of the media being measured.   Data on the Eh of the untreated
or treated waste,  waste leachates,  or soils from the intended disposal  site
can be very useful.   The Eh can be determined by ASTM D 1498.  Numerous metals
can exist in multiple oxidation states.   For example,  chromium can exist as
Cr(III)  or Cr(VI)  and arsenic as As(III)  or As(V).   The Teachability of these
                                     3-25

-------
     TABLE 3-4.  CHEMICAL  TESTS

Test Procedure
pH (liquid)
pH (solid)

Method
EPA SW-846
Method 9040
EPA SW-846
Method 9045
Material
Application
U S L
X
X X

Purpose
To determine solution pH. pH of
leachate and aqueous phase of disposal
environment can help estimate metal
leaching tendency.
Leachability of hazardous constituents
(e.g., metals) may be governed by the
Testing
Application
R I E
XXX
XXX
CO
 I
ro
Oxidation/reduction
potential (Eh)
      Major oxide
      components
                             ASTM D 1498-76
                       ASTM C 114-88
      Total  organic carbon   EPA SW-846
      (TOC)                   Method 9060
                                          XXX
      Oil  and grease
        -  sludge

        -  fluids
                       EPA SW-846
                       Method 9071

                       EPA SW-846
                       Method 9070
X  X
pH.  RCRA corrosivity limits are pH 2
and 12.5.

Leachate Eh can indicate potential
stability of chemical species.  Eh of
leachate and aqueous phase of disposal
environment can help estimate metal
leaching tendency.

Mineralogy of the stabilized/solidified
waste may ai
-------
      TABLE 3-4.  CHEMICAL TESTS (Continued)
to
I
ro
Material
Application
Test Procedure Method U S L Purpose
Testing
Application
R I E
      Electrical
      conductivity
Acid neutralization
capacity (ANC)

Generalized Acid
Neutralization
Capacity (GANC)

Alkalinity
      Total dissolved
      solids (TDS)

      Reactive cyanide
      Reactive sulfide
EPA Method 120.1
EPA SW-846
Method 9050

WTC, 1991, p.  16   XX
                             Isenburg and
                             Moore,  1990
EPA Method 403
                       EPA Method 2098
                       EPA SW-846
                       Section 7.3.3.2
                       EPA SW-846
                       Section 7.3.4.1
      Reactivity of silica   ASTM C 289-87
      aggregates
      Metals analysis
                       EPA SW-846
                       (Methods 3010,
                       3020, 3050, and
                       6010 or 7000)
                   X  X
                   XXX
                   XXX
                   XXX
To compare ion concentrations in                 X
leachate to ion concentrations in
receiving waters.

To determine pH buffering capacity of            X
S/S-treated waste.

To determine pH buffering capacity of            X
S/S treated waste.
To indicate the ability of a solution          X   X
to neutralize acid.

To measure dissolve solids content of          XX
leachate.

To determine potential for generation       XXX
of hazardous fumes.  RCRA regulatory
requirement, 250 mg HCN/kg guideline.

To determine potential for generation       XXX
of hazardous fumes.  RCRA regulatory
requirement, 500 mg/H2S/kg guideline.

To evaluate potential alkali-silica            X   X
reaction in aggregates.

Used to define metals content of            XXX
untreated and treated wastes or TCLP
leachates of such wastes for numerous
specific metals.

-------
      TABLE 3-4.  CHEMICAL TESTS (Continued)
OJ
I
ro
00
Test Procedure
Volatile organic
compounds (VOCs)
Base, neutral and
acid (BNA) organic
compounds
Polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs)
Mercury
Pesticides
Herbicides
Method
EPA SW-846
Methods 5030
and 8240
EPA SW-846
Methods 3510,
3520, 3540,
and 8270
EPA SW-846
Methods 3540,
3520, and 8080;
EPA Method 608
EPA SW-846
Method 7470
EPA SW-846
Methods 3510 and
8080 or 8081
EPA SW-846
Method 8150
or 8151
Material
Application
U S L
XXX
XXX
XXX
X
X
X
Purpose
Used to define VOC concentrations in
S/S-treated wastes and untreated wastes
or in waste extracts.
Used to define BNA concentrations of
wastes or waste leachates or extracts
from treated or untreated wastes.
Used to define PCB concentrations of
wastes or waste extracts in treated or
untreated wastes.
Determine Hg content in waste or waste
leachates.
Determine pesticide content in waste or
waste leachates.
Determine herbicide content in waste or
waste leachates.
Testing
Application
R I E
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
      Ion measurements
Std. Method No.
4110
Used to determine leachate anionic
species concentrations in aqueous
solutions.

-------
      TABLE 3-4.  CHEMICAL TESTS  (Continued)
CO
I
ro
Test Procedure
Interferants Screen
Oil and Grease

Potassium

Sodium


Fluoride
Chloride
Orthophosphate
Ammonia
Nitrate
Sulfate
Material Testing
Application Application
Method U S L Purpose R I E
Used to screen for the presence of XX
elements that could adversely affect
S/S process or performance.
EPA SW-846 XXX
Method 9071
EPA SW-846 XXX
Method 3050, and
6010
EPA SW-846 XXX
Method 3050 and
6010
EPA Method 300.0   X
EPA Method 365.1  X
EPA Method 300.0 (a)  X
EPA Method 300.0 (a)  X
      
-------
metals depends on their oxidation state.  Therefore,  Eh can Indicate the
stability of various chemical species In the waste's  chemical  environment.

                        3.3.3  Major Oxide Components
          The major oxide components can be used to characterize the mineralo-
gy of the S/S-treated waste.  Analytical techniques for determining Si02,
Fe203, A1203, CaO, MgO,  and loss on ignition are described in ASTM C 114.
Between 10 and 30% of cementitious solids will  be in  the form  of oxides.

                       3.3.4 Total  Organic Carbon  (TOO
          The TOC analysis measures the overall level  of organic compounds
present in a liquid, sludge, or solid sample.  TOC is measured by U.S. EPA
SW-846 Method 9060.  This method uses combustion with infrared, thermoconduc-
tivity, or other detection.  The TOC results can be used to approximate the
levels of nonpurgeable organic carbon and to estimate the potential for
organic interference in the S/S process.

                             3.3.5  Oil  and Grease
          Oil and grease analysis determines the total  content of oil and
grease in a sample.  This analysis can be done  by U.S.  EPA SW-846 Method 9070
or 9071.   The determination before and after treatment provides a method of
assessing the effectiveness of the S/S process  in immobilizing oil and grease
in the waste.  Oil and grease analysis of asphaltic solid leachates is
important for determining whether the S/S process aids in stabilizing oil  and
grease or whether the asphalt increases oil and grease Teachability.  In addi-
tion, oil and grease interfere with cement or pozzolan-based S/S treatment.

                        3.3.6  Electrical Conductivity
          The electrical conductivity of a solution is a measure of its
ability to carry current.   Conductivity varies  with the concentration and type
of ions present.  Solution conductivity can be  measured by U.S. EPA Method
120.1 or U.S. EPA SW-846 Method 9050.  Conductivity of leachates from untreat-
ed and S/S-treated wastes can be compared to find the relative ionic concen-
trations in the two solutions.   In addition,  test results from untreated and
S/S-treated waste leachates can be compared with conductivities of natural

                                     3-30

-------
 surface  and  subsurface waters in the vicinity of the demonstration site and/or
 potential disposal site.  Wide differences in the conductivity of leachate and
 natural  waters create the potential for the waste leachate to cause conductiv-
 ity fluctuations  in adjacent receiving waters.

              3.3.7  Add Neutralization Capacity (ANC and GANG)
          These buffering capacity tests indicate the capacity of the S/S-
 treated  waste to  maintain an elevated pH when exposed to acidic solutions.
 The ANC  test involves separate extraction of S/S-treated waste samples with
 leaching solutions of varying levels of acidity.  Ten waste samples are
 predried and crushed to a particle size of -100 mesh.  Each sample is extract-
 ed for 24 hours in one of 10 nitric acid solutions.  The acid equivalents per
 gram of  solid increases incrementally from sample 1 to sample 10.  Following
 the extraction, the pH of each solution is measured.  The amount of decrease
 in pH of the leach solutions with each increase in acid concentration indi-
 cates the buffering capacity of the S/S-treated waste.  Smaller decreases
 indicate higher buffering capacity.  The higher the buffering capacity, the
 greater the possibility of maintaining alkaline conditions conducive to metal
 retention.  The GANC is a similar test developed to be consistent with the
 TCLP test (Isenburg and Moore, 1992).

                              3.3.8  Alkalinity
          Alkalinity indicates the capacity of a solution such as a leachate
 to neutralize acid solutions to specific pH levels.   It can be measured by
 U.S.  EPA Method 403.

                     3.3.9  Total  Dissolved Solids  (TDS1
          The TDS analysis indicates the total  quantity of solid material
dissolved in a solution.   It can be measured by U.S. EPA Method 209B.   The TDS
 levels in leaching solutions can be used to track the degradation of S/S-
treated waste solid or leaching of constituents from the sample.   TDS is also
a drinking water standard.
                                     3-31

-------
                     3.3.10  Reactive Cvanide and Sulfide
          The analyses for reactive cyanide and sulfide apply to waste
containing cyanide- or sulfide-bearing material.   Sulfide can be present in
the waste either as a natural  waste constituent or as a binder additive.  If
waste exposed to a pH in the range of 2 to 12.5 can generate toxic gases,
vapors, or fumes in sufficient quantity to present a danger to human health or
the environment, it is deemed to contain reactive cyanide or sulfide.  The
tests for reactive cyanide and sulfide are described in U.S. EPA SW-846
(1986c) Section 7.3.  Testing for reactive cyanide and sulfide may be required
for some RCRA wastes under regulation 40 CFR 261.23-(a)(5).

                    3.3.11   Reactivity  of  Silica Aggregates
          The test for reactivity of silica aggregates measures the propensity
of silica in the waste to react with alkaline components of Portland cement/
concrete mixtures or similar S/S binders.   The potential for silica in suspect
aggregates to react with alkaline compounds is determined by ASTM C 289.
Reactive silica and alkaline compounds combine to form silicate-alkali gels
that expand to cause internal  stress in the S/S-treated waste.  The internal
stress can result in cracking or spall ing.

                            3.3.12  Metal  Analysis
          Metal analyses can be applied to aqueous leach solutions to deter-
mine the concentrations of metals leached from the S/S-treated waste.  Metal
analysis tests can also be used, following a suitable strong acid digestion
step, to measure the total metal concentrations in the untreated or S/S-
treated waste.  Metals can be determined in accordance with U.S. EPA SW-846
Methods 6010 (analysis by inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectro-
scopy [ICP]) or 7000 and associated 7000 series methods (analysis by atomic
absorption spectroscopy [AA]).  The material should be pretreated with the
appropriate digestion procedure (U.S. EPA SW-846 Methods 3005, 3010, 3020,
3040, and 3050).

                      3.3.13  Volatile Organic Compounds
          The VOC test evaluates the types and concentrations of low-boiling-
point organic materials present in a sample.  U.S. EPA SW-846 Method 8240

                                     3-32

-------
 describes  the  extraction  and  analysis  of  VOCs  by gas  chromatography/mass
 spectrometry (GC/MS)  techniques.   This method  will quantify most  organic
 compounds  with a  boiling  point  below 200ฐ C.   Concentrations of VOCs  in
 solvent  extracts  of untreated and  S/S-treated  wastes  can be used  to indicate
 if the compounds  have been  stabilized  during the S/S  process, provided
 measures were  taken to account  for volatilization or  degradation.  Concentra-
 tions of VOCs  in  TCLP extracts  can indicate the aqueous Teachability  of the
 VOCs from  S/S-treated wastes.   Extreme caution must be paid to the possible
 release  of VOCs during waste  sampling, handling, storage, treatability test-
 ing, or  analysis.   The potential for volatilization of the organic contami-
 nants is so great that a  mass balance  is generally needed to demonstrate that
 a  reduction in volatile organic content after  treatment is truly  due  to
 immobilization as opposed to  volatilization.   Although organic leaching may be
 low in aqueous leaching tests,  this may also be a result of low solubility of
 the organic in water  rather than immobilization of the organic.

            3.3.14  Base.  Neutral,  and  Acid  fBNA) Organic Compounds
           The  analyses  for basic,  neutral, and acidic organic compounds are
 performed  by extraction (U.S. EPA  SW-846 Method 3510, 3520, or 3540)  followed
 by GC/MS analysis (U.S. EPA SW-846 Method 8270).  Certain BNAs can be target
 contaminants for S/S.   Measurements of BNAs in solvent extracts of untreated
 and treated wastes  can  determine the fate of organics during the S/S  process,
 provided measures were  taken to account for volatilization or degradation.
 Data on  concentrations  of BNAs in  aqueous extracts  can be used to assess the
 effectiveness  of the  S/S process in reducing the amount of aqueous Teachable
 BNAs.   However, like  VOCs, certain BNAs have low aqueous solubility.  Thus,
 the immobilization  of  such compounds should be evaluated in organic solvent
 extracts of appropriate polarity.

                   3.3.15  Polvchlorinated Biphenyls  (PCBs)
          The  PCB analysis measures the concentration of polychlorinated
 biphenyls.   PCBs are determined by extraction  (U.S.  EPA SW-846 Method  3540  or
3520),  followed by GC/MS analysis  (U.S. EPA SW-846  Method  8080)  or by  U.S.  EPA
Method 608.  Quantities of PCBs in solvent extracts  of untreated and S/S-
treated  wastes can determine the fate  of the PCBs during the S/S process,
                                     3-33

-------
provided that measures were taken to conduct mass balances and account for any
PCB volatilization during the treatability study.  Conducting aqueous leaching
tests on PCB-contaminated wastes is generally fruitless because of the low
aqueous solubilities of PCB compounds.

                      3.3.16  Other Contaminant Analyses
          Several of the more common waste contaminants not specifically
included in Sections 3.3.1 through 3.3.15 are mercury, pesticides, and
herbicides.  Analytical methods are available for measuring such constituents
in either aqueous or organic solvent extracts (see Table 3-4).

                          3.3.17  Anion Measurements
          Anions can be measured by ion chromatography, as described by Water
and Wastewater Standard Method 4110 or by U.S. EPA Method 300.  This analysis
is used to determine the concentration of anions in leach solutions.

                          3.3.18   Interferants Screen
          Interferants screening tests involve a series of analyses for
concentrations of materials that can interfere with S/S treatment.  The waste
is tested for oil and grease, potassium,  sodium, fluoride, chloride, ortho-
phosphate, ammonia, nitrate, and sulfate.

                             3.4   BIOLOGICAL TESTS
          Biological tests applicable to S/S processes include biodegradation
tests and bioassays.  Table 3-5 shows some representative biological tests and
presents information about the standard methods for each.  Biological tests
are typically conducted only in special circumstances such as testing the
potential  biodegradability of organic binders or the aquatic toxicity of the
treated waste.
          Biological testing can be used to measure either the degradation of
the matrix leading to release of contaminants or the alteration of contaminant
properties to increase their mobility or toxicity.   Standard tests for matrix
degradation exist, but none are available for biologically induced changes in
the contaminants.
                                     3-34

-------
      TABLE 3-5.  BIOLOGICAL TESTS
            Test Procedure
    Method
 Material
Application
  U  S  L
Purpose
                                                          (a)
CO
en
      Biodegradation Tests

      Biodegradability of plastics    ASTM G 21-90,
                                      G 22-76
      Biodegradability of paints
      Biodegradability of
      alkylbenzene sulfonates
ASTM D 3273-86,
D 3274-82,
D 3456-86
                To  determine  whether  biodegradation
                may decrease  long-term  stability  of
                S/S wastes.

                To  determine  whether  biodegradation
                may decrease  long-term  stability  of
                S/S wastes.

                To  determine  whether  biodegradation
                may decrease  long-term  stability  of
                S/S wastes.
      Bioassavs

      Assessing the hazard of a
      material to aquatic organisms
ASTM E 1023-84
  XXX       To  evaluate  acute  aquatic  toxicity  at
                a point  source  discharge,  e.g.,  a
                leachate collection  system.   May be
                required by  state  or federal  ARARs.
      (a)
         Testing Application:  Biological testing is normally applied as part of an experimental program.
      Material Application Guide:
        U = Untreated Samples
        S = S/S-treated Sample
        L = Liquid Sample

-------
          Biodegradation tests are used to measure the biodegradability of
various waste materials, almost exclusively organic binders such as asphalt or
plastic.  Biodegradation is one possible degradation mechanism for such
binders.  At present, the U.S. EPA recommends no particular methods for evalu-
ating the biodegradation of S/S-treated wastes.   In general, binders that
produce an alkaline environment (e.g.,  Portland  cement-based processes) are
not favorable for microbial activity; however, this may not be true for
proprietary binders and processes that  are tailored to treat organic wastes.
          Bioassays are performed only  when the  proximity of the treated waste
disposal site poses a threat to an aquatic community.  If a site undergoing
S/S treatment has a point source discharge, such as from a leachate collection
system, bioassays may be required to meet federal  or state ARARs.  However,
note that the alkaline nature of many S/S binders  may elicit a toxic response
during the bioassay, which may far outweigh any  acute toxic response from the
contaminants in the waste.
          Although the results of bioassays may  provide evidence of reduced
toxicity after S/S treatment, predictions of toxicity from bioassays are
highly site-specific and must be combined with data on exposure pathways for a
specific site.  Acute bioassays may be  performed rapidly and at low cost, but
they do not predict the response of the test organism to chronic, low-level
contamination.  The bioassay techniques that most  accurately predict long-term
environmental effects are expensive and time-consuming.

                          3.5  MICROCHARACTERIZATION
          Special methods developed for mineralogic and materials science
testing are applicable to specialized,  detailed  characterization of materials
for S/S treatment (Hannak and Liem, 1986).  These  nonroutine tests can be
applied for detailed analysis of the structure of S/S-treated waste or to
better understand the physicochemical form of the  target contaminants.
Table 3-6 lists a few of the many tests that can be applied to microcharac-
terization.  However, note also that microcharacterization tests provide
special research and problem-solving tools that  would not be used in the vast
majority of S/S treatability studies.
                                     3-36

-------
TABLE 3-6.  MICROCHARACTERIZATION TESTS
       Test Procedure
   Method
                      Purpose(a>
X-Ray Powder Diffraction
Fourier Transform Infrared
(FTIR) Spectroscopy
Scanning Electron Microscopy
(SEM) and Energy-Dispersive
X-Ray Analysis (EDAX)
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
(NMR) Spectroscopy

Optical Microscopy
Transmitted Light, Reflected
Light, and Polarized Light
ASTM
ASTM
E 1252-88
E 168-88
ASTM C 856-83
ASTM C 295-90
To identify crystalline matrix
and contaminant phases

To identify the presence or
absence of functional groups
in a molecule

To examine the physical
structure and chemical makeup
of the surface of a material
on the microscopic scale

To identify and characterize
molecules

To study microstructure of
S/S-treated waste
(a) Microcharacterization tests are typically applied to treated waste as
   part of an experimental program.
                           3.5.1  X-Ray Diffraction

          X-ray diffraction examines the crystal structure of a material.
X-rays are scattered and diffracted by the lattice structure of crystals,

yielding patterns characteristic to various crystals based on the lattice

spacing.  The crystalline components of a mixture, including crystalline

phases of the contaminant or contaminants, in amounts of 1% or more can be

identified individually by the X-ray diffraction patterns produced.  However,

noncrystalline components are not detected.


             3.5.2   Fourier Transform  Infrared  (FTIR) Spectroscopy

          The FTIR Spectroscopy analytical technique can identify the presence

or absence of functional groups within a molecule.  The class or type of

compound can be deduced, although positive identification of the exact
                                     3-37

-------
composition of the unknown is not always possible.  This technique can be
useful in determining the physicochemical form of the contaminant in either
treated or untreated waste.

                 3.5.3  Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEH) and
                        Energy-Dispersive X-ray Analysis (EDXA)
          SEM is a technique for examining the surfaces of solid materials.
The method provides a large depth of field, so it is frequently possible to
observe three-dimensional structures in a sample.  By adding an EDXA detector
to the SEM, it is possible to obtain simultaneous, multi-element analysis.
This technique can be useful in determining the physicochemical form of the
contaminant in either treated or untreated waste.

             3.5.4  Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NHR) Spectroscopy
          NMR spectroscopy identifies and characterizes molecules.  Data from
NMR analysis delineate complete sequences of groups or arrangements of atoms
in a molecule.  This technique has been used successfully to characterize the
physicochemical form of the contaminant in the treated waste and to help
elucidate the mechanism of contaminant immobilization.

                           3.5.5   Optical  Microscopy
          The arrangement of phase structures in a solid sample can be
observed and measured by thin section transmission microscopy or reflected
light microscopy.  Optical properties, such as refractive index, also can be
measured.  Additional petrographic information can be obtained by using
polarized light microscopy.  This is another possible analytical tool for
characterizing contaminant speciation and physicochemical form.
                                     3-38

-------
             4  STATUS OF SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY

          This chapter of the TRD reviews and summarizes existing literature

on a wide variety of subjects and issues pertaining to S/S technology.  A

number of books and summary reports on various aspects of S/S are available.

These resource documents include the following:


          •  ASTM (1989),STP 1033, Environmental Aspects of
             Stabilization and Solidification of Hazardous and
             Radioactive Hastes, American Society for Testing and
             Materials.

          •  ASTM (1992), STP 1123.  Stabilization and
             Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Nixed
             Wastes, American Society for Testing and Materials.

          •  Conner, J.R. (1990), Chemical Fixation and
             Solidification of Hazardous Waste, Van Nostrand
             Reinhold.

          •  Czupyrna, G., et al. (1989), In Situ Immobilization
             of Heavy-Metal-Contaminated Soils, Noyes Data
             Corporation

          •  Pojasek, R. (1979), Toxic and Hazardous Waste
             Disposal, Options for Solidification/Stabilization,
             Ann Arbor Science Publishers

          •  U.S. EPA (1990e), Handbook on In Situ Treatment of
             Hazardous Haste-Contaminated Soils

          •  U.S. EPA (1989b), Immobilization Technology Seminar,
             Speaker Slide Copies and Supporting Information

          •  U.S. EPA (1986c), Handbook for Solidification/
             Stabilization of Hazardous Hastes

          •  U.S. EPA (1983), Feasibility of In Situ
             Solidification/Stabilization of Landfilled Hazardous
             Hastes

          •  U.S. EPA (1980), Guide to the Disposal of Chemically
             Stabilized and Solidified Haste.


Overview-type information on specific S/S issues can be found in Sections 4.1

through 4.10.  Sections 4.1 and 4.2 describe the types of S/S binders and

their binding mechanisms.  Applicable waste and contaminant types are dis-

cussed in Section 2.2.3.2.   Section 4.3 outlines the interferences to S/S that
                                     4-1

-------
arise from waste constituents.   Section 4.4 deals with S/S treatment of
organic contaminants.  Section  4.5 discusses air emissions from organic
constituents, particulates,  and other emissions.  Sections 4.6 and 4.7
describe leaching mechanisms and long-term stability.   Sections 4.8 and 4.9
discuss reuse and disposal  issues.  Section 4.10 gives cost estimates for S/S
testing, materials, and processes.  The publications referenced in Chapter 7
provide additional technical details.

                        4.1   S/S PROCESSES AND BINDERS
          Solidification/stabilization processes are "nondestructive" methods
to immobilize the hazardous  constituents in a waste.  S/S processes are
nondestructive in the sense  that they do not remove or reduce the quantities
of these constituents.  Typically, S/S processes physically sorb, encapsulate,
or change the physicochemical  form of the pollutant in the waste, resulting in
a less Teachable product.  Concentrations of contaminants in the treated waste
are often lower than in the  untreated waste, primarily because of incidental
dilution by the binder rather than by destruction or removal of the contami-
nants.
          S/S processes can  generally be grouped into inorganic processes
(cement and pozzolanic) and  organic processes (thermoplastic and thermosetting
polymers).  In addition to  the  individual use of inorganic and organic
binders, some systems combine organic with inorganic binders.  For example:

          •  Diatomaceous earth with cement and polystyrene
          •  Polyurethane with  cement
          •  Polymer gels with  silicate and lime cement

The basic S/S processes are  generic, and many of the basic materials are
readily available.  A variety of additives are used to promote the development
of specific chemical or physical properties.  Pretreatment may also be used to
better prepare the waste for treatment by an S/S process.
          S/S technology is  offered commercially by a large number of vendors.
The specifics of vendor technology are in most cases protected as proprietary
and are not disclosed to the potential user except under agreement of confi-
dentiality.  The majority of vendors use conventional  S/S technology supple-
                                     4-2

-------
 mented  by  a  variety  of  additives  and  know-how  from previous  experience  in
 applying this  technology.

                           4.1.1   Inorganic Binders
           The  two  principal types  of  inorganic binders are cement binders  and
 pozzolanic binders (lime,  kiln dust,  fly ash).  A pozzolan is a material
 containing silica  or silica and alumina that has little or no cementation
 value itself but,  under some conditions, can react with lime to produce
 cementitious material.  Cement-based  and pozzolanic processes or a combination
 of cement  and  pozzolans are the methods of choice in the S/S industry today.
 This probably  is attributable to the  low cost of the materials, their applica-
 bility  to  a  wide variety of waste  types, and the ease of operation in the
 field.  The  most common inorganic  binders are:

           •  Portland cement
           •  Lime/fly ash
           •  Kiln dust (lime and cement)
           •  Portland cement/fly ash
           •  Portland cement/lime
           •  Portland cement/sodium silicate

          These binders are routinely used to solidify water-based waste
liquids, sludges, and filter cakes.  The lime/fly ash process probably has
been used most extensively in the United States,  in terms of the total  volume
of waste treated.  The treatment of flue gas desulfurization (FGD)  sludges
from coal-fired power plants accounts for much of the lime/fly ash  process
application.   Specifications are available for a  wide variety of cement and
pozzolanic  materials.  ASTM standards for these materials include:

          •  C311:  Method for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or
             Natural  Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in
             Portland Cement Concrete
          •  C400:  Test Methods of Testing Quicklime and
             Hydrated Lime for Neutralization  of  Waste Acid
                                     4-3

-------
          •  C593:  Specification for Fly Ash and Other Pozzolans
             for Use with Lime
          •  C618:  Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined
             Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in
             Portland Cement Concrete
          •  C821:  Specification for Lime for Use with Pozzolans
          •  C911:  Specification for Quicklime, Hydrated Lime,
             and Limestone for Chemical Uses
          •  C977:  Specification for Quicklime and Hydrated Lime
             for Soil Stabilization
          Most concentrated industrial or Superfund wastes contain complex
mixtures of contaminants, and a generic inorganic binder will  frequently
stabilize one contaminant to a greater extent than another.  Certain constitu-
ents, such as oils and anions, can retard or prevent the setting of the
binder.  Chemicals that interfere with cement- and pozzolan-based processes
are discussed in greater detail in Section 4.3.   Complications in the stabili-
zation of certain types of contaminants are discussed in Sections 4.2 and 4.4.

4.1.1.1  Cement Processes
          Of the inorganic binders,  Portland cement has probably had the
greatest diversity of application to a wide range of hazardous wastes,
especially combined with fly ash.  Because cement is a common  construction
material, the materials and equipment are mass-produced and generally inexpen-
sive compared with energy-intensive  treatment processes such as vitrification
and incineration (McDaniel et al., 1990).  Many  types of cement have been used
for a variety of purposes, but only  those classified as Portland cement, which
is primarily composed of anhydrous calcium silicate, have seen substantial use
in S/S technology (Conner, 1990).  Other types of cement, such as alumina or
Sorel cement, have not been used  extensively for S/S, primarily because of
their high cost.
          Advantages of cement-based processes include (McDaniel et al., 1990
and Conner,  1990):

          •   Availability of materials locally on a worldwide  basis
          •   Low cost of materials and mixing equipment

                                      4-4

-------
          •  Use of naturally occurring minerals as raw materials
             for the matrix

          •  Ability to make a strong physical barrier under adverse
             conditions

          •  Flexibility of tailoring the properties for different
             applications

          •  Low variability in composition

          •  Well-known setting and hardening reactions and some
             existing data on the immobilization of metals


          The disadvantages of cement-based processes include:


          •  Sensitivity of product quality to presence of
             impurities at high enough concentrations.  (Specific
             examples of impurities are discussed in detail in
             Section 4.3.)

          •  Porosity of the S/S-treated waste.

          •  Waste volume typically increases due to binder
             addition, although not necessarily more than with
             other inorganic binders.

          •  Expertise needed for successful application,
             although process appears deceptively simple.


          The major performance objectives of S/S treatment are to reduce the

mobility of contaminants, minimize free liquids, and, occasionally, to

increase the strength of the waste.  Cement-based processes accomplish these
objectives by forming a granular or monolithic solid that incorporates the
waste materials and immobilizes contaminants.  The solid matrix forms because

of hydration of silicates in the cement, yielding calcium-silicate-hydrate.

Sufficient free water may be present in the waste material, or additional

water may be needed.   In most cases, the bulk of the strength-forming ingredi-

ents are provided as an added cement binder.

          ASTM provides specifications for eight types of Portland cement.

Type I is the least expensive and is the most widely used for S/S treatment.

Tricalcium and dicalcium silicates are the major crystalline compounds present

in Portland cement, while tricalcium aluminate and a calcium alumnoferrite are

present in smaller quantities.  The cementation process binds free water,
                                     4-5

-------
increases the pH and alters other chemical  properties of the mixture, reduces
the surface area, and increases strength.   All  these mechanisms contribute to
improved performance characteristics of the treated waste.
          Cementation of the waste/binder  mixture begins when water is added,
either directly or as part of the waste.   Once  the cement powder contacts
water, tricalcium aluminate immediately hydrates, causing the rapid setting
which produces a rigid structure.  In an  idealized setting,  the water hydrates
the calcium silicates and aluminates in the cement to form calcium-silicate-
hydrate.  Thin, densely-packed fibrils of  silicate grow out from the cement
grains and interlace to harden the mixture entrapping inert materials and
unreacted grains of cement.  Hydration of  tricalcium and dicalcium silicates
results in the formation of tobermorite and crystalline calcium hydroxide.
These compounds account for strength development after the initial setting.
The setting rate is controlled by the amount of gypsum added to the cement.
If sufficient gypsum is present, sulfates  combine with tricalcium aluminate to
form calcium aluminate sulfate, which coats the cement particles and retards
hydration reactions.
          The ratio of free water to cement (W/C) is a major factor control-
ling the porosity and strength of the final product.  With a W/C weight ratio
of about 0.48, the cement will fully hydrate,  leaving some water adsorbed in
the pore spaces.  If the W/C ratio increases greatly above 0.48, the porosity
increases rapidly and the strength declines.  When estimating the required
water addition, it is important to note that the total water content of the
waste is not always available to hydrate the cement.  Water that is held by
hydration in the waste material may be unavailable or "bound" and thus not
available to hydrate the cement.
          In many applications, the binder is supplemented by additives to
tailor the S/S process to waste-specific conditions.  The additives may be
used to modify the characteristics of the  fresh mix to improve processing.
For example, lignosulfonic or carboxylic acids  can reduce the viscosity and
retard the set of the mix.  Low concentrations  of calcium chloride accelerate
setting.  In other cases, additives may be needed to reduce interferences or
improve the performance of the treated waste.
          For cementation reagents to react, they must become wetted with
water.  In general, the higher the surface area of the particles, the more
difficult they are to wet.  Some additives may even have hydrophobic surfaces
                                      4-6

-------
 initially.  Many wastes, such as fine particulates and oils, may  inhibit the
 setting and curing of the cement by interfering with the wetting  process
 through coating of the reacting surfaces.  Addition of surfactants to the
 waste may aid  in the wetting of reagents, allowing thorough mixing of all
 components.  Compounds such as alcohols, amides, and specific surfactants aid
 in wetting solids and dispersing fine particulates and oil.  Flocculants have
 a similar effect by aggregating fine particles and film-formers.
          The waste constituents can exhibit positive, negative,  or inert
 contributions to the strength-forming reactions.  Wastes with free calcium
 hydroxide can contribute to the strength-forming reactions, but excess
 hydroxide will increase the pH and increase the solubility of amphoteric
 metals.  Alcohols and glycols decrease durability, while aliphatic, aromatic,
 and chlorinated organics increase set time and often decrease durability.
 Inorganic compounds such as boric acid, phospjhates, iodates, sulfates, and
 sulfides can slow or prevent setting.  Salts of some metals such  as manganese,
 tin, zinc, copper^and lead can increase set time and reduce strength.  Fine
 particulates such as silt, clay, or coal dust can coat cement particles and
 prevent the growth of calcium-silicate-hydrate crystals from the cement grain.
 Inerts such as soils or calcium fluoride do not directly participate in the
 cementation reactions but do become trapped in the solid matrix.
          Cement-based solidification and stabilization processes have proven
 versatile and adaptable.  It is possible to form waste/cement composites that
 have good strength and durability and that retain wastes effectively.
 Sorbents and/or emulsifiers can be added to reduce contaminant migration
 through the porous solid matrix, thus improving the leaching resistance of the
 treated wastes (U.S.  EPA, 1986c).

4.1.1.2  Pozzolanic Processes
          Pozzolanic  processes generally involve siliceous and aluminosilicate
materials, which do not display cementing action alone but form cementitious
 substances when combined with lime or cement and water at ambient tempera-
tures.   The primary containment mechanisms are precipitation and physical
 immobilization of the contaminant  in the pozzolan matrix.  Common examples of
pozzolans are fly ash,  pumice,  lime kiln dusts, and blast furnace slag.   The
addition of bentonite can substantially reduce the amount of fly ash required
 (U.S.  EPA, 1986c,  p.  2-11).   Pozzolans contain significant amounts of sili-

                                     4-7

-------
cates, which distinguish them from the lime-based materials (U.S. EPA, 1989g).
Typical tests of pozzolanic activity with lime and the strength of lime/
pozzolan mixtures use hydrated lime-to-pozzolan ratios in the range of 1:2 to
1:6 on a weight basis (ASTM C 311 and ASTM C 593).  Typically, pozzolanic
reactions occur more slowly than do cement reactions.
          Standard testing systems (ASTM C 311) and standard specifications
(ASTM C 593 and ASTM C 618) exist for pozzolanic materials, especially for fly
ash.  The specifications take into account the chemical  composition (percent
Si02,  percent S03), moisture content,  and physical properties  (fineness,
pozzolanic activity with lime, and specific gravity).   Pozzolanic activity
greater than a specified minimum can be expected if the  material used meets
the specification for fly ash normally produced from burning either anthracite
or bituminous coal (Type F) or lignite or sub-bituminous coal (Type C).  Some
Type C fly ashes have enough lime to be not only pozzolanic but also self-
cementing (U.S. EPA,  1986c).
          Lime/fly ash treatment is relatively inexpensive and, with careful
selection of materials,  can reliably convert waste to a  solid material.  In
general, lime/fly ash-solidified wastes are not considered as durable as
Portland cement-treated  wastes.
          Common problems with lime/pozzolan reactions involve interference
with the cementitious reaction that prevents bonding of  materials.  The bonds
in pozzolan reactions depend on the formation of calcium silicate and alum-
inate hydrates.  Therefore, the interferences are broadly the same as for
cement-based processes (Sections 4.1.1.1 and 4.3).

4.1.1.3  Ettringite Formation Effects
          Formation of a calcium aluminate sulfate hydrate (i.e., ettringite)
is typically required early in the curing process to control setting rate.
However, the ettringite  then dissolves and reprecipitates as calcium sulfate.
Due to the high content  of water of hydration, ettringite increases the volume
of solids when it forms.
          If the ettringite is formed while the S/S-treated waste is still
plastic, the material can accommodate the expansive salt.  However, if the
ettringite forms after the grout has become rigid, cracking can occur and will
reduce the strength of the product.  The formation of this salt, with its
large amount of water of crystallization and consequently large increase in

                                      4-8

-------
 volume,  can  be  destructive  to  the  S/S-treated product.   Figure 4-1  is  an
 idealized  representation  of the progress of cementation  reactions.

                             4.1.2  Organic Binders
           Application of  organic binders is usually limited to special waste
 types.   Inorganic binders are  used much more frequently  and are generally
 favored  over organic binders because of cost and ease of application.  The
 primary  niche of organic  S/S processes in the commercial sector is  to  solidify
 radioactive wastes or hazardous organics that cannot be  destroyed thermally.
           Organic binders that have been tested or used  for S/S include the
 following:

           •  Asphalt (bitumen)
           •  Polyethylene
           •  Polyesters
           •  Polybutadiene
           •  Epoxide
           •  Urea formaldehyde
           •  Acrylamide gel
           •  Polyolefin encapsulations

          The basic types of organic S/S processes are:   (1) thermoplastic and
 (2) thermosetting with organic polymers.   Thermoplastic processes involve
blending waste with melted asphalt, polyethylene,  or other thermoplastic
binders.  Liquid and volatile phases associated with the waste are driven off,
and the waste is contained in a mass of cooled,  hardened thermoplastic (U.S.
EPA, 1986c).
          Immobilization in  thermosetting polymers involves mixing waste with
reactive monomers,  which join to form a solid incorporating the waste.  Urea
formaldehyde  is one thermosetting  resin that has been  used for S/S processes.
          One problem with organic processes is  that many use hydrophobic
binders, which are not compatible  with water-based wastes unless the waste is
first converted to an emulsion  or  a solid.   Many hazardous wastes are
                                     4-9

-------
                      c
                      o
                                 Porosity
                                 CSH (Long Fibers)
                                      Ettringite
                                j	k   i   i   i
                                       30 1   2   6     12    7     28  90
              Curing Time      Minutes
Hours
  Days
        Cement Grains

           Ettringite


            Ca(OH)2
                              Dormant
                               Period
 Setting
Hardening
                                                              CSH
                                                               Monosulfate
                                     Course of cement reactions.
              Legend:
                   CSH  = Calcium Silicate Hydrate
               C4(A,F)HX  = Ferrite Solid Solution

              Source: Dole, 1985; figure used with permissiom of author and symposium
              proceedings publisher, WM Symposia, Inc., Tuscon, Arizona.
FIGURE  4-1  PROGRESS OF  CEMENTATION REACTIONS
                                         4-10

-------
water-based and require special pretreatment to form an emulsion prior to
treatment by an organic binder.
          Organic binders are also subject to deterioration from environmental
factors such as biological action or exposure to ultraviolet light.  There-
fore, the long-term stability of organic binders for S/S processes will depend
on the physicochemical characteristics of the disposal or reuse environment
(as in the case of asphalt cement for roadways).

4.1.2.1  Thermoplastic Processes
          Thermoplastic processes are used in nuclear waste disposal and can
be adapted to special industrial wastes.  The thermoplastic technique for S/S
treatment of waste involves drying and dispersing waste through a plastic
matrix.  The waste is mixed into a hot plastic mass which then cools, incorpo-
rating the waste in a rigid but deformable solid.  In most cases, the hot
waste/thermoplastic mix is extruded into a container, such as a fiber or metal
drum, to give the final waste form a convenient shape for transport.  The most
common thermoplastic material used for waste incorporation is asphalt.  When
cost is not a limiting factor, other materials such as polyethylene, poly-
propylene, or wax can be employed for specific wastes to provide containment
in an impermeable medium (U.S. EPA, 1986c).
          One advantage of thermoplastic processes is their ability to treat
soluble, toxic materials.   For example, thermoplastic processing is one of
the few alternatives applicable to S/S treatment of spray-dried salt (U.S.
EPA, 1986c).
          However, compatibility of the waste with the matrix is a limiting
factor in using thermoplastic processes.  Most thermoplastic S/S binders are
chemically reduced materials (e.g., solid hydrocarbons) that can react
(combust) when mixed with an oxidizer at elevated temperatures.  The reaction
can be self-sustaining or even explosive with perchlorates or nitrates (U.S.
EPA, 1986c).
          Other compatibility problems relate to softening or hardening of the
waste/binder mix.  Some solvents and greases can prevent asphalt hardening.
Borate salts can initiate hardening at high temperatures, leading to stalled
or clogged mixing equipment.  Xylene and toluene can diffuse through asphalt
(U.S. EPA, 1986c).  Other interferences have been documented for salts that
dehydrate at elevated temperature and for chelating and complexing agents.

                                     4-11

-------
          Unlike inorganic S/S processes, thermoplastic processes require more
complex, specialized melting and extrusion equipment.  Both organic and
inorganic processes require a trained operations staff to ensure safe,
consistent operation.  The power consumption for organic processes is higher
than that for inorganic processes because of the need to dry the waste and
melt the matrix material (U.S. EPA, 1986c).

4.1.2.2  Thermosetting Processes
          Another type of organic S/S processes uses thermosetting resins such
as urea formaldehyde.  This type of process relies on polymer formation to
immobilize the waste (U.S. EPA, 1989g).  This technology has been evaluated
for stabilizing radioactive wastes and largely abandoned due to problems with
excess free water and radiolytic decomposition.  Thermosetting processes have
also been tested on a limited basis on hazardous wastes such as organic
chlorides, phenols, paint sludges, cyanides, and arsenic as well as flue gas
desulfurization sludge, electroplating sludges, nickel/cadmium battery wastes,
kepone-contaminated sludge, and chlorine product wastes that have been
dewatered and dried (U.S. EPA, 1989g).
           Usually, there is no direct reaction between the waste constituent
and the polymer.  That is, thermosetting processes do not usually insolu-
bilize, modify, or destroy the hazardous constituents.  Rather, the effect of
most thermosetting processes is to microencapsulate the waste, and the process
is potentially applicable to a wide variety of waste types (Conner, 1990).

                               4.1.3  Additives
          S/S processes may be used in conjunction with sorbents or other
additives to improve immobilization of specific contaminants.  Additives can
be particularly useful for cement or pozzolan processes to decrease the
mobility of contaminants in the porous, solid products.  Additives to cement
or pozzolan processes can also be incorporated to mitigate the effects of
certain inhibitors.  Some previously used additives and their applications are
as follows:

          •  Soluble silicates, such as sodium silicate or potassium
             silicate.  These agents will generally "flash set"
             Portland cement to produce a low-strength concrete.
                                     4-12

-------
             Soluble silicates can also be beneficial in reducing
             interferences from metal ions.

             Selected clays to sorb liquid and bind specific anions
             or cations.  Bentonite can reduce the amount of sorbent
             required in low-solids mixtures.

             Emulsifiers and surfactants to allow the incorporation
             of immiscible organic liquids.   Waste turbine oil and
             grease can be mixed into cement blends if dispersing
             agents are used and if the proper mixing system is
             employed.

             Certain sorbents (e.g., carbon, silicates, zeolitic
             materials, and cellulosic sorbents) can help retain
             toxic constituents.

             Activated carbon in particular has been used primarily
             as a sorbent for organics, although this material will
             also sorb at least some metal ions and other
             inorganics.

             Lime (CaO or Ca(OH)2),  soda ash (sodium carbonate,
             Na2C03),  fly  ash, sodium hydroxide  (NaOH)  and,  less
             commonly, magnesium hydroxide (Mg(OH)2) are added for
             maintaining alkaline conditions.

             Ferrous sulfate, sodium metabisulfite/bisulfite, sodium
             hydrosulfite, sulfides, blast furnace slag, sodium
             borohydride, reductive resins, and hydrazine are added
             as reducing agents.

             Organophilic clays have been used to increase the
             immobilization of certain organic contaminants within
             hydrophobic binders.  Organophilic clays are clay
             minerals, such as montmorillonite, that have been
             modified by treatment with a quaternary ammonium
             compound that expands the spacing between clay layers,
             thus promoting the absorption of organic constituents
             between these layers.  After treatment, the layer
             spacing is reduced by treatment with an alkaline
             substance, such as sodium chloride, to immobilize the
             absorbed organic constituents in the clays.

             Organosilanes have been applied to increase the binding
             of metals.
This list is not comprehensive but rather provides examples of additives used.
Note that many additives may work for one constituent but have the opposite

effect for a different constituent.  An evaluation of the system performance
of the additive needs to be conducted.
                                     4-13

-------
                              4.1.4   Pretreatment
          Frequently, the ultimate performance of an S/S process can be
improved by pretreating the waste.  Improvements can sometimes be made to the
physical characteristics of the waste, to alter metal speciation, to improve
metal immobilization, or to remove problematic organics.

4.1.4.1  Adjustment of Physical Characteristics
          Treatment by S/S involves extensive handling and mixing of the
contaminated material.  The presence of large pieces of debris or poor
handling characteristics of the waste can interfere with sampling, analysis,
and S/S processing (Barth, 1991).
          Some amount of debris or large solids will be encountered in waste
at almost any site.  Debris such as wire, broken brick, timbers, tires, scrap
metal, or scrap cloth can be encountered at many industrial or waste disposal
sites.  Other sites may have waste-specific debris, such as wood or bark
pieces at a creosote wood preserving site.  Large pieces of material present
considerable obstacles to obtaining a representative sample and to character-
izing the waste as well as to performing the treatment.
          The preliminary site characterization should identify the presence
of debris.  Sample collection should be planned to allow collection of
meaningful characterization data of the waste and the debris.  The debris can
either be removed by screening and processed separately or can be broken down
with size-reduction equipment to a size compatible with the S/S processing
equipment.
          Mixing requires the ability to handle the waste material.  Debris
can damage the mixing equipment and/or prevent good mixing.  Excess free
liquid, high viscosity, or caking properties can all present problems in
materials handling.  Possible pretreatment methods to improve handling are
drying, pelletizing, or adding sorbents to control liquids.

4.1.4.2  Pretreatment for Inorganic Constituents
          Properly formulated inorganic binders can often incorporate metals
and their inorganic salts without extensive pretreatment.  In some cases,
however, pretreatment can significantly improve the performance of the S/S
treatment system.  Examples include (Conner, 1990):
                                     4-14

-------
           •  Chemical reduction of hexavalent chromium to the less
             soluble and toxic trivalent state
           •  Elimination of problem constituents, for example,
             destruction of cyanide or stripping of ammonia
           •  Degrading soluble nickel complexes to ionic nickel
           •  Removing hygroscopic salts such as sodium sulfate by
             aqueous extraction.

4.1.4.3  Pretreatment of Organic Constituents
           Organic constituents can complicate stabilization in both inorganic
and organic-based S/S treatment systems.  Volatile organics can make it
necessary  to use expensive off-gas collection and treatment systems.  As
described  in Section 4.3, organic materials incorporated into the S/S-treated
waste can  prevent setting or degrade product quality.
           A variety of pretreatment options are available to remove volatiles
and semivolatiles or to control the effects of the organic material prior to
S/S treatment:

           •  Soil washing
           •  Thermal removal
           •  Chemical oxidation
           •  Extraction
           •  Biodegradation
           •  Addition of a sorbent (such as limestone,
             diatomaceous earth, clays,  activated carbon,
             or fly ash) prior to mixing

A study of RODs for Superfund sites where S/S was one component in the
treatment  program showed that wastes contaminated with  VOCs underwent pre-
treatment more often than any other wastes (U.S.  EPA,  1989a).

4.1.4.4  Treatment Trains Involving S/S
           In many cases,  treatment of wastes containing multiple and diverse
contaminants becomes so complex that S/S treatment becomes just one step in a
                                     4-15

-------
treatment system or a treatment train.   For example,  the BOAT treatment for
several RCRA nonwastewater waste types  includes one or more other processes
followed by S/S treatment (Table 1-1).   The most common BOAT treatments that
prepare waste for S/S are incineration  and chemical precipitation.   In other
cases S/S treatment can be the initial  step in a treatment train.  For
example, it can be used to improve materials handling characteristics or to
immobilize metals prior to a different  type of treatment.
          Pretreatment to mitigate one  problem may give rise to problems of
another nature.  For example, oxidation of organic contaminants with perman-
ganate leaves a permanganate residue in the waste, and permanganate will
oxidize organic binders such as asphalt.  Washing with solvent leaves traces
of solvent that must be removed from the waste prior to S/S treatment.
Incineration can leave certain metals (e.g., chromium) in  the ash in their
higher and more mobile oxidation states.
          Selection of the appropriate  combination of binders, additives, and
pretreatment options for a particular waste requires careful consideration of
the waste material, the contaminants, and the performance  objectives of the
project (Sections 2.3 and 2.4).

                        4.2  IMMOBILIZATION MECHANISMS
          Waste stabilization may involve physical mechanisms, chemical
mechanisms, or a combination of the two.  Physical stabilization (solidifi-
cation or encapsulation) changes the physical form of the  waste but does not
necessarily cause chemical binding of the waste constituents.  Chemical
stabilization changes the chemical states of waste constituents to forms with
lower aqueous solubilities.  Although the mechanisms of immobilization are
discussed separately for convenience, under actual S/S treatment conditions,
these mechanisms usually do not work independently.

                          4.2.1  Physical Mechanisms
          Physical mechanisms of S/S operate by confining  waste constituents
to a certain area or zone in the waste.  That is, the waste constituent may or
may not occur in a soluble form, but one or more physical  barriers prevent its
mobilization.  Containment by a barrier is a satisfactory  method as long as
                                     4-16

-------
the barrier remains stable.  Encapsulation is the most commonly used method of
containment, superseding earlier use of sorbents.
          Encapsulation techniques use materials that trap waste constituents
in the form of stable solids, preferably as a monolith with high cohesive
strength and low Teachability.   Waste constituents are dispersed throughout
an inorganic or organic binder matrix (Section 4.1) that physically isolates
them from groundwater and air.  The effectiveness of isolation depends on the
permeability and long-term stability of the matrix and on the degree of mixing
of waste constituents throughout the matrix.  In practice, mixing may be less
than ideal, resulting in some of the waste material occupying cavities in the
matrix.  Encapsulation of inorganic wastes is generally accompanied by
chemical stabilization, but encapsulation of organic wastes such as oil and
grease, PCBs, pesticides, and volatile compounds usually occurs without
accompanying chemical interactions (Conner, 1990).  Encapsulation can be
further described at three levels: microencapsulation, macroencapsulation, and
embedment (Conner, 1990).
          The term "microencapsulation" describes a process of adsorbing or
trapping contaminants in the pore spaces of a cementitious material.  The
contaminants are fine waste particles that may not be visible to the naked
eye.  As the system ages, the waste and matrix may eventually become a
homogeneous material, although this might occur in a time frame of thousands
of years or more (Conner, 1990).
          The term "macroencapsulation" describes a process of coating a solid
or cemented waste with an impermeable layer, such as bitumen (thermoplastic)
or amorphous silica (U.S. EPA, 1990e).  The success of this method depends on
both effective coating reactions and thorough mixing.  "Macroencapsulation"
may also refer to the containment of large waste solids, as in a sealed drum.
          The term "embedment" describes a process of incorporating large
waste masses into a solid matrix before disposal.  Examples of such wastes are
contaminated debris from remedial actions, laboratory protective equipment,
solid medical wastes (e.g. syringes), and radioactive objects (Conner, 1990).
Embedment is used in situations where it is impractical  to reduce the bulk of
the waste but where the waste is hazardous enough to be treated prior to
disposal.  In addition, special consideration may also have to be given to the
strength, water permeability, and long-term stability properties of the
matrix.
                                     4-17

-------
          Finally, sorbents once were used extensively to prevent the loss of
liquid wastes and to improve handling characteristics.  Materials such as
expanding-layer clays and vermiculite were considered attractive for liquid
waste disposal because of their low cost and easy handling.  However, the use
of sorbents has greatly diminished since the 1985 landban on bulk liquids in
landfills, although sorbents are currently permitted for certain applications
(Conner, 1990).  The main problem with sorbents is that they may become highly
Teachable under certain circumstances, for example, if oversaturation should
occur and load levels become too high.

                          4.2.2  Chemical Mechanisms
          Different chemical mechanisms of S/S are operable for inorganic and
organic wastes.  Also, the aqueous chemistries of most inorganic and organic
compounds are fundamentally different, leading to different leaching behav-
iors.

4.2.2.1  Inorganic Wastes
          4.2.2.1.1  Basic Chemical Equilibria.  The chemistry of inorganic
waste constituents is dominated by hydrolysis reactions.  The term "hydroly-
sis" implies that a substance, usually a metal, reacts with water.  Hydrolyzed
products can react in the aqueous phase to form new ionic or neutral species,
or they can form precipitates of hydroxides, oxides, or salts (commonly
carbonates, sulfates, and sulfides).
          It is useful to compare the solubilities of different metal com-
pounds.  Consider the dissolution reaction of a generic compound MJ^:

                           MA  - ซ*•*<.ซ,> + ^""(aq)

where Ma+  is  the  cation  and  A"1" is the anion.  The solubility product constant
for this reaction is

                               Ksp - [M"]'[AT

where square brackets indicate concentration (activity) and Ksp  depends  only
on temperature and pressure.  The solubility product is therefore a constant
                                     4-18

-------
if temperature and pressure of the solid and solution phases remain fixed, for
example, at the ambient conditions of a disposal site.  Frequently, the
solubility product is written as pKsp, where  pX = -log10(X).
          Table 4-1 lists solubility product values for the hydroxides,
carbonates, sulfates, and sulfides of some regulated metals (higher pK8p means
lower solubility).  Table 4-1 shows that the following metals salts have very
low solubility products:  Cr(III) hydroxide and  sulfides of Cd(II), Pb(II),
Hg(I), and Hg(II).  The least soluble barium solid is barium sulfate  (barite).
This type of information can be important for deciding which form of  a given
hazardous metal is most stable and which metal compounds may be attainable
given specific site conditions and available technology.
          Actual concentrations of dissolved species depend on a number of
solution parameters, such as pH, redox potential, and solution composition.
The simplest and most common method of controlling speciation and precipita-
tion is pH adjustment.  To illustrate this process, consider the role of a
strong acid in the solubility of a simple metal  hydroxide, M(OH)n.   According
to the equilibrium expression above, the solubility of M(OH)n is described by
the following reaction:

                         M(OH)n(t) - rT{aq) +  n(OH)-(aq)
TABLE 4-1.  pKsp  VALUES  FOR  SELECTED  METAL  PRECIPITATES<8)
      Metal          Hydroxide      Carbonate       Sulfate       Sulfide
Ba
Cd
Cr(III)
Pb
HgdD
Hg(i)
2.30
14.30
30.20
19.90
25.52
— —
8.09
11.60
13.48
—
16.05
9.97
—
0.50
7.71
1.43
6.17

28.44
27~4>)(c)
48.70
51.42
 Galena.
Sources:  Means et al. (1991c) and Dragun (1988).
                                     4-19

-------
To show the dependence on pH directly, the following equation must  be sub
tracted from the preceding one, n times:

                            H20(l)  -  H+(aq) + (OH)-(aq)

Where  K  = 14 the result is
                      M(OH)n(s) + nH+(aq) * M^(8q) + nH20(l)

The solubility constant for this reaction is
                                Ka =
or upon rearranging terms:
The concentration of M"* ions  clearly increases as  pH decreases.   However, M"*
ions are not necessarily the dominant aqueous  species of the metal  M  at  all  pH
values and solution compositions.  The total dissolved metal is the sum  of all
hydrolysis species [M(OH)n~1, M(OH)2n'2, etc.] and complex species  [MC03n~2,
MS04n~2, etc.] that form in solution.  At sufficiently high or low pH,  some
aqueous species can be hydroxylated or protonated.  Therefore, these  species
are sensitive to pH and they affect the solubilities of the solid phases.   The
task of determining which species are present  and  in what concentrations is
often time consuming and expensive.  As an alternative, speciation  calcula-
tions can be made if bulk solution compositions are  known.  Compilations of
thermochemical data that are needed to perform these calculations are avail-
able in the chemistry literature (Means et al . , 1991c).
          An investigation of immobilization mechanisms for S/S of  cadmium and
lead (U.S. EPA, 1990f) found that, even though Cd(OH)2 and Pb(OH)2 have
comparable and very low solubilities, the degree of  leaching from cement
treated wastes differed for the two metals.  In leaching tests, cadmium
concentrations were very low, whereas lead concentrations were considerably
higher and could potentially pose a threat to  groundwater.  The differences
were attributed to the fact that the Cd/cement system involves early  formation
                                     4-20

-------
 of Cd(OH)2 which provides nucleation sites for precipitation of C-S-H and
 calcium  hydroxide  and  results  in Cd being  in the form of an  insoluble hydrox-
 ide with an  impervious coating.  The Pb/cement system was more complicated  in
 terms  of precipitation reactions.  Mixed salts containing hydroxide, sulfate,
 and nitrate  ions were  precipitated.  These salts retard the  cement hydration
 reactions by  forming an  impervious coating around the cement clinker grains.
 Also,  as pH  in the cement pore water fluctuated during hydration, the Pb salts
 undergo  solubilization and reprecipitation, resulting in Pb  salts on the
 surface  of cement minerals that are readily accessible to leach water and
 apparently are more soluble under basic conditions than a pure lead hydroxide.

          4.2.2.1.2  Effect of Alkaline Conditions.  Numerous compatible ionic
 species  form  solids by coprecipitation.  Therefore, the application of
 chemical equilibria based on pure end-members may not be completely valid.
 Ferric iron has long been recognized for its ability to flocculate and
 coprecipitate toxic metals from solution (Sittig, 1973; LeGendre and Runnel Is,
 1975; Swallow et al.,  1980).  Coprecipitated metals may have solubilities that
 are substantially lower than those of either of the pure end-member phases.
 For example, the Cr(III) concentrations are many times lower in solutions that
 are in equilibrium with coprecipitated Cr(OH)3-Fe(OH)3 than those that are  in
 equilibrium with pure chromium hydroxide (Sass and Rai, 1987).
          The minimum solubility of most metal  hydroxides occurs within the
 approximate pH range of 7.5 to 11.   This implies that solubility increases
 under extremely alkaline conditions as well as under acidic conditions
 (amphoteric behavior).   When the waste material under consideration for S/S
 contains a number of different metals,  it is possible that their solubility
 minima may not entirely overlap.  In cases where pH values at these solubility
minima are not too different,  it may be sufficient to choose an average pH,
 but in cases where pH values are very different,  the best recourse may be to
 attempt to precipitate  the contaminants in a phase or phases other than a
hydroxide.
          As an example,  suppose that Cd and Cr(III) are the predominant
hazardous constituents  in a waste system.   Solubility minima occur at
pH ~ 11 to 11.5 for Cd(OH)2  (Brookins,  1988)  and  pH  ~  8.5  for Cr(OH)3 (Baes
and Mesmer,  1976).   In  this situation,  one might  elect to precipitate highly
 insoluble CdS by adding a soluble sulfide,  such as Na2S,  and  to precipitate
                                     4-21

-------
Cr(OH)3 by adjusting the pH to  8.5.   Note,  however,  that  if barium is present
in the same waste, it has a high solubility in the presence of sulfide.  This
example illustrates the need for understanding the waste  chemistry as well as
the pertinent chemical equilibria in order to achieve a maximum degree of
chemical stabilization.
          Any alkali may be used to control pH, but the common choices are
lime [either CaO or Ca(OH)2], sodium carbonate,  or sodium hydroxide.   Most
solidification reagents are alkaline and can substitute in part or entirely
for traditional alkalies, acting both as pH controls and  as binding agents.
Alkaline binders include Portland cement, cement and lime kiln dusts, Type C
fly ash, and sodium silicate (Conner, 1990).
          Buffers provide resistance to rapid changes in  pH upon exposure to
acid or base.  The presence of pH buffers in stabilized waste is desirable to
maintain the pH at the target value for the long term, thus promoting long-
term stability.  Limestone (primarily CaC03)  is used to buffer waste  acidity;
Na-montmorillonite is also used for this purpose.

          4.2.2.1.3  Effect of Redox Potential.  Redox potential is another
important solution parameter in S/S technology.  An oxidation-reduction, or
redox reaction, is one that involves the transfer of electrons between
products and reactants.  Experimentally, the redox potential of a half-cell
reaction is measured by a quantity called "Eh."  High Eh  voltages indicate
that the solution is oxidizing  and low Eh voltages indicate that the solution
is reducing.  The redox potential of a waste form can be  controlled to convert
the valence states of hazardous metals to valence states  that are more
favorable for precipitation.
          Among the regulated metals listed in Table 4-1, Cr and Hg have more
than one common oxidation state.  The table shows that trivalent chromium
species precipitate as a low-solubility hydroxide.  However, Cr(VI) forms
mainly chromate and dichromate  species, such as Cr042~ and Cr2072", which do
not form precipitates with low solubility (Eary and Rai,  1987).  The table
also shows that mercury in both oxidation states forms very-low-solubility
sulfides.  Redox potential has  particularly important effects on the regulated
semimetals, such as As and Se,  which exhibit a number of different oxidation
states.
                                     4-22

-------
           Table  4-2  lists  selected  stable  solids  of As  and  Se  for  reference.
A  literature  review  by Means  et  al.  (1991c)  shows that  calcium arsenate
Ca3(As04)2 is  the most  stable  metal  arsenate  [As(V)]  in  oxidizing alkaline
conditions.   Under acidic  conditions, calcium  arsenate  becomes unstable
because  its calcium  source (calcite)  is  leached away.   Another potentially
stable phase  for the immobilization  of As(V) appears to be  basic ferric
arsenate  FeAs04ซxFe(OH)3,  which forms readily in the  presence of ferric
hydroxide.  However, basic ferric arsenate is  most stable at lower pH.
           Under  highly oxidizing conditions  the selenate ion Se042~ [Se(VI)]
predominates  in  both acidic and  basic solutions (Means  et al.,  1991c).   Barium
selenate  appears  to  be the most  stable solid (Elrashidi  et  al.,  1987)  but is
fairly soluble (4mM  activity).  Other metal  selenates are even  more  soluble.
In moderately oxidizing conditions,  manganese  selenite,  MnSe03  [Se(IV)],  is
the most  stable  solid that persists  in both  neutral and  acidic  environments
(Elrashidi et al., 1987);  at  pH 5 the activity of the dominant  species HSe03~
is 2.5/iM.  According to (Elrashidi et al., 1987), PbSe03 has a solubility
minimum near pH  8.   Under  highly reducing conditions, selenide  [Se(II)]
species predominate  (Elrashidi et al., 1987);  lead selenide PbSe and tin
selenide  SnSe are the most stable solids in both  neutral and alkaline condi-
tions.  Elemental Se also  has a stability region, but it is more soluble  than
most of the metal selenides (Elrashidi et al., 1987).
          The major  reducing  agents  and their  attributes are described by
Conner (1990).  The  most common agents are ferrous sulfate, Na-metabisulfite/
bisulfite, Na-hydrosulfite, sulfides, Na-borohydride, hydrazine, and reductive
resins.  The most widely used reducing agent in S/S technology  is  ferrous
sulfate,  which is used primarily to reduce hexavalent chromium.  Its main
disadvantage is that pH must  be adjusted below 3  in order for the  chromium
reduction reaction to go to completion.   The amount of acid needed can
therefore be quite large,   particularly if the waste material contains appre-
ciable amounts of alkaline buffers.  Na-metabisulfite/bisulfite and soluble
sulfides, such as Na2S,  work similarly to ferrous  sulfate but require less
acid and  alkali  to complete a reduction/reprecipitation process. However, Na-
metabisulfite/bisulfite is expensive, and Na2S  is  unsafe to  use at  very low  pH
because of the possible evolution of toxic H2S.  Na-hydrosulfite, Na-boro-
hydride,  hydrazine,  and freshly precipitated FeS  (the Sulfex™  process) work
under alkaline conditions, which may be  more convenient for pretreated wastes.
                                     4-23

-------
TABLE 4-2.  pKSD VALUES FOR SELECTED As AND Se PRECIPITATES(8>
Element
As(Y)





As(III)
As(II)
Se(VI)




Se(IV)







Se(-II)








Compound
(arsenates)
Ba3(AsOJ2
Ca3(As04)2
Cd3(As04)2
Mg3(As04)2
Pb,(As04),
FeAs04-xFe(OH)3
As2S3
AsS
(selenates)
BaSeO,
CaSe04-2H20
CdSeO,
PbSe04
(selenites)
BaSeOS
CaSe03-H20
CdSe03
HgSe03
Hg2Se03
MnSe03
PbSe03
(selenides)
BaSe
CaSe
CdSe
CuSe
FeSe
HgSe
PbSe
SnSe
PKSP

50.11
18.17
32.66
19.7
35.39
20.24
29.6
12.3

7.46
3.09
2.27
6.84

6.57
5.44
8.84
13.90
14.23
7.27
12.12

21.86
10.87
35.20
48.10
26.00
64.50
42.10
38.40
(a) Data  apply  to  equilibria at 25ฐC.
Source:  Means et  al.  (1991c).
                                      4-24

-------
 Reductive  resins  (e.g., Amborane™) are selective for certain metals and are
 used  for precious metal recovery.  They have potential uses  for  recovering
 hazardous  metals  such  as  silver, arsenic, mercury, and antimony  (Conner,
 1990).  Blast  furnace  slag, a common binder, can serve as a  reducing  agent.
           While adjustment of the  redox-sensitive contaminant to  its  least
 soluble oxidation state is an important aspect of chemical stabilization, this
 objective  eventually will be defeated  if the treated waste is placed  in a
 disposal or reuse environment having a very different oxidation  state.  Long-
 term  stability can only be ensured if  the oxidation states of the treated
 waste and  the disposal or reuse environment are similar.

           4.2.2.1.4  Hetal Silicates.  The behavior of hazardous metals in  the
 silicate system is critical to cement-based S/S technology.  However, full
 understanding of the chemical processes involved may be difficult to  achieve
 because the waste constituents are often heterogeneous mixtures  of  solutions,
 suspended  solids, and  immiscible liquids.  Reactions between metal  salts in
 solution and soluble silicates have been studied extensively, but their
 insoluble  products usually have not been well characterized.  Metal silicates
 are generally nonstoichiometric and poorly crystallized.  In fact,  their
 chemical and physical  properties depend considerably upon the conditions under
 which they are formed, for example, temperature, concentration,  addition rate,
 and ionic  speciation.  The pH is also very important because it  affects how
 readily soluble silicate  (or colloidal silica) adsorbs metal ions.  It has
 been found that adsorption occurs when the pH is 1 to 2 units below the
 hydroxide  precipitation point (Her, 1979).
          Just how the metal  ions are  incorporated into the cement  structure
 is still a matter of debate.   Using Portland cement as an example,  the
 cementitious phase of  calcium silicate hydrate, or CSH, forms by a  hydration
 reaction that takes from 28 days to 1 year to complete (Kantro et a!., 1962):

                   2Ca3Si05 +  6H20 - Ca3Si207-3H20 + 3Ca(OH)2

 It is believed that CSH incorporates metal  ions into the silicate matrix
during the hydration reaction (Bhatty and Greening,  1978).  The number of
metal ions retained decreases as the CaO:Si02 ratio  in  CSH increases (Bhatty,
 1987).
                                     4-25

-------
          If metals have already been precipitated as low-solubility solids,
they may gradually react with the silicate (if such a reaction is favorable)
as long as free silicate is available;  i.e.,  before it reacts with other ions
in the system, such as calcium.   The probable result is that the cementitious
matrix will  encapsulate the metal solids as hydroxides, sulfides, carbonates,
etc. (see Section 4.2.1 on physical  mechanisms).   Continued reaction of metal
ions with silicate will only occur if a continuous source of soluble silica
can be created within the matrix or if the waste  is pretreated to dissolve the
metal hydroxides.

          4.2.2.1.5  Other Low-Solubility Phases.   Another alternative to
precipitating metals as hydroxides is to bind them using insoluble substrates.
Insoluble starch xanthates have been widely used  for this purpose since they
became commercially available in 1980 (Conner, 1990).  Xanthates are produced
by reacting an organic hydroxyl-containing substrate (R-OH), such as starch,
cellulose, or alcohol with carbon disulfide in the presence of a strong base
such as NaOH  (Bricka and Hill, 1987).  The structure of a Na-xanthate is
represented by

                                   R-0-C-S-Na
                                     II
                                     S

Xanthates remove metals from solution by exchanging the base metal (Na) for
generally heavier metals, which are bound more strongly.  The selectivity for
metal removal increases in the following order (Flynn et al., 1980):

                      Na ซ Ca-Mg-Mn <  Zn < Ni  < Cu-Pb-Hg

Wastes stabilized by xanthates are less sensitive to pH and have better sludge
dewatering properties than metal hydroxides.   However, the xanthates produce
large quantities of sludge that must be handled like any RCRA material (Bricka
and Hill, 1987).
          The effects of typical S/S techniques for binding heavy metals using
cellulose and starch xanthates were investigated by Bricka  (1988) and Bricka
and Hill  (1987), who found:
                                     4-26

-------
           1. Xanthates of Cd, Cr, Hg, and Ni effectively immobilize
             these metals when bound with Portland cement.
           2. Mercury precipitated by starch xanthate has lower
             Teachability than mercury precipitated by hydroxide,
             even after solidification.
           3. Starch xanthate binds mercury better than cellulose
             xanthate.
           4. Cd-, Cr-, and Ni-xanthates alone do not have
             sufficiently low solubilities for direct disposal; thus
             solidification is necessary to achieve acceptable
             Teachability levels.

4.2.2.2  Organic Wastes
           Aqueous wastestreams containing small amounts (10 to 1000 ppm) of
organic hazardous contaminants are the most treatable organic waste forms
under S/S  technology (Conner, 1990).  With regard to normal cement-based
methods, containment will be most effective for immiscible liquids and least
effective  for soluble liquids (Conner, 1990).  It is unclear, however, whether
appreciable chemical reactions take place in the matrix.  Losses may be caused
by other factors, such as volatilization, which may be especially important in
S/S processes that involve elevated temperatures (Weitzman et al., 1987).
           As with inorganic wastes, organic constituents can undergo reactions
including  hydrolysis, change of oxidation state, and precipitation as some
form of salt.  Hydrolysis normally involves the loss of a hydroxyl group (-OH)
in exchange for another functional group.  Reactions must be catalyzed by a
strong base to proceed at reasonable rates.  Oxidation and reduction reactions
can occur  naturally in soils, with clays performing the role as catalysts
(Warren et al., 1986).  Many substituted aromatics undergo free radical
oxidation.  According to Dragun and Helling (1985), this group includes
benzene, benzidine,  ethyl benzene, naphthalene, and phenol.  On the other
hand, chlorinated aromatics and polynuclear organics are unlikely to be
oxidized under natural conditions (Conner,  1990).   Of course, oxidation can be
made to occur by treating the waste with strong oxidizing agents such as
potassium  permanganate.  However, the possible disadvantages of using such
additives, such as the mobility or toxicity of the additive itself,  must be
weighed against the advantages.   The mechanism of salt formation by organics
will apply only to the ionized or ionizable organic fraction; it is not
                                     4-27

-------
directly applicable to nonpolar species.  The formation of organic salts in
S/S technology is a possible significant mechanism, but it has not been
studied extensively.
          One additional area of recent research is the S/S binding mechanisms
of nonpolar organics in organophilic additives such as modified clays and
activated carbon.  Modified clays are clays that have been modified by ion
exchange with selected organic compounds that have a positive charged site
hence rendering the clay/organo complex hydrophilic.  The binding capacity for
such materials with certain types of organics has been well demonstrated.  For
example, Sell et al. (1992) found that sodium bentonite clay, modified with
dimethyl di(hydrogenated tallow) ammonium chloride (LOCKITฎ) can be used to
remove phenol and chlorinated phenols from aqueous solutions.   The question
for organophilic additives, however, centers on whether the binding mechanism
entails simple absorption or adsorption, or whether the formation of stronger
covalent bonds between the additive and the contaminant is occurring.
Additional evaluation is necessary.

                      4.2.3  Concept of Surface  Sealing
          The concept of "surface sealing" pertains to the situation where the
surfaces of stabilized waste products are sealed, limiting the release of
contaminants and the uptake of matrix-unfriendly components such as salts.
Hockley and van der Sloot (1991) found that "self-sealing" may occur in some
stabilized wastes.  They examined the precipitation and dissolution processes
in waste blocks formed from stabilization of coal combustion wastes with
Portland cement and lime that had been exposed to seawater for up to 8 years.
Results indicated that dissolution of calcium hydroxide,  calcium sulfite, and
ettringite began at the block surface and proceeded as a moving boundary
toward the interior.  Some calcium released by dissolution was reprecipitated
as a carbonate phase, and the remainder was lost to the surrounding seawater.
Magnesium ions infiltrating from the seawater were precipitated, apparently as
a hydroxide phase.  Concentration profiles of As, Sb, and B showed that minor
elements also exhibit moving boundary effects, perhaps through association
with the mineral  phases.  These alteration and leaching processes were
confined to within 10 to 20 mm of the block surface, and many concentration
profiles showed sharp discontinuities at the 10- to 20-mm region.
                                     4-28

-------
          These discontinuities could not be explained by the simple
diffusion-based models currently used to interpret leaching data.  The sharp
discontinuities in the concentration profiles of nonreactive sea salts led to
the hypothesis that the precipitation of small crystals in pores near the
block's surface restricted diffusion, a process similar to the concept of
"pore refinement" previously identified in the literature on concrete durabil-
ity.  This process causes a slowing of all diffusion-controlled processes,
including the degradation of the block matrix and the leaching of contami-
nants.
          Similar phenomena have been observed in borosilicate glasses.  Upon
leaching, these glasses develop an alteration layer at the glass/water
interface.  The alteration layer consists of numerous growths (grouts) that
precipitate and impede glass dissolution and diffusion of glass constituents
into the aqueous phase (Doremus, 1979).

                         4.3  POTENTIAL INTERFERENCES
          S/S processes can be affected by the chemical constituents present
in the waste being treated and by many other factors (e.g., binder-to-waste
ratio, water content, or ambient temperature).  The interferences caused by
the chemical constituents of the waste can affect the solidification processes
and/or the chemical stabilization of the treated product as discussed in
Sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.2.  Waste-specific treatability studies are needed to
identify and overcome such interferences.  General  types of interference
caused by the chemical constituents include (U.S. EPA, 1990g):

          •  Inhibition of bonding of the waste material to the
             S/S material
          •  Retardation of setting
          •  Reduction of stability of the matrix resulting in
             increased potential for Teachability of the waste
          •  Reduction of physical  strength of the  final product

The exact mechanisms for interference are not known,  and because different
wastes respond differently to various types of interferences,  limits on
                                     4-29

-------
various interfering agents cannot be set.  More study is needed to establish
acceptable levels for interfering agents, both singly and in combination.

                   4.3.1  Interferences with Solidification
          The contaminated materials usually treated by S/S processes are
widely fluctuating, complex mixtures.  Even with one waste source, the
concentrations can vary by a factor of ten or more from batch to batch.  Many
waste constituents affect cementation chemistry by altering the setting rate
or the properties of S/S-treated waste.  Depending on the contaminant type and
concentration, setting rate may be increased or decreased.  As an example of
concentration effects, mild accelerators such as chloride or nitrate anions
can slow setting at higher concentrations.  Treated waste properties such as
porosity or flexural and compressive strength may be reduced by contaminants.
          There is typically a threshold below which the contaminant has no
measurable effect.  Because S/S treatment performance is influenced by complex
interactions of waste material and binder, it is usually not possible to
quantify the threshold.  Treatability studies are required to determine the
feasibility of treating a specific waste.
          Table 4-3 lists substances found to affect cement reactions.  Many
of these substances can reduce the ultimate mechanical strength of the waste
form by producing cracking and spall ing.   Table 4-4 compiles the characteris-
tics reported to interfere with solidification/stabilization processes and
indicates their potential impacts.

                    4.3.2  Interferences  with Stabilization
          Table 4-5 summarizes some typical waste characteristics found to
interfere with the stabilization processes.  This table focuses on the effects
of waste constituents on immobilization mechanisms, in contrast to Table 4-4,
which addresses the effects on formation of a solid product.  Interferences
with stabilization include chemical incompatibilities and undesirable reac-
tions.  Generally, the types of effects reported in Table 4-5 are releases of
noxious gases or effects resulting in the increased leaching potential of the
contaminants.
                                     4-30

-------
TABLE 4-3.  SUBSTANCES THAT MAY AFFECT CEMENT REACTIONS:
            INHIBITION AND PROPERTY ALTERATION
       Substance or Factor            Inhibition       Property Alteration
    Fine particulates                     X                     X
      Clay                                X
      Silt                                X

    Ion exchange materials                X

    Metal lattice substitution            X

    Gelling agents                        X                     X

    Organics, general                     X                     X
      Acids, acid chlorides                                     X
      Alcohols, glycols                   X                     X
      Aldehydes, ketones                                        X
      Carbonyls                           X
      Carboxylates                        X
      Chlorinated hydrocarbons            X                     X
      Grease                              X                     X
      Heterocyclics                                             X
      Hydrocarbons, general                                     X
      Lignins                             X
      Oil                                 X                     X
      Starches                            X
      Sulfonates                          X
      Sugars                              X
      Tannins                             X

    Organics, specific
      Ethylene glycol                                           X
      Hexachlorobenzene                                         X
      Phenols                             X                     X
      Trichloroethylene                                         X

    Inorganics, general
      Acids                                                     X
      Bases                                                     X
      Borates                             X
      Chlorides                           X                     X
      Copper compounds                    X
      Lead compounds                      X
      Magnesium compounds                 X
      Metal salts                         X                     X
      Phosphates                          X
      Salts, general                      X                     X
                                     4-31

-------
TABLE 4-3.  SUBSTANCES THAT MAY AFFECT CEMENT REACTIONS:
            INHIBITION AND PROPERTY ALTERATION (Continued)
       Substance or Factor            Inhibition       Property Alteration
    Inorganics, general (cont'd)
      Silicas                             X
      Sodium compounds                    X
      Sulfates                            X                     X
      Sulfides                            X
      Tin compounds                       X
      Zinc compounds                      X

    Inorganics, specific:
      Calcium chloride                    X
      Copper hydroxide                    X
      Copper nitrate                                            X
      Gypsum, hydrate                     X
      Lead hydroxide                      X
      Lead nitrate                        X                     X
      Sodium arsenate                     X
      Sodium borate                       X
      Sodium hydroxide                                          X
      Sodium iodate                       X
      Sodium sulfate                                            X
      Sulfur                              X
      Tin
      Zinc nitrate                                              X
      Zinc oxide/hydroxide                X


Adapted from:  Conner, J. R.  1990.  Chemical Fixation and Solidification of
Hazardous Wastes.  Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.   pp. 349-350.  Used with
permission of Van Nostrand Reinhold.
                                     4-32

-------
      TABLE 4-4.   SUMMARY OF FACTORS THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION  PROCESSES
         Possible Interfering
           Characteristics
    Potential  Interference Mechanism
   Reference
 i
CO
to
      Semivolatile organics
         or PAHs

      Oil  and grease
      Phenols
      Nonpolar organics (oil,
         grease, aromatic
         hydrocarbons, PCBs)
      Polar organics (alcohols,
         phenols, organic
         acids, glycols)
      Solid organics (plastics,
         tars, resins)
Organics interfere with bonding of waste
materials.

Weaken bonds between waste particles and
cement by coating the particles.
Decrease in unconfined compressive
strength with increased concentrations
of oil and grease.

Marked decrease in compressive strength.
May impede setting of cement, pozzolan,
or organic-polymer S/S.  May decrease
long-term durability and allow escape of
volatiles during mixing.  With
thermoplastic S/S, organics may vaporize
from heat.

With cement or pozzolan S/S, phenol
retards setting and may decrease short-
term durability; all may decrease long-
term durability.  With thermoplastic
S/S, organics may vaporize.  Alcohols
may retard setting of pozzolans.

Ineffective with urea formaldehyde
polymers, may retard setting of other
polymers.
U.S. EPA, 1988c
U.S. EPA, 1988c;
Cull inane and
Bricka, 1989.
U.S. EPA, 1988c;
Cull inane and
Bricka, 1989.

U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g;
Wiles, 1987

-------
      TABLE 4-4.   SUMMARY OF FACTORS THAT INTERFERE WITH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION PROCESSES (Continued)
         Possible Interfering
           Characteristics
                                        Potential  Interference  Mechanism
                                                      Reference
i
OJ
-p.
      Aliphatic & aromatic
         hydrocarbons

      Chlorinated organics
Complexing organics
   (hydroxycarboxylic
   acid, citric acid,
   tartaric acid, benzoic
   acid, EDTA)

Presence of phenols and
   nitrates
      Metals (lead,
         chromium,  cadmium,
         arsenic,  mercury)

      Metal  salts
         and complexes

      Copper, lead, and zinc
      Hal ides
                                    Increase set time for cement.
Increase set time and decrease
durability of cement.

Retard setting rate.
Cannot be immobilized with lime/fly ash,
cement, and soluble silicates; fly ash
and cement; or bentonite and cement.

May increase setting time of cements.
                                    Increase set time and decrease
                                    durability for cement or clay/cement.

                                    Detrimental effect on physical
                                    properties of cement-treated waste.

                                    May retard setting, easily leached from
                                    cement and pozzolan S/S-treated waste.
                                    May dehydrate thermoplastics.
U.S. EPA, 1989b


U.S. EPA, 1989b


Dole, 1985
Stegemann et al.,
1988
U.S. EPA, 1989g



U.S. EPA, 1989b


U.S. Army, 1990


U.S. EPA, 1988c

-------
      TABLE 4-4.   SUMMARY OF FACTORS THAT  INTERFERE WITH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION  PROCESSES  (Continued)
         Possible Interfering
           Characteristics
                                        Potential  Interference Mechanism
                                                      Reference
i
CO
en
      Soluble salts of
         manganese, tin,  zinc,
         copper,  and lead
      Cyanides
Arsenates, borates,
   phosphates, iodates,
   sulfides, and
   carbohydrates

Sulfates
      Presence of coal or
         lignite
      Sodium borate, calcium
         sulfate, potassium
         dichromate, and
         carbohydrates
Reduce physical strength of final
product; cause large variations in
setting time; reduce dimensional
stability of the cured matrix, thereby
increasing leachability potential.

Cyanides interfere with bonding of waste
materials.

Retard setting and curing and weaken
strength of final product.
Retard setting and cause swelling and
spall ing in cement S/S.  With
thermoplastic solidification may
dehydrate and rehydrate causing
splitting.

Coals and lignites can cause problems
with setting, curing, and strength of
the end product.

Interferes with pozzolanic reactions
that depend on formation of calcium
silicate and aluminate hydrates.
                                                                                       U.S.  EPA,  1988c
U.S. EPA, 1988c


U.S. EPA, 1988c




U.S. EPA, 1988c
                                                                                       U.S. EPA, 1988c
                                                                                       U.S. EPA, 1986c

-------
      TABLE 4-4.   SUMMARY OF FACTORS THAT INTERFERE WITH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION  PROCESSES  (Continued)
         Possible Interfering
           Characteristics
                                        Potential  Interference Mechanism
                                                     Reference
CO
      Oxidizers (sodium
         hypochlorite,
         potassium
         permanganate,  nitric
         acid,  or potassium
         dichromate)

      Nitrates, cyanides
Soluble salts of
   magnesium, tin, zinc,
   copper, and lead

Flocculants (e.g., ferric
   chloride)

Soluble sulfates >0.1% in
   soil or 150 mg/L in
   water

Soluble sulfates >0.5% in
   soil or 2000 mg/L in
   water

Inorganic acids
      Inorganic bases
                                    May cause matrix breakdown or fire with
                                    thermoplastic or organic polymer S/S.
                                                   U.S.  EPA,  1989g
Increase setting time,  decrease
durability for cement-based.

May cause swelling and  cracking within
inorganic matrix, exposing more surface
area to leaching.

Interference with setting of cements and
pozzolans.

Endangerment of cement  products due to
sulfur attack.
                                          Serious effects on cement products  from
                                          sulfur attack.
Decrease durability for cement (Portland
Type I) or clay/cement.

Decrease durability for clay/cement;  KOH
and NaOH decrease durability for
Portland cement Type II & IV.
                                                                                       Colonna  et  al.,  1990
                                                                                             Colonna  et  al.,  1990
                                                                                             Colonna  et  al.,  1990
                                                                                             p.  407

                                                                                             Jones, 1990
Jones, 1990



U.S. EPA, 1989b


U.S. EPA, 1989b

-------
      TABLE 4-4.  SUMMARY OF FACTORS THAT INTERFERE WITH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION  PROCESSES  (Continued)
         Possible Interfering
           Characteristics
    Potential  Interference  Mechanism
   Reference
OJ
      Sodium hydroxide
      Presence of anions in
         acidic solutions that
         form soluble calcium
         salts (e.g., calcium
         chloride, acetate, and
         bicarbonate)

      Low-solids wastes
      Fine particle size
      Envi ronmental/waste
         conditions  that lower
         the pH of matrix
Increase early strength at 2 to 5%
concentration but decreased early
strength at 8% level.

Cation exchange reactions — leach
calcium from solidified/stabilized
product, increases permeability of
concrete; increases rate of exchange
reactions.
Large volumes of cement or other
reagents required, greatly increasing
the volume and weight of the end
product.  Waste may require
reconstitution with water to prepare
waste/reagent mix.

Insoluble material passing through a No.
200 mesh sieve can delay setting and
curing.  Small particles can also coat
larger particles, weakening bonds
between particles and cement or other
reagents.  Particle size >l/4 inch in
diameter not suitable.

Eventual matrix deterioration.
U.S. Army, 1990
Jones, 1990
U.S. EPA, 1988c
U.S. EPA, 1988c
Colonna et al., 1990
p. 407

-------
      TABLE 4-5.   POTENTIAL CHEMICAL INCOMPATIBILITIES  BETWEEN BINDER AND WASTE  CONSTITUENTS
        Characteristics
          Affecting
      Process Feasibility
                                          Potential Incompatibilities
                                                      Reference
OJ
00
      Volatile organics
Use of acidic sorbent
with metal hydroxide
wastes

Use of acidic sorbent with
cyanide wastes

Use of acidic sorbent with
sulfide wastes

Use of alkaline sorbent
with waste-containing
ammonium compounds

Use of alkaline sorbent
(containing carbonates
such as calcite or
dolmite) with acid wastes

Use of carbonaceous
sorbent (carbon,
cellulose) with oily
waste

Use of siliceous sorbent
(soil, fly ash) with
hydrofluoric acid waste
Volatiles not effectively immobilized;
driven off by heat of reaction.

Solubilizes metal.
                                          Releases hydrogen cyanide.
                                          Releases hydrogen sulfide.
                                          Releases ammonia gas.
                                          Releases carbon dioxide which can cause
                                          frothing.
                                          May create pyrophoric waste.
                                          May produce soluble fluorosilicates.
U.S. EPA, 1988c


U.S. EPA, 1986c



U.S. EPA, 1986c


U.S. EPA, 1986c


U.S. EPA, 1986c



U.S. EPA, 1986c




U.S. EPA, 1986c




U.S. EPA, 1986c

-------
        4.4   ISSUES DEALING WITH THE STABILIZATION OF ORGANIC WASTES
              AND OF MIXED ORGANIC AND INORGANIC WASTES
                              4.4.1   Introduction
          This section focuses on issues related to S/S processing of wastes
 in which the  primary contaminants are organics or where significant quantities
 of organic contaminants are mixed with other types of waste, such as inorgan-
 ics.   Issues  relating to interferences caused by low levels of organics are
 discussed in  Section 4.3.
          Threshold levels for organic interference with S/S processes exist.
 However, the  actual level depends on the nature of the organic, the waste
 matrix, and the binder.  Different types of interferences and some guidance on
 threshold levels are discussed in greater detail in Section 4.3.
          Organic contaminants are more difficult to treat with inorganic S/S
 processes than are inorganics such as metals and metal compounds.  Organics
 generally do  not react with an inorganic matrix but instead are sorbed or
 encapsulated  within pores.  The reason organic contaminants do not react is
 that many of  them are nonpolar and hydrophobic, whereas inorganic S/S binders
 are polar and hydrophilic.  Therefore, additives with hydrophobic functional
 groups are sometimes added to binders to increase the binding affinity for the
 organic contaminants.  Inorganics may be either entrapped or incorporated into
 the chemical  structure, depending on the treatment process.
          Wastes with very high concentrations of hazardous organic compounds
 are generally better suited for treatment by destructive processes such as
 incineration, biodegradation, chemical oxidation,  and dechlorination.  Another
 problem with  organic contaminants is volatilization.   Releases of volatile
 organics to the air during S/S treatment will  occur whenever volatiles are
 present.  Both the mixing required in treatment and the heat input (from
 exothermic reactions in inorganic processes or external heat input in thermo-
 plastic processes) will contribute to the loss of volatile organics.   Sec-
 tion 4.5 discusses air emissions in greater detail.
          However, many industrial wastes and  contaminated materials  contain
 organics at low concentrations,  mixed with inorganics, or in a viscous waste
matrix.  Application of treatment processes to destroy the organics in such
wastes may be very expensive compared to the benefits and may,  in some cases,
 be ineffective (Conner, 1990).  S/S can be a very viable option.  S/S process-
es that have been tested on or applied to various  organic constituents are

                                     4-39

-------
 listed  in Table 4-6.  Note, however, that an entry in this table indicates
 only that the binder has been successfully applied at least once in the
 stabilization of the indicated contaminant.  The degree of stabilization and
 the long-term stability of the product are not indicated.  Also, an entry in
 this table does not imply that the issue of volatilization (as opposed to
 immobilization) of the air emissions was properly addressed.
          Mechanisms that stabilize organics are not well understood (Sec-
 tion 4.2.2).  Some stabilization of the organics appears to occur in cementi-
 tious systems.  However, it has been difficult to determine whether apparent
 decreased contaminant mobility is caused by sorption effects, dilution by
 reagent additions, sample heterogeneity, or volatilization.
          Quantifying the degree of immobilization of organic contaminants in
 S/S-treated waste is not as straightforward as for inorganic contaminants.
 Aqueous leach tests may provide an estimate of the propensity for the organic
 contaminant to be transported in groundwater as a solute, but they do not
 provide a good measure of organic immobilization for nonpolar organics that
 have low solubility in water.  For nonpolar organics, the use of nonpolar
 solvent extraction (e.g.,  the Total Waste Analysis,  or TWA) has been recom-
 mended.  However,  this recommendation is still  under consideration by EPA
 because it is unclear how the results of a solvent extraction relate to the
 environmental mobility of a contaminant in groundwater.   Also, there are few
 if any data that demonstrate that the chemical  interaction between an S/S
 binder and an organic contaminant is strong enough to resist leaching by an
 aggressive nonpolar extractant.   Therefore,  one of the potential pitfalls of
 using S/S technology to treat waste with significant nonpolar organic contami-
 nants is the inability to adequately assess the extent of contaminant immobi-
 lization attributable to S/S treatment.

                4.4.2  S/S Additives Compatible with  Orqanics
          Testing  of additives to improve immobilization of organic compounds
with inorganic binders has shown promising results.   These additives include
 activated carbon,  charcoal,  modified clays,  and condensed silica fumes (fine
 silica particulate prepared by condensing silica fumes).
          Ontario  Waste Management Corporation's Wastewater Technology Centre
 (WTC,  1989,  p. 3)  investigated the use  of S/S systems with the addition of
 activated carbon and condensed silica fumes.   Tho S/S process was based on

                                     4-40

-------
TABLE 4-6.  S/S PROCESSES TESTED ON OR APPLIED TO ORGANIC-CONTAINING WASTES
          Binder
  Organic Contaminant
Physical Form
  of Waste
        Reference
Bitumen
Chemfix"
Fly ash
Kiln dust

Lime and fly ash

Lime and kiln dust
Lime and
neucleophilic reagents
Organic
Portland cement

Portland cement and clay
Oil and gasoline
Oil
Phenol
Oil
Creosote
Phenol
Organics
PCBs and dioxins
PCB
Kepone
Latex
Phenol
Phenol
Substituted phenol
Soil
Sludge
Sludge
SIudge
Sludge
Sludge
Sludge
Sludge
Soil

Sediment
Waste caulk
SIudge
SIudge
Solution
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
Cote and Hamilton, 1984
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
Cote and Hamilton, 1984
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
HazTech News, 1991

Conner, 1990
Conner, 1990
Cote and Hamilton, 1984
Cote and Hamilton, 1984
Sheriff et al., 1989

-------
      TABLE 4-6.   S/S PROCESSES TESTED ON OR APPLIED TO ORGANIC-CONTAINING WASTES (Continued)
 I
4k
ro
Binder
Portland cement and fly
ash
Portland cement,
kiln dust, and a
proprietary agent
Portland cement and
polymer
Portland cement and a
proprietary agent



Portland cement and
soluble silicate

Pozzolan and
Organic Contaminant
Phenol
Pesticides
Kepone
Oil
Vinyl chloride and
ethylene chloride
API separator sludge
PCBs
Kepone
Phenol
Oil
Physical Form
of Waste
Sludge
Sludge
Soil
Sludge
Sludge
Sludge
Soil
Sediment
Sludge
Soil
Reference
Cote and Hamilton, 1984
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
U.S. EPA, 1989g
Conner, 1990
Cote and Hamilton, 1984
U.S. EPA, 1989g
      proprietary agent
      Sulfur-based
Kepone
Sediment
Conner, 1990

-------
      TABLE 4-6.  S/S PROCESSES TESTED ON OR APPLIED TO ORGANIC-CONTAINING WASTES (Continued)
                Binder
                                   Organic Contaminant
Physical Form
  of Waste
        Reference
      Bentonite clay modified
      with dimethyl
      di(hydrogenated tallow)
      ammonium chloride and
      mixed with Type I Portland
      cement
                                 Phenol  and chlorinated
                                 phenols
Soil
Sell et al., 1992
co
8  Proprietary binder formulation.

Note: An entry in this table does not mean that the binder will work under all conditions or that it
      necessarily worked under the conditions of the reported study.  In addition, the degree of
      solidification/stabilization achieved was not reported in all references, nor was the extent of
      contaminant volatilization uniformly addressed.

-------
Portland cement and proprietary additives.  The waste was metal-finishing
sludge spiked with 500 mg/kg each of acenaphthene, aniline, bis(2-chloroethyl)
ether, phenol, benzene, and trichloroethylene.  WTC found both physical and
chemical mechanisms to be important in containing the contaminants.  Activated
carbon was found to be the best additive for immobilizing organic contami-
nants.  With the exception of phenol, none of the contaminants tested in this
study were detected in the aqueous leachate.  Condensed silica fumes were the
best additive to entrap organic contaminants physically, and the formulation
tested resulted in small increases in waste mass and volume.  The physical
containment factor was about ten times better than that of the other cement-
based processes.  Further investigation of both additives is needed to define
dosages, applicability to various waste constituents, and long-term stability.
          Modified clays can be added with inorganic processes to reduce the
mobility of organic wastes.  Investigations by Lagoutte et al. (1990) indicat-
ed that S/S processes using modified clays show promise as an effective
treatment for hazardous waste containing such organic contaminants as penta-
chlorophenol.   Some clays, such as bentonite, can be modified by introducing
quaternary ammonium compounds into the spaces between the alumina and silica
layers.  These aqueous spaces in the clay are normally hydrophilic and polar,
but they can be made more hydrophobic and less polar by introducing quaternary
ammonium compounds with long-chain alkyl groups or aromatic groups attached.
          One common S/S formulation combines Portland cement, treated clay,
and coal fly ash.  The addition of coal fly ash produces a high-strength
solid, although the combination generally requires longer curing times than
with Portland cement alone.  The residual carbon content of the coal fly ash
has been shown to have an ability comparable to that of activated carbon for
adsorption of organics (Lagoutte et al., 1990).  Thus, both the modified clays
and the coal fly ash act to immobilize the organics.
          Sheriff et al. (1989) investigated the use of activated charcoal and
tetra-alkylammonium-substituted clays as prestabilization adsorbents for
phenols and chlorinated phenols prior to application of cement-based S/S
processes.  Charcoal is a well-known adsorbent, whereas the use of the
substituted clays exploits the hydrophobic properties of the alkyl groups to
fix organic materials within the clay matrix.  Wyoming bentonite substituted
with hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide and benzyl dimethyltetradecylammonium
chloride (Chemical  Abstracts Registry Number 139-08-2) was found to be very
                                     4-44

-------
effective  in adsorbing chlorinated phenols with adsorption capacities of
-150 mg of chlorinated phenol per gram of clay.  The results indicated a clear
relationship between the chain length of the alkyl ammonium ion in the
exchanged  clay and the ability of the clay to adsorb a particular phenolic
compound.  Activated charcoal was found to adsorb effectively 180 mg of phenol
or chlorinated phenols per gram of charcoal.
           Cost is an important consideration in using additives such as
modified clays and activated charcoal.  Most additives are more expensive than
binders such as cement.  If a large quantity of additive is needed, the cost
can be prohibitive.  However, the additives frequently are effective in low
concentrations.   Costs of S/S processes are discussed in greater detail in
Section 4.10.
           Many of the additives used to reduce organic mobility in inorganic
binders rely on sorption mechanisms.  Sorption, especially with activated
carbon, is at least partially reversible.  The long-term performance of any
S/S-treated waste is an important issue that is not fully resolved (Sec-
tion 4.7).  Long-term performance of binders that rely on sorption should be
examined with particular attention.

                 4.4.3  Approach to Evaluating Feasibility of S/S
                        for Wastes Containing Organics
           Figure 4-2 presents a proposed approach in the form of a decision
tree for evaluating the feasibility of S/S for treating organic-bearing
wastes.  This decision tree provides guidance for determining whether S/S is
an acceptable alternative for treating a particular waste containing organics.
At the outset of the process, the following information is needed (Wiles and
Earth,  1992):

          • The quantity of organic material  relative to inorganic
            contaminants and other materials,  including information
            on chemical and physical  characteristics.
          • The type and amount of inorganic compounds that would
            remain if all  organics were destroyed or removed.
          • The chemical  and physical  characteristics of residuals
            from the destroyed or removed organics.
                                     4-45

-------
                                             Define Waste Composition
                                                and Contaminants
                                                 te contaminants in
                                             concentrations that are
                                          regulated or that pose a slgrtfl-
                                            cant risk to human health or
                                                 to the environment?
                                Organic
                           Contaminants Only
Mixed Organic and
Metal Contaminants
      Metal
Contaminants Only
                                  la
                                 an
                                 for destroying
                              at a reasonable cost? e.g~
                        thermal of biological treatment
                                process
                            Are
                      treatment standards
                     on soluble or total metal
                          contents?
                              the organic
                              contaminants
                                volatile?
                 Consider S/S after
                 appropriate treatablltty
                 testing.
                   Consider S/S with appropriate treatabNity
                   testing Including evaluation of contaminant
                   votaauatton during treatment
^\have low sokjHKy .^
^"^Vlnwator7^-x^
YES[
Consider S/S with appropriate traataMllty
tMting-, Including •valuation of contaminant
Immobilization as measured by leachabiity
h a nonpolar solvent (see Section 4.4.3).


For si organic contaminants, appropriate
treatabilty testing shoukl include an analysis
of possUe contaminant degradation or
transformation reactions and the toxJdty of
any by-products formed.


FIGURE  4-2.   GENERAL  DECISION TREE  FOR  S/S  APPLIED  TO ORGANIC  CONTAMINANTS
                                                    4-46

-------
          The first step  in the decision tree is to evaluate whether the

organic contaminants present  in the waste pose a significant hazard or threat

to human health or the environment.  This evaluation is carried out as
follows:
          •  Determine whether the waste is either a listed or
             characteristic RCRA hazardous waste.  If the waste is
             not RCRA hazardous, then the following conservative
             risk-based approach assuming no containment of the
             waste by the S/S process is proposed.

          •  Determine the concentration of the organic present in
             the waste to be treated.  Determine the compound that
             poses the highest health or environment risk (quantity
             and toxicity).  Then, determine the level and/or
             concentration of the highest risk compound that can be
             allowed without creating a health or environmental risk
             at the given site.

This conservative approach assumes that:

          •  The S/S process will not treat or contain the selected
             compound.  Therefore, all of it will be released from
             the solidified waste; and/or

          •  All of the compound will be released as air emissions
             during the S/S process (Wiles and Barth,  1992).


          If the concentration of the highest-risk compound is above the level

determined to pose a health or environmental  risk at the given site, then

pretreatment to remove or destroy the organic(s)  will  be required and/or air

emission controls and treatment will  be needed on the  S/S treatment train.

          After determining that the  waste contains organic contaminants that

require treatment,  then the decision  tree in  Figure 4-2 addresses the follow-
ing four important issues pertaining  to the feasibility and practicality of

using an S/S treatment approach on the organic-bearing waste:


          1. Is there an applicable technology that will  either
             destroy or remove the organic contaminants?

          2. Are the organic contaminants volatile and likely  to
             be released as air emissions during  S/S treatment?

          3. Do the organic contaminants have  low solubility  in
             water?  If so,  the inherent potential  for migration
                                     4-47

-------
             in groundwater is low and will invalidate the
             meaningful ness of aqueous leach tests.
          4. Will S/S treatment cause the organic contaminants to
             degrade or transform into toxic by-products?

These four issues are discussed further below.

4.4.3.1  Destructive or Removal Technologies Versus S/S
          The concern over the use of S/S versus a destructive or removal
technology for treating organic-bearing wastes relates to the hierarchy of
waste treatment — that is, all other factors being equal, technologies that
destroy or reduce the amount of contaminants are preferred over technologies
that simply immobilize the contaminants (see Section 1.1.2).  Technologies
that are capable of degrading organic constituents to innocuous components
such as C02 and H20,  or of separating organic  contaminants from  inorganic
constituents based on thermal  or chemical properties, are preferred over
immobilization technologies.  Degradation and separation-based remedies are
permanent, whereas immobilization may lose its effectiveness over time (see
Section 4.7 on Long-Term Performance).
          Consequently, S/S treatment typically is not used at sites heavily
contaminated with organic wastes (Wiles and Barth, 1992).  Alternative
technologies (e.g., incineration, steam stripping, vacuum extraction,
bioremediation) should be considered first.  However, S/S treatment is
frequently appropriate for the residues remaining after the use of one of
these other technologies, or for soils  or sludges containing low
concentrations of organics.  A well-designed and controlled treatability study
should be conducted to assess S/S effectiveness and to select and design a
proper S/S process (see Section 2).

4.4.3.2  Volatile Organic Contaminants
          A wide variety of organic  constituents in hazardous waste are
volatile to varying degrees.  As indicated in Figure 4-2, when volatiles
comprise the dominant constituents,  a destructive or removal technology is
usually preferred.  However, there are  many cases where volatiles are present
as a relatively minor contaminant, but  in concentrations high enough to pose a
potential health or environmental risk.  For example, some volatiles, mixed

                                     4-48

-------
with metals, salts, or semivolatile organics, may respond to S/S without
pretreating to remove the organics.  Pretreatment or treatment trains can add
significantly to the cost and the time needed to complete the cleanup.  The
difficulty is that volatile contaminants are not always effectively treated
using S/S.
          Demonstration that the volatile organic contaminants are being
immobilized during treatability studies greatly complicates the treatability
study.  Special precautions have to be made during treatability testing to
assess volatile organic emissions.  This means that proper controls must be
used to perform a complete mass balance, in which all organic air emissions
are collected and analyzed during the treatability study, from the point of
waste compositing and mixing through the curing of the treated waste specimen.
The required containment, sampling, and analysis equipment and activities can
more than triple the cost of the treatability study.  The testing should be
structured to allow a closed mass balance to fully account for the organic
materials.
          Unfortunately, air emissions monitoring during treatability testing
is infrequently carried out as needed, and numerous studies have reported the
apparent immobilization of volatile contaminants when the post-treatment
reduction in contaminant concentration was, in actuality, caused by
volatilization.  Nevertheless, volatile contaminants in low concentrations can
be and have been successfully treated using S/S when precautions are taken to
minimize volatilization.  Well-designed treatability studies using technology
that can be implemented in the field are needed.

4.4.3.3  Nonpolar Organic Contaminants
          The third issue pertains to the low aqueous solubilities of numerous
organic contaminants, both volatile and nonvolatile.  Polar organic
contaminants such as carboxylic acids, alcohols, and phenols are typically
very soluble in water.   Accordingly, the TCLP aqueous leaching test defines
standards for selected  organic contaminants with adequate solubility in water.
          However,  nonpolar organics such as polyaromatics, benzene,
tetrachloroethane,  and  hydrocarbons are generally insoluble in water.  Hence,
for this latter group of compounds, an aqueous leach test is a meaningless
indicator of the degree of immobilization caused by S/S.  Therefore, the use
of a nonpolar solvent extraction (e.g., the TWA) has been recommended.

                                     4-49

-------
However, this recommendation is still  under consideration by EPA because it is
unclear how the results of a solvent extraction relate to the environmental
mobility of a contaminant in groundwater.   Also,  there are few if any data
that demonstrate that the chemical  interaction between an S/S binder and an
organic contaminant is strong enough to resist leaching by an aggressive
nonpolar extractant.  Therefore, one of the potential  pitfalls of using S/S
technology to treat waste with significant nonpolar organic contaminants is
the inability to adequately assess  the extent of contaminant immobilization
attributable to S/S treatment.

4.4.3.4  Degradation and By-Product Formation
          The final issue in Figure 4-2 pertaining to the immobilization of
organic contaminants applies to all types  of organic contaminants — volatile
and nonvolatile, polar and nonpolar—in all ranges of concentrations.
Because organic constituents readily undergo chemical  transformation reactions
and S/S binders are associated with fairly aggressive chemical environments
(such as increased temperature and  alkaline pH),  the potential for chemical
transformation or degradation always exists; and a post-treatment reduction in
the concentration of an organic contaminant may be erroneously interpreted as
evidence for immobilization when it, in actuality, may be attributable to
contaminant transformation.  Moreover, chemical transformation or degradation
may result in the formation of by-products which can be more or less toxic
than the parent compound.  Therefore, it is not sufficient to demonstrate the
extent to which transformation is occurring.  The identities of the by-
products and their toxicities must  also be characterized.  Unfortunately, the
process of detecting and analyzing  by-products can be extremely expensive and
can therefore be a deterrent to considering S/S as an option for the treatment
of organics-bearing wastes.

                        4.5  AIR EMISSIONS AND CONTROL
          In considering S/S options, the possibility of air emissions must be
taken into account.  Many wastes contain VOCs that can escape into the
atmosphere.  Even compounds not generally considered volatile can be released
by the mixing and heating operations involved in S/S.  In addition to volatil-
ization, other  forms of air emissions, such as fugitive dust or particulates,
                                     4-50

-------
must be taken into account.  The cost of installing and operating equipment to
prevent air emissions can be significant.  The local air board or other
cognizant regulatory agency should be consulted to define air emissions
issues.

                       4.5.1   Volatile Organic Compounds
          Volatile organic compounds can escape into the atmosphere during the
mixing and heating steps of the S/S process, and even during sampling, sample
handling, and sample preparation prior to analysis.  For example, one study of
volatilization during S/S processing found that an average of 0.11% of the
feed into the process was emitted to the air (Ponder and Schmitt, 1991).  As a
general rule, sites contaminated with only volatile contaminants should not be
considered as candidates for S/S (Wiles and Barth, 1992) (see also Sections
4.4 and 2.4).  However, volatile and/or semivolatile organic compounds are
frequently present as secondary components in wastes that contain mostly
metallic or other inorganic contaminants.
          In wastes containing VOCs, significant VOC losses to the atmosphere
will occur with remediation activities that involve exhumation of the waste.
In situ S/S technology that produces a monolithic product is capable of
reducing VOC losses but not of eliminating them (Spence et al., 1990).  Also,
volatiles can continue to escape from a solidified waste form, regardless of
the reduction in pore space and increase in tortuosity.
          The quantities of VOCs acceptable for S/S should be based on a risk
assessment for the given site and/or on the result of a treatability study
that includes a mass balance of the organics before, during, and after
treatment.  As a worst-case scenario, the risk assessment should assume that
none of the highest risk compounds will be retained by the S/S process and/or
that all  the compounds will be lost via air emissions during S/S processing
(Section 4.4).
          A system for measuring the emissions of organic compounds from mix-
ing processes such as those used in S/S activities is currently under develop-
ment.   This "modified headspace" sampling system,  having been demonstrated at
VOC emission rates ranging from less than 1 milligram per minute up to tens of
grams  per minute,  can be used at the laboratory scale to measure organic
emissions both from the S/S process and from the S/S-treated waste during
curing.  Such equipment can also be used in conjunction with a full-scale

                                     4-51

-------
remediation effort by testing samples of the treated waste from the field in
the laboratory (Weitzman et al., 1990).

                    4.5.2  Participates  and  Other  Emissions
          In addition to gaseous emissions from volatile organics, particulate
releases to the atmosphere from operations associated with S/S treatment can
also be a concern.  Possible sources of air pollutants and fugitive dust in a
field S/S project include excavation, the movement of trucks and other heavy
equipment, and the loading and processing of waste and binder materials in the
mixing device.  In the study cited in Section 4.5.1 for VOC volatilization, it
was also found that an average of more than 0.01% of the waste feed being
processed was released as particulate emissions (Ponder and Schmitt, 1991).
Care must frequently be taken to reduce the escape of both contaminated
particulates and fugitive dust during treatment.  Typical engineering controls
include scrubbers for certain types of air pollutants and wetting the waste or
ground to reduce dust.
          Various guidelines exist  for determining maximum air emissions of
contaminants and fugitive dust during  remediation projects.  For example,  Toxic
Air Pollutant Source Assessment Manual for California Air Pollution Control
Districts and Applicants for Air Pollution Control District Permits specifies a
risk-screening methodology for evaluating air emissions and a fugitive dust
concentration limit for remediation projects in California (Interagency
Working Group, 1987).   The  risk-screening methodology is a simple,  conservative
estimation of the  maximum possible  health impacts associated with air emissions
during the duration of the  project.  If the project fails  the  initial r1^1<
screening calculation, then a much  more detailed risk assessment may have  to be
conducted prior to initiating field treatment.

                       4.5.3  Controlling Air Emissions
          Depending on the nature of the anticipated air emissions, it may be
necessary to adopt control measures to ensure that volatile and particulate
emissions are within acceptable  levels.   Equipment such as air scrubbers or
large enclosures around the treatment area may have to be employed as an
adjunct to the S/S treatment process,  thus increasing the complexity and costs
associated with S/S.  The U.S.  EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and
                                     4-52

-------
Standards  (OAQPS) is developing guidance for controlling air emissions at RCRA
treatment, storage, and disposal facilities (TSDs).  This guidance will
require many S/S processes to incorporate capture and control mechanisms for
volatile constituents.  Even those projects involving relatively low levels of
volatile constituents may be affected (Wiles and Barth, 1992).  However, apart
from this guidance for TSD facilities, air emissions and controls are
currently assessed on a project-by-project basis.

               4.5.4  Significance of the Amended Clean Air Act
          The purpose of the Clean Air Act (CAA) is to:

          • protect and enhance the quality of the nation's air
            resources so as to promote the public health and
            welfare and the productive capacity of its population
          • initiate and accelerate a national research and
            development program to achieve the prevention and
            control of air pollution
          • provide technical and financial assistance to state
            and local governments in connection with the
            development and execution of their air pollution
            prevention and control programs
          • encourage and assist the development and operation of
            regional air pollution control programs

Within these purposes, waste minimization or pollution prevention is encour-
aged but, in most cases, is not mandated.  Under the CAA, regulations have
been promulgated that give industry the choice of either preventing or
controlling air emissions.  These regulations include the National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS); National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (NESHAP), which control emission of specific pollutants for
specific industries; and permitting requirements.
          Just as the forthcoming RCRA-related guidelines for TSD facilities
will affect S/S operations, the amended Clean Air Act portends increased use
of capture and control mechanisms.  Stricter regulations will require more
careful screening of candidate sites for the application of S/S technology.
This screening will  be based on the potential  to achieve regulatory compliance
and the cost of achieving regulatory compliance.
                                     4-53

-------
                           4.6  LEACHING MECHANISMS
          After disposal, the S/S-treated waste may eventually come into
contact with water.  The S/S processes are aimed at either reducing the
mobility of the contaminants or reducing access of water to the contaminant,
or both.  However well the S/S waste is stabilized and isolated from the
hydrosphere in disposal, some transport of contamination from the S/S-treated
waste into the groundwater will eventually occur.  Complete immobilization of
contaminants is not a realistic expectation (Bishop,  1988).
          This process of slow extraction of contaminants from the S/S-treated
waste by water or some other solvent is called "leaching."  Leaching tests are
discussed in Section 3.2.  Leaching can occur when the S/S-treated waste is
exposed to stagnant leachant or to a flow of leachant through or around the
waste.  Leaching is the general term for complex physical and chemical
mechanisms.  These mechanisms mobilize a contaminant  and transport it away
from the waste.
          In a disposal scenario,  the solvent will usually be groundwater.
Leaching occurs when the contaminants in the S/S-treated waste come into
contact with the groundwater.  The leachant flow and  composition are deter-
mined by the physical properties of the disposal area and any engineered
barriers at the disposal site.   Leaching tests may use water, aqueous
solutions of acids or salts, or organic liquids to model various disposal
scenarios, determine waste composition, measure diffusion coefficients, or for
other specific test purposes.
          There is significant experimental evidence  that, when waste stabi-
lized by cement or similar pozzolanic materials is exposed to acidic water,
significant matrix dissolution occurs.   Thus,  the leaching rates of contami-
nants from stabilized waste will be a function of both the dissolution rate as
well  as the diffusion rate of contaminants into the leachate.
          In the Netherlands, a database has been developed to collate,
organize, and analyze information  about the leaching  of contaminants from
waste and waste-containing materials (de Groot and van der Sloot,  1992).
Organization of the information into a database is intended to assist identi-
fication of systematic trends in leaching behavior and mechanisms.
                                     4-54

-------
            4.6.1  Leaching Associated with Inorganic S/S Processes
          The typical S/S-treated waste resulting from use of an inorganic
binder  is a porous solid.  The pore space contains some mixture of water and
gas, so many different phases can be present.  There may be several different
solid phases, each containing contaminants.  For example, contaminants may be
present in the cement mineral phases because of substitution in the crystal
structure or as  a separate phase, such as a precipitated solid.  There can
also be one or more aqueous phases such as an adsorbed layer of fluid as well
as the bulk pore fluid.  The sorbed layer may have a different contaminant
composition than the bulk fluid.  There can also be one or more nonaqueous
phases if organic contaminants are present (WTC, 1990a).
          Prior to introduction of the leachant, the pore system will have
approached equilibrium conditions with the surrounding solid phase.  That is,
the contaminants are associated with a specific phase, and there is no net
transfer between the phases.  The leachant changes the composition of the
system and disrupts the chemical equilibrium, resulting in the mobilization of
contaminants.  The new system may evolve towards a new equilibrium if suffi-
cient time passes with no leachant renewal.
          The two basic mechanisms in the leaching process are mobilization
and transport of the contaminant.  The leachant mobilizes contaminants within
the pores by dissolving the contaminant.   Dissolution results from a combina-
tion of chemical and physical mechanisms.  Examples include bulk dissolution
of mineral phases in the S/S-treated waste, washoff of surface contaminants,
changing chemical parameters such as pH or Eh dissolving a formerly insoluble
phase,  desorption of contaminants, or other mechanisms  (deGroot and van der
Sloot,  1992).  Factors that affect the extent of equilibrium concentrations
include the solubility of the constituent and the chemical  makeup of the pore
water.   Under neutral  conditions, the leaching rate is controlled by molecular
diffusion of the solubilized species.   However,  if the leachant induces acid
conditions,  the rate will  also depend on  the rate of back diffusion of the
hydrogen ion because the pH determines the chemical  speciation within the S/S-
treated waste (Cheng,  et al,  1992).
          As more soluble  constituents are leached from a relatively insoluble
solid matrix, a layer deficient in the leached constituents develops.   Under
low pH  conditions,  both H*  and  the leachable  constituents must diffuse  through
this layer in opposite directions.  The leaching rate in the leached layer

                                     4-55

-------
should eventually be limited by diffusion of constituents, because H* diffuses
much faster than other species.  However, this layer may not be rate-limiting
in the overall process (Cheng and Bishop, 1990).  As constituents leach, the
layer may become more porous compared to the unleached solid, so that molecu-
lar diffusion in the pore water and boundary layer phenomena become the
limiting factors (Conner, 1990).
          Transport of the mobilized contaminants occurs by bulk advective
flow or diffusion.  If water flows within the S/S-treated waste, advective
transport causes contaminants that have been mobilized by reactions in the
pores to flow through the waste.  The velocity of leachant moving through the
pores will vary considerably in both magnitude and direction due to the small
size and the tortuosity of the pores (WTC, 1990b).  In most S/S-treated waste,
the pores are small and tortuous, so the advective transport is small.
However, contaminant movement still occurs by molecular diffusion (Crank,
1967).
          Only a fraction of the pores within the S/S-treated waste are linked
to each other and to the outside to form what is referred to as "connected
porosity."  The pores that are not linked to this network are referred to as
"closed porosity."  Also, large pore spaces may be connected by small-diameter
pathways, resulting in "occluded porosity."  The micromorphology of the matrix
- including the number, size, and degree of connection of the pores - will
determine how quickly water can permeate through an S/S waste (i.e., hydraulic
conductivity) and will influence the leaching process.  As might be expected,
leaching occurs most quickly through the connected pores.
          In most cases,  cement-based monoliths have low hydraulic conductivi-
ty, which limits the amount of leaching water contacting the matrix.  However,
it has been shown that the hydraulic conductivity of S/S waste may vary over
several orders of magnitude, from low values typical of compacted clay to
higher values typical of silty soils (Cote et al., 1986).  Hydraulic conduc-
tivity of the waste determines whether leaching rates will be controlled by
advection or by molecular diffusion.  Advection is more important than
diffusion when hydraulic conductivity is larger than 10"7 cm/s.  On  the  other
hand, slow diffusion limits transport rates when hydraulic conductivity is
lower than 10~7 cm/s.   If  the hydraulic  conductivity of  the waste  is  much
lower than that of the surrounding material, infiltrating water such as
rainwater or groundwater follows the path of least resistance and flows around
                                     4-56

-------
 the waste.   In this  case,  leaching  is  limited  by  molecular diffusion  in the
 connected porosity of the  S/S  waste matrix  because,  when  contaminants reach
 the interface of the S/S waste and  surrounding material,  they  are  carried away
 by the  groundwater.   If, on  the other  hand,  the hydraulic conductivity of the
 solidified  waste is  on the same order  of  magnitude or  higher than  that of the
 surrounding material,  water  flows around  and through the  waste.   In that case,
 the pore  water solution is displaced,  and leaching takes  place largely by
 advection (C6t6 and  Bridle,  1987, p. 60).
          The surface-area-to-volume ratio  (SA/V) of a waste product  greatly
 influences  the release of  potentially  harmful  elements to the  environment.   A
 smaller SA/V results in a  lower rate of release.  The  leaching percentage
 relative  to the total  amount of an  element  present in  a waste  form is related
 to the  SA/V,  for a given exposure time.   Therefore,  all measures leading to
 products  with a smaller SA/V lead to a proportional  decrease in leaching
 percentage  but the long-term quantities released  are not  decreased (van der
 Sloot et  al.,  1989).
          Chemical speciation  also  influences  leaching.   Van der Sloot et al.
 (1989)  found  that  elements leached  from cement-based waste  products are mainly
 anionic species  such  as Mo04*~,  B033", V043",  F",  and S042~.   These anions are
 associated  with  cationic species typical  of  cement-based  waste  forms  such as
 calcium.  Leaching of  metals such as copper, cadmium,  zinc, and lead  typically
 is  limited  when  the  pH  in  the  pore  solution  remains  above 8 or 9,  but  can
 increase  at very high  pH (above  11.5 or 12).  Van der  Sloot et al. (1989)
 concluded that chemical speciation  of potentially hazardous elements within  a
 waste product  and  the  interaction of these elements  with matrix components
 within the  pore  system  are crucial  for determining the release rate to  the
 environment.  Also, they suggested  that more information on different ways  of
 contact with water is needed, particularly in relation to pH, to allow
 utilization of intrinsic leach parameters in a wide  range of environmental
 conditions.
          For cement-based S/S processes,  sulfate can  increase leaching  rate.
The onset of the leaching rate increase may be delayed, however, so test
results immediately after setting may be misleading.   Sulfate either in  the
cement or present  in  the waste causes formation of ettringite,  which slowly
hydrates and expands, causing an increase in porosity and possible breakdown
of the waste form.  Sulfites  and sulfides are also a  problem because they may
                                     4-57

-------
slowly oxidize to sulfate, increasing the solid volume and causing the waste
to crack.
          Poon et al. (1985) found that the microstructure of the solidified
waste was important in leaching metals from the cementitious matrix.  They
assessed mechanisms of zinc and mercury leaching from cement/silicate stabili-
zation processes using extended leaching tests, scanning electron microscopy,
and powder X-ray diffraction.  After an extended leaching period, massive
breakdown of the matrix occurred with a subsequent dramatic increase in
leachate concentration.   Once the structural integrity of the stabilized waste
was removed, massive leaching of zinc and mercury occurred.

              4.6.2   Leaching Associated with Organic  S/S  Binders
          The thermoplastic and thermosetting resin binder processes operate
mainly by encapsulating the waste.  The S/S-treated waste is, therefore, less
porous than the material  resulting from S/S processes using inorganic binders.
The leaching process requires the same two fundamental mechanisms discussed in
Section 4.6.1, mobilization and transport.  However, the organic binder
systems rely more on denying the leachant access to the contaminant than on
immobilization.

                            4.6.3  Leaching Hodels
          Several models  of leaching mechanisms have been developed to predict
the rate of release from  the stabilized waste matrix.   Modeling is the only
existing method for predicting  long-term performance because it is impractical
to conduct empirical leaching tests for hundreds or thousands of years and
because accelerated tests are not well  developed.

4.6.3.1  Dissolution/Diffusion  Kinetics
          The problem of  kinetics, with regard  to  the aqueous dissolution of a
solid or to the preferential  dissolution of a chemical species from a solid,
has long been studied.  Several  factors may be  involved.   For example,  if more
than one kinetic process  takes  place,  it must be determined which (if any) of
the processes controls  the overall reaction rate.   The shape of the solid, the
existence of any surface-connected porosity, the charge state of the dissolv-
                                     4-58

-------
ing species, and the chemistry of the aqueous medium into which the solid is
dissolving are also considered.
          The discussion that follows considers two kinetic processes from a
largely qualitative point of view: the dissolution reaction itself, which
consists of mass transport across the solid/liquid interface, and chemical
diffusion away from this interface into the surrounding aqueous medium.  It is
assumed for this specific example that the rate of supply of dissolving
material from the bulk of the solid to this interface occurs quickly.  It is
also assumed that the solution is quiescent, so that convective flow does not
contribute to the mass transport.  Two fundamentally different types of
systems are considered within this context:  a nonporous solid dissolving into
an essentially infinite aqueous medium and a porous solid for which dissolu-
tion takes place principally into the interconnected solution-containing
pores, coupled with diffusive transport through the pores to the solution
outside the material.  Idealized models of these two systems are described in
Sections 4.6.3.1.1 and 4.6.3.1.2 to illustrate the concepts in leaching
models.
          If the dissolving chemical  species is electrically charged, consid-
erations of charge neutrality in the solution become important, as does mass
transport in the solution by electromigration.  The species also may react
chemically with other species within the aqueous medium.  Diffusing ions may
also react with the matrix in the leaching zone, adsorbing or precipitating,
which can slow their release.  Diffusing ions may also react with the matrix
in the leaching zone, adsorbing or precipitating, which can slow their
release.  These factors are not considered here.  However, a general treatment
of ionic transport within a crevice-like region, which could be applied to
dissolution and diffusive transport in a porous solid, has been presented by
Markworth and Kahn (1985).

          4.6.3.1.1  Nonporous Solid.  For a nonporous solid, the two kinetic
processes, i.e., dissolution at the solid/liquid interface and chemical
diffusion of the dissolved species away from the interface, occur sequential-
ly.  For this case, the interface may be regarded as a spatially localized
"source" of the dissolving species.
          At the solid/liquid interface, the flux of matter due to the
dissolution reaction must be equal, point by point, to the diffusive flux in
                                     4-59

-------
the solution to avoid a nonphysical accumulation or depletion of matter at the
interface.  Consequently, the slower of the two processes is the one that
dominates the overall kinetics.
          Three characteristic values for the aqueous concentration of the
dissolved species are important in describing the overall kinetics for this
case:

          1.   Ce,  the concentration  that  would  exist  at  the
               interface under conditions of thermodynamic
               equilibrium.
          2.   C/, the actual, instantaneous concentration at
               the interface.
          3.   €„, the far-field concentration, i.e., the
               value at distances far from the interface.

          The "driving force" for the dissolution reaction depends upon the
difference Ce - C,.   If C, < Ce,  the net transport of matter across the inter-
face occurs from solid to liquid as the solid dissolves,  while the opposite is
true for C, > C9.  If these two concentrations are equal,  there is no net
transport across the interface.   Likewise, the driving force for chemical
diffusion is the difference C, - C.,  assuming monotonic variation of  the
concentration from the interface to the far field.  If C, > C., matter
diffuses away from the solid/liquid interface,  the converse is true for
C,< Cm.
          Two limiting or extreme cases exist for the overall  kinetics; one or
the other of these cases is often satisfied in nature.

          1.   In the dissolution-controlled case, diffusion occurs
               rapidly compared to the dissolution reaction so the
               driving force required to maintain the diffusive flow
               i s very smal 1  and C, = Cn.
          Z.   In the diffusion-controlled case, diffusion occurs
               slowly compared to the dissolution rate.   For this
               case,  dissolution is rapid but a concentration
               gradient is needed to  drive the diffusion  process so
               c,sc..
                                     4-60

-------
For dissolution-controlled kinetics, dependence on diffusion-related rate
constants is virtually nonexistent, whereas for diffusion-controlled kinetics,
dependence on dissolution-related rate constants similarly vanishes.
          The intermediate case is that for which neither of the two mass
transport processes controls the overall kinetics.  For example, the solid is
dissolving when CM < C, <  Ce, but it is growing by supply of dissolved species
from solution when Ce < C, < €„.
          Figure 4-3 illustrates the two limiting cases and the intermediate
case.  The actual concentration profile of the dissolved species in the
aqueous medium would generally be a complex function of position and time as
well as of the geometry of the dissolving solid.
          It should be noted that this view of the dissolution process, which
is widely applied in practice, must be used carefully or be modified in some
cases.  One such case, considered by McCoy and Markworth (1987), involved the
dissolution of glasses containing high-level nuclear waste.  One question
there concerned how these "impure" materials actually do dissolve.  In their
work, McCoy and Markworth assumed that the material  dissolves congruently.  To
describe this process, they assumed first-order, dissolution-controlled
kinetics, with transport of silicon across the surface/solution interface
being the rate-limiting factor.  As another case, consider a dissolving
material which consists of two different, distinct phases, with one phase
tending to dissolve into the surrounding aqueous medium much more rapidly than
the other.  The more soluble phase will be preferentially dissolved (i.e.,
leached), leaving behind a material that is enriched in the less soluble
phase.  Of course, the microstructure of the material left behind will depend
on the morphology of the two phases prior to dissolution.  If, for example,
the more soluble phase exists as an interconnected network, then the leached
portion of the material will consist of a porous structure that likewise
contains a network of interconnected porosity, assuming that the solution can
penetrate into the porous structure as it is being created.  This process
could be inhibited if transport of dissolved species through the solution,
within the porous structure or away from the external surface, occurs slowly.

          4.6.3.1.2  Porous Solid.  The situation differs for a porous solid,
with liquid penetrating and filling the porous structure, where dissolution
can occur along the entire length of the pores.  The distinctly sequential
                                     4-61

-------
                      Solid
                                            Liquid
                                    Dissolution - Controlled
                      Solid
                                            Liquid
                                                         T^- X
                                     Diffusion - Controlled
                                            Liquid
                                       Intermediate Case
FIGURE 4-3. SCHEMATIC  ILLUSTRATION OF CONCENTRATION PROFILES,  C(x),
            CHARACTERISTIC  OF  SPECIES DISSOLVING FROM A NONPOROUS  SOLID INTO
            AN AQUEOUS MEDIUM,  WITH x BEING THE DISTANCE  INTO  THE  SOLUTION
            MEASURED FROM THE  SOLID/LIQUID INTERFACE.  THE TWO RATE-LIMITING
            CASES AND AN  INTERMEDIATE CASE ARE SHOWN.
                                      4-62

-------
coupling between the two processes, characteristic of nonporous solids, does
not exist.  The "source" of dissolving species, considered to exist at the
pore/solution interface, is not spatially localized as it is for a nonporous
solid.  Instead, dissolution can take place along the entire length of the
pores within which the dissolved species is diffusing, the pore walls acting
as a spatially extended "source" of this species to the solution within.
Diffusion of the species takes place within the network of pores until release
occurs at the intersection of the pores with the external surface.  Figure 4-4
shows this type of mass-transport kinetics.

4.6.3.2  Examples of Existing Models
          The complex relationship between dissolution and diffusion for a
porous solid means that the overall rate of release of dissolved species to
the external surface depends on both dissolution-related and diffusion-related
rate constants, even if one occurs faster than the other.
          Godbee and Joy's widely used empirical model (Godbee et al., 1980)
assumes that leaching is controlled by diffusion through the solid, and that a
zero surface concentration exists (i.e., contaminant dissolves into the bulk
liquid from the surface immediately).  The equation takes the form:
^1=2
 S
                                             0.5
                                                                          (1)
where     an = contaminant loss during leaching period n (mg)
          A0 = initial amount of contaminant present in the specimen (mg)
          V  = volume of specimen (cm3)
          S  = surface area of specimen (cm2)
          tn = time to end of leaching period n (sec)
          De = effective diffusion coefficient (cm2/sec)

Models have also been developed to account for other factors and conditions in
the leaching process.  For example,  where Godbee and Joy's model assumes
leaching from an infinite depth,  leaching in cementitious waste forms occurs
in a narrow, but inwardly-moving, leaching zone.  A model that addresses this
is discussed in Section 4.6.3.3.
                                     4-63

-------
                                                                     External
                                                                    Surface
FIGURE 4-4.   ILLUSTRATION OF SPECIES DISSOLUTION WITHIN A POROUS SOLID.
             DISSOLUTION ACROSS A PORE WALL IS SHOWN,  COUPLED WITH TRANSPORT
             THROUGH THE SOLUTION-FILLED PORE TO THE EXTERNAL SURFACE.
                                     4-64

-------
           Batchelor  (1990)  reviewed  the  theory  and  application of  leaching
 models.   His  results  indicate  that a variety of mechanistic  leaching models
 can  be developed  to describe leaching and predict the effects of process
 variables on  the  performance of  solidified wastes.  These models are distin-
 guished  by the  assumptions  made  about the leaching  environment and  the
 chemical  and  physical mechanisms  at  work.
           Several  simple  leaching models predict that the fraction  of contami-
 nant  leached  is proportional to  the  square root of  leaching  time.   The
 different models  assume that contaminants either do not react or react by
 linear sorption,  by precipitation, or by an undefined mechanism that results
 in complete immobilization  of  part of the contaminant.  The  observed diffusiv-
 ity  is the parameter  in these  models  that describes the extent of  immobiliza-
 tion, and it  can  be determined by conducting a  leaching test.  However, these
 leach tests cannot themselves  describe the type of  immobilization occurring.
 Each model  results in a relationship  that shows that the observed diffusivity
 is proportional to the effective  diffusivity.  The effective diffusivity is
 the parameter that describes diffusive transport by Pick's law and  therefore
 describes  only physical immobilization.  The proportionality coefficient
 depends on parameters that  describe the particular chemical  immobilization
 mechanisms assumed for that model.
           Batchelor applied mechanistic leach models to describe performance
 of solidified wastes in the TCLP  test by modifying a simple model  to describe
 the effect of inward diffusion of acetic acid from the leaching solution.
 However,   the model did not  incorporate changes in the acetic acid concentra-
 tion that would be observed over  time as pH rises.   Batchelor further notes
 that mechanistic leach models  could also be applied to predict long-term
 leaching, to quantify the relative importance of chemical  and physical
 immobilization mechanisms, to  correlate and extrapolate leaching data for
 various contaminants and binders, and to predict ultimate  performance from
 early characteristics of the solidified waste.
          Numerous other leaching models have been  developed, with a variety
of intended applications.   Many of these models are sophisticated  and require
an experienced user.   For S/S remediation projects  requiring application of a
leaching  model to  evaluate long-term performance,  the use  of a technical
expert with experience in  leaching modeling is  strongly recommended.
                                     4-65

-------
4.6.3.3  The Moving Boundary or Shrinking Core Model
          A qualitative model of the leaching of cement-based waste forms, in
contact with an acidic leachant, has recently been developed by Cheng et al.
(1992) based on experimental observations.  According to this model, acids in
the leachant are thermodynamically favored to be driven into the waste form.
Once inside, they cause the waste form to decompose, leaving a residue (the
leached layer) that is both porous and rich in silica.  The unleached core of
the waste form is separated from the leached portion by a very thin boundary
which gradually moves into the core and thus reduces its volume.  The thick-
ness of this boundary is only about 100 /tm, but the pH varies from less than 6
on the leached side to greater than 12 within the 100 urn distance.
          What is needed is for this general physical model to be quantified,
that is, to be expressed in mathematical form.  Then it could be used as a
predictive tool as well as an aid in the interpretation of experimental data.
One way to begin would be to determine the applicability to this problem of
certain mathematical models that have already been developed to describe the
leaching of glasses that contain high-level nuclear waste.  Although the
materials, solution chemistry, distance scales, and even the associated
physical processes may not be the same as for S/S wastes, the mathematical
approaches may be applicable, to some extent, to the model of Cheng et al.
(1992).  For example, Banba et al. (1985) have developed a one-dimensional
mathematical treatment of a "moving boundary" model for the leaching of
nuclear-waste-containing glasses.  This treatment involves a surface layer
that moves into the bulk glass.  Also, Harvey et al. (1984) have developed
some diffusion-based mathematical models for leaching of glassy nuclear waste
forms.  In this latter work, they described a depleted layer in the waste-form
matrix which is situated between the matrix/leachant interface and a so-called
depletion front.  This front is the interface between the depleted and
undepleted matrix and advances into the matrix as leaching progresses.  Again,
the mathematical structure of these various models may have some applicability
to the moving boundary model of Cheng et al. (1992).

                          4.7  LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE
          A significant unresolved S/S technology issue is how well the S/S-
treated waste maintains its immobilization properties over time.  Although the
                                     4-66

-------
 long-term durability of cement  is well proved  in conventional construction,
 some  amount of  release is virtually  inevitable.  S/S materials can be deposit-
 ed  in landfills to provide secondary barriers  between natural waters and  the
 wastes.  Contaminant release begins  when these secondary barriers permit
 natural waters  to come into contact  with the waste forms (C6t6 and Bridle,
 1987).  The question is not whether  S/S wastes eventually release contaminants
 into  the environment, but whether the rate of  release is environmentally
 acceptable.  S/S technologies for waste treatment have been in use for only a
 few decades, so the number and duration of studies on field-disposed S/S
 wastes are limited.  Decisions about the acceptability of particular S/S
 products must be based on the available shorter-term field data, laboratory
 tests, and models of leaching behavior.
          There is evidence that elements can  be fixed in cementitious
 materials for millennia in a variety of geochemical settings (Dole, 1985)1
 Ancient grouts  from Cyprus and Greece that are 3500 to 2300 years old have
 held their trace metal fingerprints, allowing their constituents to be traced
 to  nearby pits  from which they had been mined.  These ancient grouts are
 composed largely of undifferentiated, amorphous hydrosilicates, even after
 thousands of years.  The in situ performance of these ancient grouts demon-
 strates the effectiveness of these metastable amorphous hydrosilicates in
 sequestering a  wide range of elements.   However, these observations are not
 directly applicable to S/S wastes because of differences in the physicochemi-
 cal forms of the trace metals in ancient grouts versus modern waste and
 differences in  the disposal  environments in a Mediterranean climate versus the
 wetter climate  that dominates most of the United States.

                             4.7.1  Field Studies
          There have been only a few studies of the effects of several  years'
 duration of environmental  exposure on S/S-treated waste.  The Coal  Waste
Artificial  Reef Program (CWARP)  studied the environmental  consequences of
 using stabilized coal  combustion wastes as construction material  for artifi-
cial fishing reefs.   On September 12, 1980,  some 16,000 blocks of stabilized
waste were  released from a hopper barge to form an artificial  reef in the New
York Bight.   The blocks consisted of coal  fly ash and flue  gas desulfurization
residues stabilized with  lime and Portland cement additives.   Blocks recovered
and tested  in 1988 indicated little deterioration and no decrease in compres-

                                     4-67

-------
 sive  strength.  Chemical analyses and surveys of biological communities
 established  on the reef  indicated contaminants were successfully immobilized
 (Hockley  and van der Sloot, 1991).
          A  Superfund  Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE) field evaluation
 examined  the long-term performance of S/S treatment of lead and other metals,
 oil and grease, and mixed volatile and semivolatile organic compounds using
 Portland  cement and a proprietary additive.  Durability was tested with
 weathering tests, by wet-dry and freeze-thaw cycling, and by sampling S/S-
 treated waste after 9 and 18 months of burial.  The testing showed that lead
 and other metals remained highly immobilized, the physical properties of the
 S/S-treated  waste deteriorated only slightly, and the porosity decreased.  The
 organic contaminants, however, were not effectively immobilized (de Percin and
 Sawyer, 1991).
          The demonstrated long-term durability of concrete structures may
 help  in the  analysis of the long-term durability of S/S waste forms.  Struc-
 tures made with cement have lasted hundreds and even thousands of years.
 Long-term durability of a structure is not directly analogous to immobiliza-
 tion of contaminants in S/S-treated waste.  However, it does indicate the
 ability of inorganic binders to resist gross structural degradation from
 exposure to  the natural environment.   Natural mineral deposits occurring in
 the environment are another possible analog to certain S/S waste forms.  Metal
 sulfide deposits,  for example, have remained stable for many millions of years
 in subsurface geologic formations.   In general,  mineral leach rates in nature
do not approach those in the laboratory.   The same processes that inhibit the
 leaching of  natural  substances also may apply to S/S wastes disposed in
 subsurface environments (Conner,  1990),  provided that the chemical  speciation
of the materials disposed and the disposal environment are the same.

                          4.7.2  Laboratory Studies
          At present,  the environmental  acceptability of a hazardous waste in
the United States  is based primarily upon the EPA's Extraction Procedure
Toxicity Test (EP  Tox)  or the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
 (TCLP).   Neither test,  however,  simulates real-world,  long-term conditions,
although they may  constitute a fairly severe set of conditions for single-
exposure leaching.
                                     4-68

-------
           Perry et al. (1992) used TCLP to examine long-term leaching perfor-
mance of four types of wastes contaminated with metals or inorganics.  Each
waste was treated with six different commercial stabilization processes. TCLP
was performed on raw waste and at  28, 90, 200, 470 and 650 days  after treat-
ment.  Results indicated that the  effect of time on the TCLP results was highly
waste-dependent.  Leachate values  for some wastes remained stable over time
while leachate concentrations for  other wastes increased  over time.  In some
wastes, changes in TCLP concentrations did not occur until 90-200 days after
stabilizations.  Similar results have been obtained by Akhter and Cartledge
(1991) and Cartledge (1992), except that both increases and decreases in metals
Teachability as measured by the TCLP have been observed with aging.  In some
cases, these changes in TCLP data  have  been associated with changes in the
chemical structure of the stabilized waste, as measured by spectroscopic
analyses.  These results suggest that additional evaluation of stabilization is
required to ensure confidence in long-term leaching performance.
          The U.S. EPA's Multiple Extraction Procedure (MEP) or other tests
that expose the waste to repeated,  sequential leaching can give information on
leach resistance over time.  Other  sequential or flow-through leaching tests
such as ANSI/ANS/16.1 (see Section  3.2  and Table 3-3) can give information to
support prediction of long-term leach resistance.
          By and large, however, attempts to correlate laboratory leaching
tests with field data have not been successful.   The EP Tox test, for example,
can be used only to predict the potential  for leaching; it cannot predict the
rate of leaching over time (Bishop, 1986).   Deviations between the laboratory
and field are sometimes caused by testing materials under oxidized conditions
(open contact with air), while the groundwater in contact with the waste may
be chemically reducing.  Laboratory leaching tests use continuous wetting of
the waste with a leachant at controlled temperature.   In situ conditions
typically involve periodic contact with water and fluctuations in temperature.

                                4.7.3  Modeling
          Numerical modeling (Section 4.6.3)  is  another approach to predicting
the long-term performance of S/S-treated waste.   Parameters based on the
physical and chemical properties of a waste form can be used in conjunction
with mathematical  models to infer  long-term leachability, based on assumptions
about the leaching mechanisms and  environment (Cote et al., 1986).

                                     4-69

-------
Mathematical models have also been combined with accelerated dynamic leaching
tests to assess the long-term stability of S/S waste forms containing arsenic,
cadmium, chromium, and lead.
          Other recent research also indicates that metal  leaching follows
diffusion theory and that mathematical  models combined with various leaching
tests allow some predictions about metal  leaching over time, with particle
size, leachant velocity, and leachant acidity being key variables (Bishop,
1990).  Although these models suggest good long-term stability for several
S/S approaches, a test or model that simulates field conditions to a degree
that would allow for confident predictions of long-term stability is lacking.

                        4.8  USE/REUSE VERSUS DISPOSAL
          One of the principal aims of S/S processes is to produce an end
product that is less environmentally threatening than the  original waste.
There is an added benefit if the stabilized waste can be put to some practical
end use.  The ability to use S/S end products eases the burden of disposing of
the waste and provides obvious economic and environmental  advantages over
hazardous waste disposal practices.  However, concerns about the long-term
performance of the S/S product and the possible exposure of human or ecologi-
cal receptors to contaminants released from it greatly restrict use/reuse
options, and in practice relatively few S/S-treated wastes have been reused or
recycled to date.

                              4.8.1   Alternatives
          The purpose of use/reuse is to ease the burden on land disposal.
Therefore, use/reuse alternatives, when deemed environmentally safe, can be a
productive alternative to disposal.  Possible use/reuse alternatives for
stabilized/solidified waste include construction material  for use in concrete,
Portland cement, asphalt, road base material, landfill cover, or agricultural
additives.  In addition, some solidified waste may be used in direct water
contact applications, such as for diking material and for  forming new land
from lakes, streams, marine waterways,  or low-lying swamp  areas.  Another
potential application is to help solve shoreline erosion problems by install-
ing support structures made from incinerator ash and cement.  These structures
are being studied by the State University of New York not  only for their
                                     4-70

-------
potential to reuse S/S products, but also for their ecological benefit in
controlling erosion and offering a marine habitat for some species.  Another
potential application for S/S products is to construct artificial reefs from
stabilized drilling muds from offshore drilling rigs (Kelley, 1988).  In
Europe, there is an emphasis on combining wastes from incineration plants with
fly ash, water, and plaster to form a solid material that can be used to
create sealed landfill reservoirs (Lukas and Saxer, 1990).
          Until the long-term performance of S/S-treated waste in such
applications is clearly demonstrated, most S/S products in the United States
will still have to be disposed of in a more cautious manner, which generally
means disposal  in a landfill.  Environment Canada (WTC, 1990b) has suggested
an overall classification system for S/S waste.  Classifications are based on
batch extraction tests to estimate the amount of contaminant available for
leaching and an evaluation of monolithic waste form leaching performance.
Analysis of leaching performance uses mathematical  models derived from the S/S
literature with input from a database on S/S waste  properties.  For the
purpose of this classification system, two utilization and two disposal
scenarios have  been selected that require different degrees of contaminant
containment in  a S/S waste.   The scenarios are briefly described below,  in
order of decreasing performance requirements for S/S waste.
          S/S wastes that do not qualify for utilization or disposal  according
to one of these scenarios would need to be disposed in a secure landfill  or
subjected to a  more effective treatment process.   In a secure landfill,
containment is  more a function of engineered barriers and the host geological
setting than of the waste properties.  Space in a secure landfill  is  at  a
premium and waste treatment  that results in volume  increase is usually
undesirable. The performance requirements for S/S  wastes disposed in secure
landfills are not addressed  here.

          •  Unrestricted Utilization - In an unrestricted
             utilization scenario,  the S/S waste  has a negligible
             leaching potential  and  may be used in  any way that a
             natural  material  might  be used,  on land or in water
             (e.g.,  as a construction material).  Once a given
             wastestream and S/S process have been  approved,  the
             resulting product becomes exempt from  waste
             management regulations.
                                     4-71

-------
          •  Controlled Utilization - In this scenario, the
             leaching potential of the S/S waste is acceptable
             for a specific utilization (e.g., quarry rehabili-
             tation, lagoon closure, road-base material).  The
             environmental impact of S/S waste Teachability
             measured by this classification should be assessed
             and utilization approved on a site-specific basis.

          •  Segregated Landfill - The S/S waste is not
             acceptable for utilization, or utilization is not
             possible or practical.  The S/S waste is isolated
             from other wastes in a segregated landfill which
             does not necessarily have an engineered barrier or a
             leachate collection system.

          •  Sanitary Landfill - The S/S waste is not acceptable
             for utilization and is not acceptable for disposal
             in a segregated landfill without special engineered
             protection of the environment.  Disposal with muni-
             cipal garbage in a sanitary landfill is permitted
             (WTC, 1990b).


          Use/reuse of waste materials was the subject of a recent conference

on Haste Materials in Construction, the Proceedings of the International

Conference on Environmental Implications of Construction with Haste Materials

(eds., Goumans et al.,  1991).  The focus of this conference was on use/reuse

of waste materials in general.  However, several of the studies addressed

wastes treated with S/S technologies.  For example, the U.S. EPA Risk Reduc-

tion Engineering Laboratory (RREL) is investigating use of S/S-treated
residues from combustion of municipal solid waste (fly ash, bottom ash, and

combined residues).  Wiles et al.  (1991a and b)  reported that the type of S/S

treatment had little effect on the species of metals found in the municipal

waste combustion residues.  Instead, attenuation of metals was attributed to
pH and dilution effects.  In another part of this study, Holmes et al. (1991)

investigated the physical  properties of S/S-treated municipal waste combustion

residues (bottom ash, air pollution control residue and combined ash).

Results indicated that  wastes treated with Portland cement only, that is, with

no proprietary additives,  generally produced the most durable test specimens.

Of the three types of residues, the air pollution control residues produced

the least durable test  specimens.   Kosson et al. (1991) researched the

leaching properties of  S/S-treated municipal waste combustion residues using a

variety of leaching tests.
                                     4-72

-------
           In  addition  to  the  U.S.  EPA  studies, the conference proceedings
 included  two  other  investigations  on the  use of S/S-treated waste.  Wahlstrom
 et  al.  (1991)  investigated  the  properties of S/S-treated soils contaminated
 with  wood preserving chemicals  (As, Cr, Cu) or lead for potential use  in
 construction  of  roads  or  storage areas  in landfills.  Dijkink et al. (1991)
 investigated  the potential  use  of  S/S-treated river sediments as building
 material  in the  Netherlands.

                              4.8.2  Limitations
           Although  there  are  many  potential ways to use or reuse S/S-treated
 waste,  there  are many  nontechnical factors to consider when evaluating any
 specific  application.  Certainly,  a key question will be that of liability,
 which is  related to political,  public, and legal questions that are becoming
 increasingly  sensitive issues of public concern.
           Associated with the liability question is the lack of knowledge
 about the  long-term performance and environmental impacts of S/S waste.  The
 environmental consequences  of the  utilization of waste products or materials
 containing waste products on the basis of a single type of test (e.g.,  an
 extraction test) is impossible  in  view of the wide range of scenarios that
 will occur in actual use/reuse  situations.  Test methods to better determine
 the leaching mechanisms and characteristics of S/S-treated waste have been
 studied by van der Sloot et al. (1989), but much research remains.  In
 addition, Haste Materials in Construction (eds., Goumans et al.,  1991)
 contained numerous studies  on leaching procedures for evaluating waste
 materials proposed for use  in construction.  In any event,  demand will
 increase both for beneficial use/reuse of S/S products because of increasing
 constraints on land disposal and for technologies that can produce materials
 that are environmentally benign.  However, the regulatory community is  likely
 to be unwilling to encourage or permit reuse options unless environmental
 risks are clearly and confidently defined.

              4.8.3  Compatibility With the Disposal  Environment
          In evaluating the performance of S/S technologies,  the focus  is
often on the S/S process itself.  What is often overlooked is the fact  that
the stabilized waste still must be evaluated in terms of its  performance in
                                     4-73

-------
the environment into which it is placed,  regardless of whether that environ-
ment is a landfill, a roadbed, or the ocean floor.   Often,  the interaction of
the stabilized waste and its surroundings is hardly addressed, but the fact
remains that both mobilization and immobilization may occur at the stabilized
waste/soil or stabilized waste/water interface.   The stabilized waste and the
site should be evaluated together as a system to realistically assess the
compatibility of the S/S product with the disposal  environment.  The forces
and elements to which a treated waste is  exposed would vary significantly, for
example, depending on whether disposal occurred  at the surface, in deep
excavations, or in the ocean.
          Environmental compatibility is  a major issue at CERCLA sites,
although past studies have generally not  considered this factor.  Compatibili-
ty with the disposal environment should have a bearing on the design and
conduct of the treatability study as well as what tests are performed.
          Hockley and van der Sloot (1991) have  modelled the interactions
occurring at the waste-soil interface.  They noted that the interactions
between the waste and soil phases lead to phenomena that are not predicted by
consideration of either phase separately, as is  the case with most of the
tests currently used to assess the acceptability of a waste for placement in
the environment.
          Another possible option to improve environmental  compatibility Is to
codispose with the S/S waste material to  modify  certain physicochemical
characteristics of the disposal environment.  Such material could be placed
between the waste and its disposal environment to improve the long-term
performance of the S/S-treated waste.  Environment modifiers might include
bentonite or other clays to reduce groundwater infiltration; surface-reactive
materials to adsorb migrating contaminants; or substances to buffer the pH or
redox potential of the disposal environment.  With or without the use of modi-
fiers, however, one message clearly communicated by studies of environmental
compatibility is that, to be successful,  S/S process selection and design must
consider the S/S product as part of a system that includes the disposal
environment.

                             4.9  COST INFORMATION
          The two major cost categories in remediation by S/S are (a) the
treatability study  (laboratory screening and bench-scale study), and (b) full-

                                     4-74

-------
scale remediation.  The costs associated with these two efforts are discussed
in this section.  Because each project is different, it is very difficult to
generalize the costs of S/S treatment.  Hence the costs mentioned in this
section should be regarded as estimates.

                        4.9.1  TreatabilUv Study Costs
          The major cost elements of a treatability study for S/S include
(a) waste and site characterization (Section 2.2); and (b) bench-scale treat-
ability screening and performance testing and associated chemical analyses
(Sections 2.6 and 2.7).  Since these studies are expensive, it is important to
strike a balance between collection of enough data to provide statistically
sound results and the available budget.  Also, it is important to remember
that the regulators drive the testing and that their requirements must be met
before the treatability study can be accepted and full-scale remediation can
proceed.

4.9.1.1  Waste Characterization and
         Establishing Performance Objectives
          Waste sampling and characterization is conducted to determine the
type, levels, and spatial distributions of the contaminants, presence of
possible interferants, and for other purposes (Section 2.2).  Sampling often
requires the use of drill rings depending on depths to be sampled.  Analyses
of waste properties must be conducted in sufficient replication to permit
determination of data quality by statistical methods.  Refer to Section 2.2
for guidance.  Some of the analytical  tests conducted and their estimated
costs are given in Table 4-7.   Not all these analyses are necessary for every
waste type.

4.9.1.2  Bench-Scale Testing and Analysis
          The level  of effort  will depend on the number of candidate binder
systems selected for testing,  the number of tests performed based on the
design study (or statistical  design),  and the types of chemical  analyses to be
performed,  with organic analyses being significantly more expensive than
inorganic analyses (Table 4-7).
                                     4-75

-------
TABLE 4-7.  COSTS OF TYPICAL ANALYTICAL TESTS  OF  UNTREATED  AND TREATED WASTES
Analysis
Physical
Particle size analysis
Suspended solids
Density
Permeability
Unconfined compress ive strength
(UCS) of cohesive soils
Unconfined compressive strength
of cylindrical cement specimens
Cone index
Flexural strength
Heat of hydration
Wet/dry weathering
Freeze/thaw weathering
Paint filter test
Atterberg limits
Moisture
Chemical
PH
Oxidation reduction potential
Total organic carbon (TOC)
Oil and grease
Alkalinity
Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
Semi volatile organics
Base, neutral, and acidic compounds (BNA)
Polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)
As
Se
Hg
As, Ag, Ba, Cd, Cr, Pb, or Se
Leach Tests
- Extraction
- Extraction
- Volatile organic compounds
- Semi volatile organic compounds
- Pesticides
- Herbicides
- As
- Se
- Hg
- As, Ag, Ba, Cd, Cr, Pb, or Se
Method Unit

ASTM D 422
Standard Method 2092
Various
EPA 9100
ASTM D 2166

ASTM D 1633

ASTM D 3441
ASTM D 1635
ASTM C 186
ASTM D 4843
ASTM D 4842
EPA 9095
ASTM D 4318
Various

EPA 9045
ASTM D 1498
EPA 9060
EPA 413.2
EPA 403
EPA 5030, 8240
EPA 3510, 8270
EPA 3540, 3520, 8270
EPA 3540, 3520, 8080
EPA 3050, 7060
EPA 3050, 7740
EPA 7470
EPA 3010, 6010

EPA 1311 TCLP Metals
EPA 1311 TCLP ZHE
EPA 8240
EPA 3510, 8270
EPA 3510, 8080
EPA 8150
EPA 3050, 7060
EPA 3050, 7740
EPA 7470
EPA 3010, 6010
1991 costs. May vary considerably among various laboratories. Approximate ranges are
quoted prices. There may be some savings of scale if a
"" Furnace atomic absorbtion spectroscopy.
"' Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy.
Cost(a), $

30-160
20
40-240
350-450
25

20-130

20
25
30-75
530
530
10-25
40-100
10-20

10-20
75
50
60-80
35
300-400
600-800
600-1400
150-2001
25-30 ซa
25-30/ซa
20-25
10-20/ซa(c)
given based on
large number of samples are being analyzed.




                                    4-76

-------
           The total  analytical  cost  will  depend  on  the  number  of  samples  and
 should  always include  quality  assurance  samples.  Analytical costs  are  the
 major element in  treatability  testing  (usually >50% of  the  cost).   Typical
 total costs  of bench-scale  treatability  studies  for S/S range  from  $10K to
 $100K,  depending  on  process complexity,  number of samples,  types  of analyses,
 and  the need to capture  and test  air emissions.  A  number of different  treat-
 ability laboratories are available that  will conduct bench-scale  treatability
 testing for  S/S on a service basis.

                      4.9.2  Full-Scale Remediation  Costs
           The costs  involved in full-scale S/S treatment fall into four major
 categories-planning, mobilization and demobilization,  treatment, and disposal.

 4.9.2.1  Planning
           The planning costs are  the administrative and  engineering  planning
 costs associated with the remediation.  Waste and site  characterization
 activities and  the treatability study are assumed to have been completed
 before  project  planning  starts.   Planning costs may include permitting,
 engineering  design (scale-up), equipment and materials  procurement,  and
 preparation  of  a work plan,  quality  assurance plan,  and/or a health  and safety
 plan.   Permitting can take  weeks  or months, and costs can be substantial,
 especially for  uncommon  contaminants or complex sites.
           Engineering costs  involve designing and engineering for full-scale
 operation  based on bench-scale (treatability testing)  data.  A pilot- or
 field-scale  demonstration may be  necessary, either to establish scale-up
 factors or to satisfy potentially responsible parties (PRPs) and/or regulators
 of the feasibility of the cleanup.  The actual  price of equipment or raw
materials  is  not included in this category, but the  labor involved in procure-
ment is.   If  the remediation is to be performed through a contractor, contract
procurement costs are also  involved.
          A site-specific work plan,  quality assurance  plan, and/or a health
and safety plan are almost always required, and review comments from regulato-
ry agencies and other parties must be addressed.   Depending on the magnitude
of the project, planning costs can range from $25K to  several  hundred thousand
dollars.
                                     4-77

-------
4.9.2.2  Mobilization and Demobilization
          Mobilization costs involve transportation of personnel, equipment,
and raw materials to the site, site preparation, and equipment installation
and start-up.  Demobilization costs include equipment shut-down and disassem-
bly, and transportation of personnel and equipment from the site.  Mobiliza-
tion and demobilization (mob/demob) costs vary depending on type of equipment,
facilities available at the site, decontamination requirements, and the loca-
tion of the site.  When large-scale equipment is necessary, mob/demob costs
will range from $25K to $50K or more if extensive site preparation is
involved.

4.9.2.3  Treatment
          Treatment costs typically include costs for excavation (if treatment
is ex situ), chemicals, equipment, utilities, labor, and sampling and analy-
sis.  Full-scale S/S treatment services are offered by a variety of firms,
including S/S vendors, remediation companies, and construction companies
certified to conduct hazardous waste remediation.  Full-scale treatment should
not be undertaken by anyone not fully qualified and certified, including OSHA
safety certifications.
          Excavation applies to sites containing contaminated materials that
are to be stabilized by plant mixing.  Excavation equipment consists of
typical earth-moving equipment, which can be rented along with an operator at
most sites.  Cost for excavation ranges from about $0.85/yd3  to $4.09/yd3
(U.S.  EPA,  1987b).
          Chemical costs depend on the type of chemicals required for the
binder system and the amounts as determined by the waste-to-binder ratio.
Table 4-8 shows the costs of some typical stabilization chemicals.  If
chemicals are transported for large distances, the transportation costs may
equal  or exceed the chemical costs.
          Equipment costs other than for excavation are based on the type of
equipment selected for materials handling and processing.  Qualified S/S
vendors and remediation firms will own the necessary equipment and charge a
use-rate based on the time it is used.  Equipment can also be purchased (for
large and long-term projects), in which case depreciation costs should be
considered, or rented (for smaller sites).  Customary equipment includes
                                     4-78

-------
TABLE 4-8.  COSTS OF TYPICAL STABILIZATION CHEMICALS


             Chemicals                            Costs $/Ton                             $600
        IWT-HWT 20M(C)                           $300
        Concrete admixtures                     $ 2 - 12/gallon

(a>  1991  Costs  obtained from suppliers.   Costs may vary  based on  suppliers and
    the  location  of the site.
(b)  Proprietary additive
(c>  Proprietary modified clay binder
backhoes, front-end loaders, storage tanks, mixers, conveyors, etc.  Sometimes
equipment and its operators are available for an hourly, weekly, or monthly
charge.  The purchase costs of different types and sizes of equipment, and
estimates of their rental costs are mentioned in the Handbook for Stabiliza-
tion/Solidification of Hazardous Waste (U.S. EPA, 1986c).
          Table 4-9 shows the major unit cost elements for S/S treatment with
cement by typical stabilization techniques (in-drum mixing, in situ mixing,
plant mixing, and area mixing as defined in Section 2.8.2).  These are the
unit costs for mixing only and exclude the numerous other cost elements such
as mobilization and demobilization, engineering and administration, and health
and safety.  In addition to processing equipment, personal protective equip-
ment may be needed, including Tyvek suits, respirators, decontamination
equipment, etc.
                                     4-79

-------
      TABLE 4-9.   COMPARISON OF MAJOR COST ELEMENTS OF SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION WITH CEMENT
I
CO
o
Cost, $/Cubic Yard
Category
Labor, overhead, and
profit
Equipment and metering
Conveyance
Pretreatment
Monitoring and testing(a)
Reagents and mixing
materials
Offsite disposal
(nonhazardous waste)
Supplies
TOTAL
In-Drum Mixing
216.30
65.40
NA
NA
115.40
31.10
NA
84.60
512.80
In Situ
1.40
1.60
NA
NA
4.00
31.10
NA
0.60
38.70
Plant Mixing
1.10
0.70
1.40
0.50
3.10
31.10
3.10
0.80
41.80
Area Mixing
3.00
3.00

NA
5.10
31.10
NA
1.30
43.50
      
-------
          Utilities normally Include water and electricity.  Sometimes the
remediation may have to provide its own energy supply, such as diesel genera-
tors.  If pretreatment is necessary, other sources of heat, such as oil, gas,
or steam may be needed.
          Labor costs are based on the number of equipment operators, supervi-
sory personnel, and managers, as well as the number of hours of operation.  An
important factor in remediation can be the stand-by time.  If operations are
not scheduled appropriately or if unanticipated delays such as stop work
orders are incurred, equipment or personnel will go unutilized.  For example,
if the operation runs short of a chemical, or if a piece of equipment breaks
down, the entire operation may have to be temporarily halted.  Another type of
work stoppage is when sampling and analysis of treated waste show that the
stabilization is ineffective.  Clearly, some types of work stoppages can be
avoided or minimized by effective planning.  Other types of stoppages are less
controllable, such as stop work orders issued by regulators so that they can
review preliminary data.
          Sampling and analysis are conducted during full-scale remediation to
determine whether the treated process is achieving the performance goals for
chemical and physical properties.  A sampling and analysis and/or quality
assurance plan will be prepared during planning.  Implementation of the plans
may be a significant part of the remediation cost.  Particularly during the
early stages of full-scale treatment, it may be necessary to have samples
analyzed on a rush basis, in order to minimize standby time while waiting for
data.  Note that with rush fees, analysis costs can be 2 or 3 times higher
than fees for normal turnaround-time analyses.
          If a full-scale demonstration precedes full-scale cleanup, regulato-
ry approval for the full-scale cleanup may be contingent on results of the
demonstration.  If the initial demonstration shows deficiencies in the
process, then process modifications followed by additional demonstration runs
will  have to be conducted until the process is working satisfactorily.  As
discussed in Section 2.8, demonstration runs prior to full-scale processing
are highly recommended for refining the process and verifying that process
scale-up in the field has been accomplished satisfactorily.  However, this
step has potentially significant cost impact on the project, particularly if
several  demonstration runs need to be conducted prior to full-scale treatment.
                                     4-81

-------
4.9.2.4  Final Disposal
          When field treatment is completed,  the S/S-treated waste has to be
disposed of as planned.  In some cases,  depending on the characteristics of
the treated waste and on regulatory approval,  the S/S-treated waste can be
returned to its original location.   Some final  steps such as compacting or
capping (with the associated costs) may  be required.
          However in other cases, the treated waste cannot be disposed of on
site.  Then arrangements have to be made to transport the treated waste to a
sanitary or secure landfill, again  depending  on waste characteristics and
regulatory policy.  Tippage fees at sanitary  landfills typically range from
approximately $10 to $50/ton and for secure (RCRA-permitted) landfills range
from $100 to $300/ton.  Added to this is the  cost of waste transport to the
landfill.  The cost for transportation by covered bed dump truck or roll off
box carrier typically ranges from $0.15/yd3-mile  to $0.60/yd3-mile.  Costs
include the actual charge for hauling; demurrage (charge for truck waiting
time); and training, licensing,  and protective clothing for the truck operator
(if required) (U.S. EPA, 1987b).  Because there are far fewer secure landfills
than sanitary landfills, the transportation distance to secure landfills will
generally be much greater.

                    4.9.3   Estimates  of  Stabilization Costs
           Table 4-10 lists the  estimated costs registered in the records of
decision (RODs) for CERCLA sites.  Because costs in this table are estimates,
there is no indication whether or not the remediation was actually accom-
plished for that cost.  Total costs vary according to type of  contaminants
and amount of wastes.  Missing from this table is information on necessary
pretreatment steps and other project-specific requirements that may signifi-
cantly impact total cost.  In general, a relatively straightforward S/S
project involving more than 5,000 to 10,000 tons of waste should cost in the
range of $100 to $150/ton of waste  processed.   Below this amount, unit costs
can increase because of fixed costs; above 10,000 tons, unit costs can
decrease because of economics of scale.   Therefore, the higher unit costs in
Table 4-10, some of which greatly exceed the  $100 to $150/ton range, are
almost certainly inflated by pretreatment requirements or other factors.
                                     4-82

-------
      TABLE 4-10.  ESTIMATED TREATMENT PROJECT COSTS MENTIONED IN THE RODs FOR SUPERFUND SITES
                   WHERE STABILIZATION HAS BEEN SELECTED AS A COMPONENT OF THE REMEDIAL ACTION
 I
00
CO
Site
Love Canal, NY
Marathon Battery, NY
Alladin Plating, PA
Amnicola Dump, TN
Davie Landfill, FL
Independent Nail , SC
Burrows Sanitation, MI
Outboard Marine
Media
Soil
Sediment/soil
Soil
Soil
Soil /sludge
Sediment/soil
Sludge/soil
Sediment
Vol ume
7,500 cy
23,700 cy
12,000 cy
400
75,000 cy
6,200 cy
250 cy
5,700 cy
Contaminants
dioxin
Cd, Co,
Cr

Ni,

As, Cd, Cr, cyanide,
Pb, Hg, PAH,
pesticides, VOC
As, Cd,
Pb, Hg,
Cd, Cr,
Zn
Cr, Cu,
PCB
Cr, cyanide,
sul fides
cyanide, Ni,
Pb, Zn

Project Unit
Cost, $ Cost, $/cy Includes planning, sampling, and pretreatment costs as well as direct S/S process costs.
      Source:  Based on data contained in U.S. EPA (1989a).

-------
                               4.9.4  Case Study

          A treatability study and field demonstration/cleanup of 1800 cubic
yards of lead-contaminated soil conducted by Battelle (Means et al., 1991b) at
Port Hueneme, California, demonstrates the various aspects of an S/S field
project and the associated costs.  To establish a baseline concentration on
the amount of lead in the soil before treatment, 18 grab samples (and two
blind replicates) of the untreated soil were collected and analyzed for total
and soluble lead.  Because the levels of lead in these samples varied greatly,
seven additional samples were collected.  Total lead levels averaged 178
(ฑ162) mg/kg in the soil.  The EP Tox average of 0.9 mg/L lead was lower than
the U.S. EPA standard (5 mg/L lead).  Previous data on the Cal WET test,
however, showed that the average of 11.7 mg/L lead exceeded the STLC estab-
lished by California (5 mg/L).  (See Section 3.2 for further discussion of
leaching tests.)
          The bench-scale treatability study involved evaluating two stabili-
zation techniques, a sulfide-based process and a silicate-based process.
Eleven samples were treated with the sulfide process, which involved adding a
hydrated sodium sulfide solution in water, low-alkaline Portland cement, and a
small  amount of detergent.   Ten samples were treated with the silicate
process, which involved adding sodium silicate instead of the sulfide.   The
sulfide process was used in this instance as an alternative to the silicate
process to determine the relative attributes of the two processes.   Although
the sulfide process produced slightly lower soluble lead values than the
silicate,  the silicate process was concluded to be the preferable based on
ease of application in the  field.
          The stabilization formulation used in the field was the same as that
used during bench-scale testing;  no additional  testing to determine optimum
ratio  was  done in this case.   During the field demonstration, eight sets each
of pre- and post-stabilization samples were collected and analyzed for pH,
total  lead,  and Cal  WET test.   The average Cal  WET test results were reduced
from 11.7  mg/L before stabilization to 2.7 mg/L after stabilization.  After a
number of  discussions with  cognizant regulatory agencies, the treated soil was
released for placement in a sanitary landfill.
          Table 4-11  provides  cost details for this project.   A pug mill  was
rented for the mixing of soil, cement, silicate,  and bicarbonate.   Most of the
                                     4-84

-------
TABLE 4-11.  STABILIZATION COSTS FOR AN 1800-CUBIC-YARD SITE
             CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD
          1.   Bench-Scale Treatabilitv Study/Planning
            •   Chemist, 8 hrs 0 $50/Hr.                   $  400

            •   Chemical Analysis,  12 samples each
                  TTLC, STLC, and  pH                       3,240

            •   Project Manager, 16 hrs. @ $95/hr           1.520
                                              Subtotal    $5,160

          2.   Move Soil  from Storage Hut to Work Area
            •   End-dump trucks, 2  trucks x 1 day
                  each x $55/hr                           $  880

            •   Field supervision,  8 hrs @ $78/hr             624

            •   Laborers,  2 x 8 hrs each @ $30/hr             480

            •   Plastic sheeting,  10 rolls 0 $120/roll       1.200
                                              Subtotal    $3,184

          3.   Steam Clean Storage Hut (Subcontracted)    $4,000

          4.   Power Sieving
            •   Power screen @ $4,000/wk
                  including mobilization/demobilization   $4,000

               Front-end  loaders,  2 loaders x
                  1 day each (? $90/hr                      1,440

            •   Field supervision,  8 hrs @ $78/hr             624

            •   Laborers,  2 x 8 hrs each @ $30/hr             480
                                              Subtotal    $6,544
          5.   Debris Disposal
            •   Front-end  loader,  1 loader x 1 day
                   @ $90/hr                               $  720

            •   End-dump trucks, 2  trucks x 10 trips
                  each x  1 hr/round-trip @ $55/hr          1,100

            •   Field supervision,  10 hrs (? $78/hr            780

            •   Laborers,  2 x 10 hrs each
                  @ $30/hr                                   600

            •   Tippage at landfill,  300 tons
                  (? $18.70/ton                             5.610
                                              Subtotal    $8,810
                                    4-85

-------
TABLE 4-11.  STABILIZATION COSTS FOR AN 1800-CUBIC-YARD SITE
             CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD (Continued)
          6.   Stabilization (approximately 4 working days
               and 10 hour-days,  including mobilization/demobilization)
            •   Cement, 150 tons 0 $0.04/lb                $12,000
            •   Sodium silicate solution,  150 tons
                  0 $0.08/lb                               24,000
            •   Sodium bicarbonate,  15 tons
                  0 $0.10/lb                                3,000
            •   Freight for chemical  deliveries              3,000
            •   Plastic sheeting,  5 rolls  0 $120/roll           600
            •   Pugmill and components, including
                  mobi1i zati on/demobi1i zati on              29,000
            •   Front-end loaders, 2 loaders x 40 hrs
                  each 9 $90/hr                             7,200
            •   End-dump trucks, 1 truck x 40 hrs
                  0 $55/hr                                  2,200
            •   Baker tank, 1 month 0 $30/day                  900
            •   Field supervision, 40 hrs  0 $78/hr           3,120
            •   Project Manager, 24 hrs 0  $95/hr             2,280
            •   Chemist,  32 hrs 0  $50/hr                     1,600
               Laborers,  2 laborers x 40  hrs
                  each 0 $30/hr                             2,400
            •   Travel  and subsistence for contractor
                  staff,  5 persons x 7 days
                  each 0 $100/day                           3,500
            •   Industrial hygiene monitoring and
                  oversight                                 2,000
            •   Analytical fees, rush basis (100%
                  surcharge)                                1.080
                                              Subtotal     $97,880
                                     4-86

-------
TABLE 4-11.  STABILIZATION COSTS FOR AN 1800-CUBIC-YARD SITE
             CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD (Continued)
          7.   Post-Treatment at Pro.iect Closure Activities

            •  Chemical analysis, TTLC, STLC, and
                  pH on 12 samples, normal turnaround      $3,240

            •  Regulator meetings concerning disposal
                  options, Project Manager 20 hrs
                  I? $95/hr                                  1,900

               End-dump trucks, 4 trucks x 25 trips each
                  x 1 hr/round trip @ $55/hr                5,500

            •  Front-end loader, 1 truck x 25 hrs
                  @ $90/hr                                  2,250

            •  Reporting and documentation, Project
                  Manager, 16 hrs @ $95/hr and
                  secretary, 16 hrs @ $40/hr                2.160
                                              Subtotal    $15,050

                               Grand Total - Expenses    $140,628
                               Contractor Fee               9.372
                               Total Cost                $150,000
other equipment, such as dump trucks, power screen, and front-end loaders, was
also rented.  A number of other cost elements are itemized to provide the
reader with the variety of typical cost elements for an S/S treatment project

and the stages of the project in which they were incurred.  Note, however,

that the unit costs associated with this project were fairly modest compared

to those for other larger-scale S/S projects (e.g., Table 4-9).  The total

cost of the cleanup of 1800 cubic yards (approximately 2,430 tons) was

$150,000,  for an average of $83/cu yd or $62/ton.
                                     4-87

-------
                  5  TECHNOLOGY SHORTCOMINGS AND LIMITATIONS
          This chapter discusses some of the shortcomings and limitations of S/S
technology pertaining to S/S processes/binders, waste form and treatability/per-
formance testing, and other issues.  The topics discussed should be viewed as
examples of issues rather than an exhaustive list of technology limitations.

                      5.1  PROCESS/BINDER CONSIDERATIONS
                     5.1.1  Hierarchy of Waste Management
          As discussed in Chapter 1, technologies that lead to the recycling,
recovery, or reuse (3R) of some portion of the contaminant or waste material
are preferred over treatment technologies in the waste management hierarchy.
Technologies such as incineration that destroy the contaminant also are
typically preferred over S/S processes.  However, S/S is still an important
treatment option because of its versatility and effectiveness (Section 1.1).

                         5.1.2  Scale-Up Uncertainties
          Process scale-up from bench-scale to full-scale operation involves
numerous complex issues that should not be taken for granted.  These issues
are no less important for S/S technology than for any other remediation
technology.  Variables such as ingredient flow rate control,  materials mass
balance, mixing, and materials handling and storage, as well  as the unpredict-
ability of the outdoor elements compared with the more controlled environment
in the laboratory, all may affect the success of a field operation.  These
potential difficulties underline the need for a field demonstration prior to
full-scale implementation (Section 2.8).

                          5.1.3  Proprietary Binders
          The nature of the S/S business at present is such that most vendors
protect their exact binder formulations as proprietary or trade secret.
Relatively few formulations are covered by patent.   The proprietary designa-
tion protects the formulations from being readily recognized  by competitor
vendors (Section 4.1).  The reality is that there are several different
generic binder systems that are used by the majority of S/S vendors, and each
vendor has its own variations in  the form of special additives.
                                      5-1

-------
          Binder ingredients are frequently designated in the literature as,
for example, "fly ash A" or "proprietary additive."  As a result, the report
on a treatability study lacking information on binders and additives has no
technology transfer value, and the ability to evaluate the data in terms of
chemical mechanisms is absent, because binder chemistry is unknown or
unreported.

                           5.1.4  Binder "Overkill•
          Too much of a particular binder ingredient can lead to unnecessary
expense and even to an improperly stabilized waste form.  For example, many
metals are amphoteric, meaning that they are soluble under both acidic and
basic conditions (Section 4.2).  The metal will be at minimum solubility when
a sufficient base (in the form of an S/S ingredient) is added to make the
waste moderately alkaline.  Too much base will cause the metal to resolubilize
and/or make the waste hazardous by virtue of the RCRA corrosivity
characteristic (i.e., pH >12.5).

                      5.2  WASTE FORM/CONTAMINANT ISSUES
   5.2.1   Complications of  Phvsicochemical  Form  of  the  Target Contaminants
          In a recent S/S field demonstration (Means et al.,  1991b), the
unsatisfactory degree of stabilization of the copper and lead was a direct
result of their encapsulation in organic coatings of various  types (antifoul-
ing compounds,  pigments, etc.).  People conducting S/S treatability tests
frequently measure the type and amount of contaminant present, but, in complex
waste forms such as sandblasting grit, the type and amount of contaminant do
not provide sufficient information.  It is important to understand the
physicochemical form of the contaminant as well.   However, the chemical
analyses necessary to characterize the physicochemical form of the contaminant
can be expensive and nonroutine (Section 3.5).

                  5.2.2  Interferences and Incompatibilities
          As discussed in Section 4.3, numerous chemical constituents may
interfere with various S/S processes.  Thus, specific chemical incompatibili-
ties should be recognized and avoided.
                                      5-2

-------
                     5.2.3  Volatile Organic Contaminants

          Several studies have been performed that strongly indicate the

inadvisability of using S/S as the principal remediation technology for

organic wastes, particularly wastes containing hazardous volatile organics

(Wiles and Barth, 1992).  The following guidance is provided based on the

current state of knowledge about using S/S for treating organics

(Section 4.4):

          • According to the hierarchy of waste management, treat-
            ment by a destructive technology (e.g., incineration)
            is preferable to contaminant immobilization (e.g., by
            S/S) because the former processes eliminate the con-
            taminant and the concern over the long-term stability
            of the S/S process.  The same is true for removal
            processes, such as thermal desorption, that concen-
            trate the contaminant into a much smaller volume of
            material which can then be either reused as a raw
            material or incinerated and destroyed.

          • Generally, S/S should not be used to treat a site
            containing only organic waste.  Alternative
            technologies (e.g., incineration, steam stripping,
            vacuum extraction) should be used to remove and/or
            destroy the organics.  If residues remain after this
            primary treatment, S/S treatment may be effectively
            used to stabilize the residue.  However, a well-
            designed and controlled treatability study should be
            conducted to assess S/S effectiveness and to select
            and design a proper S/S process.

          • There are exceptions to avoiding S/S treatment of
            organic wastes.  For example, if the organic is
            generally not mobile through air, soil, and water
            (e.g., low levels of oil and grease), then S/S may be
            an acceptable, cost-effective treatment alternative
            for a given site.  Careful attention must be paid to
            any existing state and federal environmental regula-
            tions concerning the particular organic contaminant
            (e.g., dioxins, etc.).  Treatability studies must be
            performed incorporating appropriate test methods to
            evaluate the organic waste's potential for escape.

          • Based on existing data, volatile organic compounds
            (VOCs)  usually cannot be treated by current S/S
            technology.  Whether a site containing VOCs as a minor
            constituent can be treated by S/S will depend on
            specific conditions existing at the site.

          • Available data also indicate that semivolatile organic
            compounds generally cannot be effectively treated by
                                     5-3

-------
             current  S/S  techniques.  Whether a site containing  low
             to moderate  concentrations of semivolatile organics
             should be treated using S/S also depends upon site-
             specific factors.

           •  Notwithstanding the above factors, there are situa-
             tions in which S/S can be a satisfactory treatment
             method for wastes containing organics.  When S/S
             treatability tests are performed on such matrices,  it
             is important to understand that (a) aqueous leaching
             tests will be a meaningless indicator of the degree of
             immobilization for organic compounds having low
             solubility in water and (b) in the aggressive chemical
             environments associated with certain binders, certain
             organic  contaminants may be degraded or transformed
             into by-products that, in some cases, may be as toxic
             as or more toxic than the parent compounds.


                         5.2.4  Multlcontaminant Wastes

          Wastes containing a large number of contaminants are  generally more

difficult to stabilize than wastes containing one or a few contaminants,

particularly when the multiple contaminants have widely varying chemistries

(Section 4.2).  The  problem is that a given type of binder might be more

compatible with an organic waste than with a primarily metallic waste.

Therefore, when both organics and metals occur in the same waste form, the
binder selected will  not be optimal for both types of contaminants.  On a more

specific level, because  metal  chemistry varies widely,  metals will respond

differently to the same  binder.   As a general  rule,  a physical encapsulation
process (solidification) may be the best compromise for a multicontaminant

waste, whereas a chemical stabilization process may be the best approach when

there is only one contaminant or when the contaminants present have similar
chemical properties.


                5.2.5  Limitations of Cement-Based Waste Forms

          The weaknesses of cement-based waste forms are as  follows:


          • The fate  of the waste species within  the waste form is
            unknown.

          • They are  porous solid bodies.

          • The total volume of material  to  be disposed of usually
            increases.
                                     5-4

-------
           •  Small  changes  in  the waste  composition or mix
             proportions  can alter  the properties, sometimes
             without  the  knowledge  of those  utilizing the waste
             form.
           •  Managers and operators charged  with the task of waste
             disposal  frequently do not  understand the complexity
             of  the heterogeneous material they are attempting to
             create.

           It is of utmost  importance that users of these waste forms be  aware
of these weaknesses  and  their ramifications.  In most instances, problems
originating  from the weaknesses can be  avoided or circumvented.  Future
research is  expected to  help  explain and overcome these weaknesses  (McDaniel
et al., 1990).

                          5.2.6   Sample  Heterogeneity
          Solid wastes can be highly heterogeneous in composition,  both
macroscopically and  microscopically.  A person can analyze two different
portions of  the sample and obtain  two very  different analytical results.
Therefore, sample  heterogeneity should be recognized as a possible  causative
factor when  explaining treatability data that are discrepant or difficult to
interpret.

                5.3  TREATABILITY AND PERFORMANCE TESTING ISSUES
                          5.3.1  Testing Limitations
          Several  unresolved  issues pertain to S/S processes.  In particular,
tests that have been developed to  assess technology performance are not
applicable to every disposal  scenario.   Testing methodologies must  be tailored
to the specific nature of the S/S-treated waste.   Personnel  involved in
treatability testing should be aware of the various tests'  limitations when
interpreting the data (Chapter 3).
          Examples of the limitations of treatability studies and S/S-treated
waste testing based on actual  field experience are as follows:

          • Although the principal  objective of the site sampling
             is  to obtain a sample that  is representative of the
            waste as a whole,  variation  from sample to sample is
            common and must be considered when interpreting the

                                     5-5

-------
  analytical  data.   Many factors affect site sampling.
  If the goal is a  single composite sample,  site debris,
  such as large boulders or rocks,  timbers,  shingles,
  etc.,  usually should be segregated by physical
  screening before  samples are collected from a wide
  range  of locations,  in order to produce a  repre-
  sentative sample.

• No single leaching methodology is suitable for all
  waste  forms or target contaminants,  and none of the
  leaching methodologies is calibrated in terms of
  contaminant migration in actual groundwater.  The TCLP
  does not provide  data on long-term stability; in fact,
  different results  are frequently obtained  when the
  TCLP test is conducted on the same stabilized waste  at
  different cure times.  Leach tests in general are
  probably most useful for assessing the relative
  stabilization efficiencies of different binders.

• Some leaching test methods are more appropriate for
  metals, some are  not applicable to nonvolatile
  organics, and others are applicable only to monolithic
  wastes that do not change in surface area  appreciably
  during testing.  Batch methods usually do  not use
  sufficient acid to exhaust the acid-neutralizing
  capacity of most  stabilized waste forms.  Sequential
  methods accelerate leaching to assess long-term
  performance.  The  interpretation of results is
  difficult,  however.   Accelerated leaching  in the
  laboratory may occur by different mechanisms than the
  longer term leaching that occurs in the field.

• At times it is appropriate to modify a standard
  leaching protocol  to address a specific issue.
  Examples include  the following:

  - Eliminate the leachate filtration step to address
    colloidal contaminant transport.

  - Use  site-specific groundwater as the leachant
    instead of the  generic leachant specified in the
    procedure.

  - Consider use an  organic solvent (e.g., acetone) as
    the  leachant instead of an aqueous leachant for
    addressing the  S/S of organic contaminants (see
    Section 4.4.3 for discussion of pros and cons).

  - Determine when  it is appropriate to create an
    artificial surface area prior to leaching (e.g.,
    by crushing).

  - Deionized water can be more aggressive than acid
    in some cases.
                           5-6

-------
           • Microbes may eventually affect  the long-term
             performance of certain waste forms,  particularly
             organic binders (Section 3.4).   However,  these
             microbial  reactions  can be  very slow,  and accelerated
             tests  that are generally recognized  and  approved and
             that closely simulate  real-world biochemical  reactions
             are not available.

           • Bioassay data may  conflict  with chemical  data.

           • There  are  limitations  to interpreting  and applying  the
             results of physical  tests.   For example:

             -  The  unconfined compressive strength  test is  not
               appropriate for  noncohesive substrates  and  is  not
               a direct indicator of constructability.

             -  No correlation has been identified between the
               physical  strength  of a waste  form  and  its  leaching
               behavior.

             -  Permeability measurements  are difficult  to conduct
               and  are  subject  to wide variation.   Also,  large
               differences have been  observed between  values
               measured in the  laboratory and in the  field  for
               the  same substrates.

           •  With the exception of  a  small group of "regulatory"
             tests,  no  performance  standards  or acceptance criteria
             exist  for  many tests.   In fact,  acceptance criteria
             should  vary,  depending on waste  composition, disposal
             or reuse site characteristics,  and other factors.
             This leaves much to  the  interpretation of  individual
             S/S project personnel.

           •  In general, the bench-scale  treatability study should
             exceed  the performance criteria  established for  the
             project.   That  is, a margin  of  safety  should be
             established that allows  for  the  greater variability of
             the process when implemented  in  the field, especially
             in the  area of mixing.  The  necessary magnitude  of the
             safety margin, however,  is unknown and probably  varies
             from project  to project  (Sections 2.6 and 2.7).


                          5.3.2  Long-Term Performance

          The long-term performance of treated waste is not clearly under-

stood, and no definitive  test procedures exist to measure or assess this

property.  The TCLP is not an adequate measure of long-term leaching.

Monitoring data from field disposal sites are needed to detect the premature

deterioration of solidification or stabilization of previously processed


                                     5-7

-------
wastes.  Because of the uncertainties surrounding long-term performance,

wastes previously treated using S/S and disposed of may have to be retrieved

and retreated in the future (Section 4.7).


                            5.3.3  Reproducibilitv

          The reproducibility of treatability data can be poor because of

sample heterogeneity, uneven mixing, the complexity of S/S chemical reactions,

and other reasons.  Timing is also a critical variable.  It is not unusual to

see different analytical results when samples from the same treatability study

are cured for different periods of time prior to leaching.


             5.3.4  Limitations  in  S/S Treatability Reference  Data

          S/S processes would be used more successfully if experiences were

shared more effectively.  However,  well-documented S/S treatability data are

scarce.  Many of the common reporting deficiencies are as follows:


          1.  Proprietary binders (Section 5.1.3).  Without spe-
              cific information on binder characteristics the
              process is not reproducible, and the treatability
              data have no technology transfer value.

          2.  Incomplete treatabilitv data and data gaps.
              Certain types of data that are needed to evaluate
              the stabilization efficiency and help understand
              the chemical mechanism(s)  of stabilization are
              frequently missing, for example:

              • Baseline soluble metal  concentrations in the
                untreated waste.  This is needed as a point of
                comparison for the soluble metal concentra-
                tions in the treated waste so that the percent
                reduction attributable to treatment can be
                assessed.

              • Total metal concentration in the untreated
                waste and the treated waste.  The latter is
                necessary to demonstrate that a low post-
                treatment soluble metal  concentration is not
                attributable simply to sample heterogeneity.

              • Binder-to-waste ratio.   This is needed to
                estimate the volume expansion of the waste
                during treatment and the effect of dilution on
                posttreatment soluble metal concentrations.
                                      5-8

-------
    • oH of the leachate from the untreated and
      treated wastes.  This is an important para-
      meter for interpreting the performance data.
      Frequently, high soluble-metal concentrations
      are due to pH.  The pH parameter should be
      routinely measured at the conclusion of leach
      testing.

    • Extent of dilution from binder ingredients.
      This can be estimated from the binder/waste
      ratio, where given, but should be carefully
      characterized in each treatability study so
      that the performance data can be corrected for
      dilution.  Frequently, a significant propor-
      tion of the reduction in soluble metal concen-
      tration in the treated waste can be attributed
      to dilution from the binder ingredients.

3.  Data reliability.  Many treatability reports do
    not indicate whether data were collected under an
    appropriate quality assurance/quality control
    (QA/QC) program.  Therefore, many existing S/S
    performance data have unknown validity.

4.  Treatability procedures.  Similarly to data
    reliability, the frequent absence of detailed
    treatability procedural information greatly limits
    the technology transfer value of a treatability
    study.   The success or failure of a treatability
    study may depend on small  variations in the
    amounts of the ingredients and in the order and
    timing of ingredient addition.

5.  Bias of existing S/S performance data toward
    successful treatability studies.  Treatability
    projects that achieved a high degree of metal
    stabilization are reported more frequently in the
    literature than projects in which the treatment
    systems worked poorly.   Therefore,  the existing
    S/S database is probably biased toward the most
    successful treatability studies.
                           5-9

-------
               6  CURRENT RESEARCH AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS
                             6.1   CURRENT  RESEARCH
          Solidification/stabilization is the subject of active research aimed
at improving the range and efficiency of S/S process application.  Some of
that research is described in sections 6.1.1 through 6.1.8.

                                6.1.1  Binders
          Experimental Study of S/S Treatment of Hazardous Substances.
Statistically designed treatability studies are being applied to identify envir-
onmentally acceptable and economically feasible methods for S/S processing of
organic and inorganic wastes.  The work focuses on inexpensive pozzolanic bind-
ers such as fly ash, silica fume, lime kiln dust, cement kiln dust, and ground
blast furnace slag.  Waste types tested include electric arc furnace dust (K061)
and arsenic-contaminated soil (Fan, L.T.,  1991, personal communication).

          Improvement In S/S Treatment of Hazardous Inorganic Hastes by Silica
Fume (Microsilica) Concrete.  A preliminary experimental program is being
conducted to assess the potential of silica fume concrete for solidifica-
tion/stabilization of K061 metal  arc dust from steel manufacturing.  TCLP
leaching tests are being used to investigate the effectiveness of the various
methods of S/S processing.  The study is testing S/S process performance for
condensed silica fume and cement binder or fly ash, cement kiln dust, and
cement binder.  It was concluded that silica fume concrete can significantly
enhance the stabilization of furnace arc dust as compared with the other S/S
processes.  The results were based on studying the concentration of metals in
the leachant as specified by U.S. EPA (Fuessle and Bayasi, 1991).

          Physical and Chemical  Aspects of Immobilization.  Recent studies are
using sodium as an internal marker for physical retardation.  Almost any
product will contain some Na, K,  or Cl, which can be used independently as
indicators for tortuosity.  The difference between the mass transfer coeffi-
cients for Na and other elements derived from leaching tests, such as the
modified ANSI/ANS/16.1, reflects the contribution of chemical retention in the
product matrix to the overall mass transfer coefficient for the product.  The
types of release mechanisms that can be distinguished are:
                                      6-1

-------
          •  dissolution
          •  surface wash-off
          •  diffusion (de Groot and van der Sloot, 1990)

          Evaluation of Solidification/Stabilization of RCRA/CERCLA Wastes.
U.S. EPA Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory is sponsoring a project to do
bench-, pilot-, and field-scale evaluation of the performance of cementitious
binders in S/S treatment of metal-contaminated wastes over time (Irish
Erickson, 1992, personal communication).  Performance will be measured in
terms of lab Teachability tests, solids composition and actual water quality
of infiltration/runoff.  Field measurements will  extend over at least 5 years,
while smaller tests are intended to simulate field results at a much-acceler-
ated pace.  The University of Cincinnati protocol for accelerated weathering
testing described below can be tested in this project.

                               6.1.2  Mechanisms
          Review and Analysis of Treatabilitv Data Involving S/S Treatment of
Soils.  This project is using geochemical  equilibria models to determine
minimally soluble forms of the eight Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Proce-
dure (TCLP) metals.  Emphasis is on identifying physicochemical forms of these
metals that are relevant to the stabilization or solidification of typical
hazardous wastes and the chemical conditions needed to produce the physico-
chemical forms of these metals.
          These data are being analyzed to identify empirical or theoretical
geochemical relationships that appear to govern the success of S/S applied to
metal-contaminated soils.  Relationships for multiple metal systems are being
quantified, where possible (Means et al.,  1991c).

          Morphology and Hicrochemistry of S/S-Treated Waste.  Scanning
electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction  techniques along with solvent
extractions are being used to investigate  waste/binder interactions.  The
objectives of these investigations are to  better understand S/S processes by
characterizing the binder phase composition and structure and the distribution
of the contaminants in the solid phases, and to determine if microstructure
can be correlated to macroscale physical properties (U.S. EPA, 1990f; and
                                     6-2

-------
several other papers in preparation).  Contaminant distribution data include
analysis of the contaminant concentration, chemical forms and crystal struc-
ture, and binding mechanisms in each phase.

          Fate of PCBs in Soil Following Stabilization with Quicklime.
Several researchers have reported destroying polychlorinated biphenyls  (PCBs)
in contaminated soil by applying quicklime.  These reports are based on
retrospective data from site remediation programs, anecdotal information and
results of one bench-scale project.  Accordingly, an investigation was
conducted to verify claims that use of quicklime alone can promote decomposi-
tion of PCBs.  Synthetic soil samples were spiked with three PCBs and treated
with quicklime and water.  Significant PCB losses (60% to 85%) were evidenced
after five hours of treatment.  However, evaporation and steam stripping at
elevated temperature conditions, rather than PCB decomposition, accounted for
most of the losses observed.  Low levels of partially dechlorinated PCBs were
detected in lime-treated samples, but the quantities were stoichiometrically
trivial.  The amounts of observed dechlorination products were not dependent
on the duration of lime treatment, and no evidence of phenyl-phenyl bond
cleavage was found.  The use of quicklime alone as an in-situ treatment for
removal of PCBs is not supported by these results (U.S. EPA, 1991c).

          S/S Treatment of Salts of As. Cd. Cr. and Pb.  The behaviors of
various metal salts in cement-based S/S processes are being studied through
leaching tests, conduction calorimetry, and solid-state NMR.  The research is
aimed at identifying the chemistry involved during cement hydration reactions
in S/S processes treating metal  salts (U.S. EPA, 1990f).

          The Nature of Lead. Cadmium, and Other Elements in Incineration on
Residues and Their Stabilized Products.  A detailed laboratory study of metal
species in raw and S/S-treated wastes is being conducted to test how the
chemical nature and binding state affect Teachability.   Focus will be on the
application of sophisticated surface analysis techniques to characterize
poorly crystalline inhomogeneous metal forms.  Existing geochemical models
will  be applied to test if they can predict the formation of solubility-
controlling solid phases as determined analytically (Eighmy et al., 1992).
                                     6-3

-------
                             6.1.3   Interferences
           Factors Affecting the S/S  Treatment of Toxic Waste.  Research  on
 interfering  agents  is  being done to  quantify the physical and performance
 characteristics  of  S/S-treated waste containing interfering chemicals.   The
 data  are being analyzed to determine whether physical properties can be
 correlated with  durability and leach resistance.  Interferences from inorgan-
 ics such as  Pb,  Cd, and Zn and from  sulfates and organics such as oil, grease,
 hexachlorobenzene,  trichloroethylene, and phenol are being studied  (Jones
 et al., 1992).

          Effects of Selected Waste  Constituents on S/S-Treated Waste Leach-
 ability.  The effects  of 10 common waste constituents on the strength and
 contaminant  immobilization of S/S-treated waste were studied.  The  contami-
 nants were cadmium, chromium, mercury, and nickel.  The potential interferenc-
 es were nitrate  salts, sodium hydroxide, sodium sulfate, and five organic
 substances.  The S/S binders tested  were Portland cement, cement plus fly ash,
 and lime/fly ash (Jones et al., 1992).

                       6.1.4  Organics and Air Emissions
          Roles of Organic Compounds in Solidification/Stabilization of
Contaminated Soils.  Organic compounds pose problems for solidification/
stabilization processes in three ways:

          1.  Nontarget organics can  interfere with the
             immobilization of target metals.
          2.  Target organics are more difficult  to stabilize
             than metals.
          3.  Some organics can  volatilize during mixing with treat-
             ment agents,  leading to unacceptable air emissions.

The University of Cincinnati,  on behalf of the U.S.  EPA,  is  evaluating the
effectiveness of S/S processing for organic/metal  wastes, in terms of organic
immobilization and organic-induced  effects on metal  immobilization.   Organic
emissions  during S/S processing are being measured.   Polyaromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs) will  be used in this project to represent a common class of organic
compounds  of concern in waste remediation.
                                     6-4

-------
           Measurement of Volatile Emissions from S/S-Treated Haste.   Although
 the mechanical  strength and leaching characteristics of S/S-treated  wastes
 have been investigated, few data are available on the emissions of organics
 from the S/S process and from the treated waste.   Acurex Corporation at
 Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  is developing organic measurement
 methods and using them to test S/S-treated waste  to  address  this data gap.  A
 "Wind Tunnel"  system,  a "Modified Headspace"  sampling system,  and a  "Sample
 Venting" system have been developed  and  are being used to measure organic
 releases from  S/S-treated waste (Weitzman et  al.,  1990).

           Field Assessment of Air Emissions From  Hazardous Waste S/S Process-
 Infl.   The U.S.  EPA is  collecting information  to develop standards necessary to
 control  air emissions  from hazardous waste treatment,  storage,  and disposal
 facilities.  Field tests  have been conducted  to quantify  emissions of vola-
 tile,  semivolatile,  and particulate  emissions from S/S treatment processes
 (Ponder and Schmitt,  1991).

           S/S Treatment of Metal  Hastes  Contaminated with Volatile Orqanics.
 S/S-treatment of sludge contaminated with  about 1% metal  ions  and about 0.04  %
 VOCs was  tested.   Waste sludge  containing  11  metal contaminants  was  spiked
 with 8  VOCs.  Four different  cement  based  S/S  processes were  applied  to treat
 sludge  samples  (Spence  et  al.,  1990).

           Immobilization of Orqanics  in  S/S Haste  Forms.   U.S. EPA RREL is
 sponsoring  a laboratory study to  investigate  (1) the immobilization of target
 organics  by  selected S/S formulations and  (2)  the  effects  of nontarget
 organics  on  the  immobilization of target metals.   Initial  studies  will be
 performed on spiked soils  to  systematically vary relative  contaminant concen-
 trations  (Trish  Erickson,  U.S. EPA,  personal communication, 1992).

                              6.1.5   Test Methods
          Method Development.  Laboratory and  field test methods  are needed to
 support optimum binder selection, assess short-term and long-term  performance
of S/S-treated waste, and allow better correlation of laboratory  and field
tests.  A project is being conducted to study these three areas  (U.S. EPA,
 1991a):
                                     6-5

-------
          •  Evaluate the effect of sample size and configuration on results
             from leaching tests.
          •  Assess durability tests such as ANSI/ANS/16.1 and the accelerated
             aging/weathering protocol being developed through cooperative
             agreement between the U.S. EPA and the University of Cincinnati.
          •  Evaluate methods to monitor S/S-treated waste in situ.

          Investigation of Test Methods for Solidified Waste.  An effort was
conducted with Environment Canada to evaluate several leaching and physical
property measurement methods.  This research is leading toward development of
a protocol for evaluating S/S-treated waste.   The protocol is based on the
measurement of several physical, engineering, and chemical properties of S/S-
treated wastes to allow different use and disposal scenarios to be evaluated.
Several of the testing methods in the protocol  have been evaluated in a
cooperative project with industry initiated by Environment Canada.  Others are
methods recommended by standards organizations in the fields of hazardous and
radioactive wastes.  Finally, some properties of S/S wastes were measured
using methods in the developmental stage (Stegemann and Cote, 1991).

          Critical Characteristics of Hazardous S/S-Treated Waste.  The
physical and chemical characteristics of the waste affect performance, as do
the climatic (temperature and humidity) conditions during curing and after
placement in the final disposal  or reuse environment.  This research is being
conducted to determine the critical characteristics affecting waste perfor-
mance and how to measure them.  The work is leading to quality control proce-
dures for use in the field to better assure performance of S/S-treated waste
(Wiles and Howard, 1988).

          Advanced Test Methods.  A program evaluating test methods for
construction materials and stabilized waste is ongoing at Enegieonderzoek
Centrum Nederland (ECN).  Aspects being dealt with are changes within the
product with time, problems in determining the proper geometrical surface
area, boundary conditions for modeling the release from products, development
of a three-dimensional leaching model, and chemical speciation within a waste
form.  Testing involves radionuclide tracers in specific chemical forms in the
S/S-treated waste (van der Sloot, ECN, personal communication, 1991).
                                     6-6

-------
          Assessment of Lonq-Term Durability of Solidified/Stabilized Hazard-
ous Waste Forms — Lab Component and Field Component.  U.S. EPA RREL is
sponsoring a laboratory study of synthetic and real hazardous wastes to
develop a protocol for accelerated weathering testing of cementitious waste
forms.  Durability testing is focused on the use of elevated temperature or
acid to speed degradation reactions.
          A field project is also being conducted to develop and utilize
sampling and analysis methods that allow assessment of waste form durability
after various periods of exposure to field conditions.  Early efforts are
concentrating on detection of the interface between buried waste forms and
adjacent fill material.  Subsequent work will focus on sampling to obtain
surficial (<1 cm) weathered material for analysis as well as bulk sampling.
The observed weathering patterns will be compared with those induced under
laboratory or lysimeter conditions.  (Irish Erickson, U.S. EPA, personal
communication, 1992).

                     6.1.6  Leaching and Transport Models
          Contaminant Profile Analysis.  Chemical and X-ray diffraction
analysis methods are being used to determine the composition profiles in
blocks of S/S-treated waste that have experienced long-term leaching.   These
analyses evaluate the actual  release from S/S-treated waste and provide
insight into the processes occurring within the waste during leaching (Hockley
and van der Sloot, 1991).

          The Binding Chemistry and Chemical  Leaching Mechanism of Hazardous
Substances in Cementitious S/S Binders.  Type I Portland cement samples
containing the soluble nitrates of the priority pollutant metals chromium,
lead,  barium, mercury, cadmium, and zinc have been investigated using  therm-
ogravimetric and Fourier-transform infrared techniques,  including diffuse
reflectance.   The major vibrational  bands and thermal  stability of the
carbonate,  sulfate,  silicate,  water,  and nitrate species have been tabulated
in comparison to uncontaminated Portland cement.  Immobilization mechanisms
and their effect on  contaminant leaching are  being studied (Ortego et  al.,
1989;  Ortego, 1990;  and Ortego et al.,  1991).
                                     6-7

-------
          Development of a Numerical Three-Dimensional Leaching Model.  The
overall goal of this research effort is to improve the fundamental understand-
ing of binding chemistry and leaching mechanisms in S/S-treated waste and to
apply this understanding to development of improved S/S technology and of
improved methods for predicting the environmental impacts of disposing of S/S-
treated waste.  This work is taking the approach of developing mechanistic
leach models and developing characterization methods that can be used with the
leach models.  An underlying theme throughout this research is the need to
separately describe the physical and chemical immobilization mechanisms.  A
set of simple leach models has been developed based on various simple reaction
systems and rectangular geometry.  Irreversible immobilization, reversible
linear sorption, reversible precipitation, and reaction between a precipitate
and inwardly diffusing reactant are the mechanisms considered in the simple
leach model.  A general numerical three-dimensional  leaching model is being
developed based on the Crank-Nicholson finite difference algorithm (Batchelor,
1991, personal communication).

          Acid Leaching Rate and Advancement of Acid Front In S/S-Treated
Waste.  This program is studying the behavior of leaching of a cement-based
waste form.  The investigations indicate that acids in the bulk solution
diffuse through the pores of the waste form leading to a reduction in pH and
dissolution of metals.
          The dissolved metals leach out of the solid matrix into the bulk
solution,  leaving a leached layer on the surface of the waste form.  A sharp
leaching boundary was identified in every leached sample, using pH indicators.
The movement of the leaching boundary was found to be a single diffusion-
controlled process.  Studies were conducted using both static and semidynamic
leaching procedures (Cheng and Bishop,  1992).

          Leaching Test Methods and Models.  Several  leaching mechanisms,
including  dissolution of the matrix,  washoff of surface contaminants, and
diffusion-controlled release,  were studied.  A variety of leach testing
methods were described and the capabilities compared.  A diffusion model for
leaching was developed (de Groot and van der Sloot,  1992).
                                     6-8

-------
           Review and  Analysis  of Treatabllltv Data  Involving Solidifica-
 tion/Stabilization  of Soils.   A paper  study of existing treatability data  for
 S/S  of 18  metals and  application of geochemical models is being conducted  to
 identify factors controlling metal solubility.  The data base contains
 approximately  2600  records  representing approximately 80 studies.  Despite the
 volume of  data,  inconsistent data collection and procedural uncertainties
 limit  interpretation.  No statistically significant correlations could be
 found  when post-treatment parameters were tested against measured waste
 characteristics.  However,  subsets of  the data base will continue to be tested
 to identify chemical  controls  as the modeling work proceeds (Means et al.,
 1991a).

                  6.1.7   Compatibility with  Disposal  or  Reuse
           Assessment  of Long-Term Durability of S/S-Treated Waste.  The
 mechanisms governing  the durability of S/S-treated waste are not well under-
 stood.  Studies  are needed  to  examine  how the disposal environment interacts
 to modify  the  physical and  chemical performance of the waste.   In one study,
 S/S-treated waste is  being  tested to quantify waste form performance and
 examine degradation mechanisms.  Testing involves accelerated freeze/thaw  and
 wet/dry cycles and various  environments, such as high or low pH, high pres-
 sure,  high- or low-redox potential.  Conventional  and advanced large-scale
 leaching tests are being performed.  The S/S-treated waste is  being character-
 ized by sophisticated techniques such as laser holography,  acoustic stress
wave testing,  and dye injection (Bishop et al.,  1990a).

          Effect of Curing Time on Leaching.  The effect of curing time on
metal  leaching, as measured by the TCLP test,  is being studied in synthetic
wastes for a variety of metal  contaminants.   Initial results indicate a
 significant effect of curing time,  both on TCLP results  and on the chemical
structure of the stabilized waste as  evidenced by spectroscopic analyses
 (Akhter and Cartledge, 1991; Cartledge, 1992).   Both increased and decreased
leaching is being observed,  depending on the metal  contaminant,  binder,  and
other factors.   These observations underline the limitations of the TCLP test
as an  indicator of the long-term leaching of stabilized  waste  and emphasize
the need for other types of leaching  data.
                                     6-9

-------
          Field Performance of S/S-Treated Waste.  Solidification/stabilization
is used at CERCLA sites and in other waste treatment applications.  However,
durability of S/S-treated waste remains unclear due, in part, to the relative
newness of the technology and the lack of information from sites currently
applying S/S processes.  A three-phase project is under way (U.S. EPA, 1991b):

          •  Identify sites using S/S processes.
          •  Core sample and test S/S-treated waste from several
             sites.
          •  Design and implement a program to solidify
             representative wastes by various S/S processes and
             monitor the wastes over an extended period.

          Utilization and Disposal.  The performance of S/S-treated waste
depends on the environment the material is exposed to as well as the treated
waste and contaminant properties.  The Waste Technology Centre in Canada is
developing an evaluation protocol as a decision-making tool for management of
S/S-treated waste.  One factor in the protocol is identification and defini-
tion of use and disposal scenarios.  Scenarios include unrestricted use,
approved use, sanitary landfill,  segregated landfill, and secure landfill
(WTC, 1990b).

             6.1.8  Treatability  Tests  and S/S Process Application
          Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE) Program.  The SITE
Program was established to accelerate the development and use of innovative
cleanup technologies at hazardous waste sites across the country.  The Demon-
stration Program of SITE focuses  on field demonstration of emerging site
remediation technologies.   The Demonstration Program has 37 active tests,
including the eight low-temperature S/S technologies summarized in Table 6-1.

          Municipal  Waste Combustion Residue S/S Program.  Vendors of S/S
processes are cooperating with the U.S. EPA Office of Research and Development
Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory to demonstrate and evaluate the perfor-
mance of S/S processes for treating residues from the combustion of municipal
solid waste (MSW).   The program includes four S/S processes:  cement, silicate,
cement kiln dust,  and a phosphate process.   The  aim of the project is to
                                     6-10

-------
TABLE 6-1.  SUPERFUND INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY EVALUATION PROGRAM:
            SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGIES
         Developer
      Solidification/
       Stabilization
        Technology
  Applicable
  Waste Media
                                                                                    Applicable Waste
 Inorganic
       Organic
Chemfix Technologies, Inc.
Metairie, LA

HAZCON, Inc.
Brookshire, TX

International Waste
Technologies/Geo-Con, Inc.
Wichita, KS

S.M.W. Seiko, Inc.
Redwood City, CA

Separation and Recovery
Systems, Inc. (SRS)
Irvine, CA
Silicate Technology Corp.
Scottsdale, AZ
Soliditech,  Inc.
Houston, TX
Wastech,  Inc.
Oak Ridge, TN
Soluble silicates and
silicate setting agents

Cement and proprietary
additive

In situ — silicate and
proprietary additives
In situ — proprietary
binder

Lime and proprietary
additives
Silicate, cementitious
material, and proprietary
additives

Pozzolan or cement and
proprietary liquid
additives

Proprietary
Soil, sludge,
other solids

Soil, sludge
Soil
Metals
Metals
Soil, sediment   Nonspecific
Metals
Liquid/solid     Low-level
                 metals
Groundwater,     Metals,
sludge, soil     cyanide,
                 ammonia

Soil, sludge     Metals
High-molecular-
weight organics

Not an inhibitor
PCBs, other
nonspecific
organic compounds

Semi volatile
organic compounds

Specific for
acidic sludges
with at least 5%
hydrocarbons

High-molecular-
weight organics
               Nonspecific
Soil, sludge,     Nonspecific,   Nonspecific
liquid waste      radioactive
Nonspecific = Technology  is generally applicable to that waste type.

Sources:  U.S.  EPA,  1988d and Barth, 1991)

-------
 enhance the environmental  performance of S/S-treated  MSW combustion residue in
 a range of final  environments.   The  final  environment may be disposal  in the
 land or use as roadbed aggregate,  building blocks,  or artificial  reefs for
 shore erosion control  (Wiles  et  al.,  1991a and  b).

           Leaching  Mechanisms and  Performance of S/S-Treated Hazardous Waste
 Substances 1n Modified Cementitious  and  Polymeric Matrices.   In this study,  a
 latex polymer additive is  being  used  with  Portland  cement to treat  inorganic-
 and  organic-contaminated waste.  The  latex polymer  is  used to reduce the
 porosity of the S/S-treated waste  in  order to improve  immobilization (Daniali,
 1990).
          Stabilization Potential of L1me In.lection Multistage Burner
 Product Ash Used With Hazardous Distillation Residues.  A study  is under way
 to  investigate the trace metal binding mechanisms in S/S high-sulfur coal  fly
 ash and flue gas desulfurization (FGD) sludges.  Fly ash and sludge from a
 typical wet FGD process and dry flue gas desulfurization by-product from a
 demonstration LIMB process are being evaluated.  The latter material contains
 substantial portions of available lime and may prove amenable as a solidifying
 agent with the fly ash.  This work is being done to characterize the waste,
 determine the solidified/stabilized waste formulation, and measure the
 influence of liquid/solid ratio on metal leaching from the waste forms  (Bishop
 et al., 1992; Dusing et al., 1991).

          Stabilized Incinerator Residue in a Shore Protection Device.  The
 goals of this research are to stabilize potentially toxic incineration
 residues and to use the stabilized material  to construct energy-deflecting or
 absorbing structures to reduce shore erosion.  The initial  phases of the
 project will deal  with developing the proper mix design for stabilized
materials in high-wave energy environments and with determining their engi-
neering properties, leachate characteristics, and potential  toxicity to
organisms.  Permits will  be secured to construct a model  wave deflec-
tor/absorber in a  marine system.   The actual  construction will  occur in the
next phase (Swanson,  1990).
                                     6-12

-------
                            6.2  FUTURE DEVELOPMENT

          For more than 20 years,  S/S processes have been used to treat

industrial and radioactive waste.   More recently,  the technology has been used

to treat contaminated soils at CERCLA sites, fly ash, incinerator ash, and

metal-contaminated sludges.
          Despite extensive application and considerable research, there still

are areas that could profit from additional effort.   An increased under-

standing of S/S mechanisms, interferences, leaching  behavior, and long-term

performance would all help to improve process efficiency and increase confi-

dence in the technology.  Some areas to consider for future research are

summarized in sections 6.2.1 through 6.2.8.


                                6.2.1  Binders

          •  Increase immobilization performance by  modifying
             existing binders.

          •  Develop advanced binders to minimize volume increase
             inherent in most existing S/S processes.

          •  Develop advanced binders with better tolerance to
             organic contaminants  and interferences.

          •  Determine factors affecting optimum binder addition
             rate.  Too much of a  particular binder  ingredient
             can lead to an improperly stabilized waste form.
             For example, many metals are amphoteric, meaning
             that they are soluble under both acidic and alkaline
             conditions.  The metal will  be at minimum solubility
             when a sufficient base (S/S ingredient) is added to
             make the waste moderately alkaline.  Too much base
             will cause the metal  to resolubilize and/or make the
             waste hazardous by virtue of the RCRA corrosivity
             characteristic (i.e., pH >12.5).


                              6.2.2   Mechanisms

          •  Develop an understanding of chemical  speciation and
             how it affects immobilization.

          •  Gain understanding of S/S process bonding mechanisms
             with presently used binders and additives.

          •  Gain understanding of microstructure and chemistry
             of the complex interactions among binder phases and
             contaminants (McDaniel et al., 1990).
                                     6-13

-------
                   6.2.3  Interferences

   Organic matter in the waste can prevent setting of
   the S/S-treated waste or reduce the strength or
   immobilization performance of the final product.
   Research is needed to determine threshold levels for
   interfering organic compounds with inorganic and
   organic S/S binders.

   Interfering agents should be classified into groups
   based on similarity of interference mechanisms.
   Once the mechanisms are defined and interferences
   grouped, control  parameters could be set for
   interfering chemicals such as volatile organics,
   insoluble organics, soluble organics,  soluble salts,
   sulfates, and ammonia.
            6.2.4  Organics and Air Emissions

   Develop methods to efficiently remove organic
   contaminants from sludge,  soil, and soil-like wastes
   (Barth, 1990).

   Develop methods to determine whether bonding occurs
   between binder and organic  waste.   Increased
   understanding of the mechanisms for organic
   immobilization will speed  development of better
   binders for organic contaminants.
                   6.2.5  Test Methods

•  Characterize the chemical  interaction within the
   S/S-treated waste and at the waste/soil  interface by
   diffusion tube measurements with radiotracers.

•  Develop methods to more accurately predict and
   measure the performance of S/S processes and
   products in the laboratory and to improve the
   correlation of laboratory results with performance
   in the field (McDaniel  et al., 1990).

•  Develop and evaluate simple methods for deter-
   mination of metal  speciation for use in binder
   evaluation and selection.

•  Develop and evaluate methods for inexpensive
   determination of metal  speciation.

•  Develop better test methods for detailed research of
   S/S-treated waste performance (e.g.,  X-ray
   fluorescence, computer imaging, laser holography).
                           6-14

-------
 Identify factors affecting scale-up of treatability
 test results to determine the safety margin needed
 in performance measures.  Scale-up from bench-scale
 to field-scale involves a number of variables that
 cannot be exactly replicated in the bench-scale
 experiments, e.g., field-curing conditions, degree
 of mixing, and ingredient control, among others.
 Therefore, the results of the bench-scale tests
 should exceed the performance measures for the field
 project by a wide enough margin to allow for unknown
 contingencies.  As a general rule, if a bench-scale
 test meets the field performance measures by only a
 slim margin, then one may expect problems with full-
 scale implementation.

 Quantify the effect of the small-scale treatability
 test environment on S/S-treated waste performance.
 The jar environment promotes good contact between
 the binder and waste form and can enhance the degree
 of stabilization.
        6.2.6  Leaching and Transport Models

Develop approaches to better predict field
performance from laboratory results.

Quantify containment release rates by diffusion and
advection over long-term exposure to environmental
conditions.  Use the transport data to evaluate the
acceptability of the release rates.

The TCLP does not fully address the main leaching
mechanisms for many organics.  In many cases, the
organics in leachates are associated with
particulate matter.  Methods need to be developed to
assess the fraction of organics mobilized by
mechanisms not directly related to diffusion or
dissolution such as sorption on particulates.

Develop better, more economical,  and more rapid
leaching tests that allow reliable prediction of
long-term performance of S/S-treated waste.
     6.2.7   Compatibility with  Disposal or  Reuse

Identify and validate methods to produce S/S-treated
waste that can be reused or recycled (Barth, 1990).

Determine the long-term physical durability and
contaminant retention properties of S/S products by
the following means:
                        6-15

-------
 -   Define  the  physical  and  chemical  environments
    for  various end  uses.
 -   Develop accelerated  weathering  tests.
 -   Define  biodegradation  potential.
 -   Determine the  relative merits of  granular
    versus  monolithic materials.

 Analyze the conditions  needed for  long-term
 environmental  protection  for S/S-treated waste
 placed  in  a disposal or use environment.  Analysis
 will  include determination  and evaluation of the
 ultimate release  pathways.

 Evaluate and develop criteria for  reuse of S/S-
 treated waste  (e.g., bricks or subgrade fill).
    6.2.8  Treatabilitv Tests and S/S Application

Determine the effectiveness of S/S processes and
equipment for treating contaminated soil and
impounded liquid.

Determine effectiveness of mixing methods (including
in situ methods).

Evaluate effectiveness of slag addition or other
pretreatment options to alter the valence states of
metal contaminants prior to S/S processing.

Establish a database recording important
characteristics of S/S processing, such as binders,
waste characteristics, interferences, and
performance.

Develop expert systems to aid in planning and
evaluating treatability studies, S/S processes, and
pretreatment options.  The expert systems can be
used to screen potential S/S processes for specific
waste types and contaminated site conditions.

Develop real-time QA/QC methods for S/S process
control.

Evaluate uses, based on experience with S/S
treatment of industrial sludge, for similar wastes
such as dredged materials from harbors and waterways
or ashes and residues from combustion of coal and
municipal solid waste.

Develop strategies to optimize sample collection and
analysis to increase efficiency and reduce cost.
                        6-16

-------
                                 7   REFERENCES

Akhter, H., and F. K. Cartledge.  1991.  "First Evidence that Long Cure Times
in Cement/Fly Ash Solidification/Stabilization Can Result in Reversal of
Hydration and Polymerization in the Matrix Apparently Caused by Arsenic
Salts."  Preprint of extended abstract presented to the Division of Environ-
mental Chemistry of the American Chemical Society, New York, August 25-30,
1991.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).  1985.  Temperature Effects
on Concrete.  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  February.  184 pp.

Arniella, E. F., and L. J. Blythe.   1990.  "Solidifying Traps Hazardous
Wastes."  Chemical Engineering, 97(2).

Baes, C. F., Jr., and R. E. Mesmer.  1976.  The Hydrolysis of Cations.  John
Wiley & Sons, New York.  489 pp.

Banba, T., T. Murakami, and H. Kimura.  1985.  "Moving Boundary Model for
Leaching of Nuclear Waste Glasses."  Materials Research Society Symposia
Proceedings, 44:113.

Banerjee, K.  1988.  D. Eng. Sc. Thesis, New Jersey Institute of Technology,
Newark, New Jersey.

Barich, J. J., Ill, E. F. Barth, and R. R. Jones, Sr.  1989.  The Design of
Soil Restoration Treatability Studies.  A Series Produced by the Environmental
Services Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 10 (ESD-10),
Seattle, Washington.  Paper presented at the VII International Conference,
Chemistry for the Protection of the Environment, Lublin, Poland.  September.
Proceedings published by Plenum.

Barich, J., and B. Mason.  1992.  "Issues Related to the Public and Regulatory
Acceptance of Performance Standards for Wastes Remaining on Hazardous Waste
Sites."  In: T. M. Gilliam and C.C. Wiles, eds., Stabilization and Solidifi-
cation of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes, Vol. 2.  Proceedings of
Second International Symposium on Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous,
Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes, Williamsburg, Virginia, May 29-June 1, 1990.
ASTM STP 1123.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania,  pp. 12-17.

Barth, E. F.  1990.  "An Overview of the History, Present Status, and Future
Direction of Solidification/Stabilization Technologies for Hazardous Waste
Treatment."  J. Hazardous Materials, 24:103-109.

Barth, E. F.  1991.  "Summary Results of the SITE Demonstration for the
Chemfix Solidification/Stabilization Process."  In: Remedial Action, Treat-
ment, and Disposal of Hazardous Waste.  EPA/600/9-91/002.  April.

Barth, E. F., and R. M. McCandless.  1989.  Solidification/Stabilization
Technology Information Bulletin: General Guide for Treatability Assessment of
Superfund Soils.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Center Hill Solid and
Hazardous Waste Research Facility.   July.
                                      7-1

-------
Batchelor, B.  1990.  "Leaching Models: Theory and Application."  In: Proceed-
ings of the 2nd Annual Symposium Gulf Coast Hazardous Substance Research
Center, Solidification/Stabilization Mechanisms and Applications, February
15-16, 1990.  Gulf Coast Hazardous Substance Research Center, Beaumont, Texas.
pp. 103-111.

Bhatty, M. S. Y.  1987.  "Fixation of Metallic Ion in Portland Cement."
Proceedings of the National Conference on Hazardous Hastes and Hazardous
Materials, Washington, D.C., March 16-18, 1987.  Hazardous Materials Control
Research Institute, Silver Springs, Maryland,  pp. 140-145.

Bhatty, M. S. Y., and N. R. Greening.  1978.  "Interaction of Alkalies with
Hydration and Hydrated Calcium Silicates."  Proceedings of the Fourth Interna-
tional Conference on Effects of Alkalies in Cement and Concrete, Purdue
University, West Lafayette, Indiana.  June.  pp.  87-111.

Bishop, P. L.  1986.  "Prediction of Heavy Metal  Leaching Rates from Stabili-
zation/Solidification Hazardous Wastes."  In: Gregory D. Bordman, ed., Toxic
and Hazardous Wastes: Proceedings of the Eighteenth Mid-Atlantic Industrial
Waste Conference.  Technomic Publishing Co., Lancaster, Pennsylvania.  639 pp.

Bishop, P. L.  1988.  "Leaching of Inorganic Hazardous Constituents from
Stabilized/Solidified Hazardous Wastes."  Hazardous Waste and Hazardous
Materials, 5:129-143.

Bishop, P. L.  1990.  Contaminant Leaching from Solidified-Stabilized Wastes.
ACS Symposium Series — Emerging Technologies in Hazardous Waste Management II.
Atlantic City, New Jersey,  June 4-7.

Bishop, P. L., M. T. Bowers, R. A. Miller, and L.  A.  Rieser.   1990.   Assess-
ment of Long Term Durability of Solidified/Stabilized Hazardous Haste Forms.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) - University of Cincinnati/Risk Reduction
Engineering Laboratory (RREL)  Cooperative Agreement,  Department of Civil and
Environmental Engineering,  University of Cincinnati.   January.

Bishop, P. L., T. C. Keener, D. C. Dusing, R. Gong, and Chong-Le Li.  1992.
"Chemical  Fixation of Flue Gas Desulfurization Sludges and Flyash."   In: T. M.
Gilliam and C.C. Wiles, eds.,  Stabilization and Solidification of Hazardous,
Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes, Vol. 2.   Proceedings of Second International
Symposium on Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed
Wastes, Williamsburg, Virginia, May 29-June 1, 1990.   ASTM STP 1123.  American
Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  pp.  103-118.

Bricka, R. M.  1988.  Investigation and Evaluation of the Performance of
Solidified Cellulose and Starch Xanthate Heavy Metal  Sludges.  Technical
Report EL-88-5, USAE Waterways Experimental Station,  Vicksburg, Mississippi.
February.

Bricka, R. M., and D. 0. Hill.  1987.  "Metal Immobilization  by Solidification
of Hydroxide and Xanthate Sludges."  In: Proceedings  of the Fourth Interna-
tional Hazardous Waste Symposium on Environmental  Aspects of  Stabiliza-
tion/Solidification of Hazardous and Radioactive Wastes, Atlanta, Georgia, May
3-6, 1987.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania.  440 pp.


                                     7-2

-------
Brookins, D. G.  1988.  Eh-pH Diagrams for Geochemistry.  Springer-Verlag, New
York.  176 pp.

Butler, J. N.  1964.  Ionic Equilibrium: A Mathematical Approach.  Addison
Wesley Publishing Co., Reading, Massachusetts.  547 pp.

Cartledge, F. K.  1992.  "Solidification/Stabilization of Arsenic Compounds."
Presented at U.S. EPA Workshop on Arsenic and Mercury: Removal, Recovery,
Treatment, and Disposal, Arlington, Virgina, August 9.  EPA/600/R-92/105.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Cheng, K. Y., and P. L. Bishop.  1990.  "Developing a Kinetic Leaching Model
for Solidified/Stabilized Hazardous Wastes."  In:  Proceedings, Solidifica-
tion/Stabilization Mechanisms and Applications, Lamar University, Beaumont,
Texas, February 15-16.

Cheng, K. Y., and P. L. Bishop.  1992.  "Leaching Boundary Movement in Solidi-
fied/Stabilized Waste Forms."  Accepted for publication in J. of the Air and
Waste Management Assoc., 4
Cheng, K. Y., P. Bishop, and J. Isenburg.  1992.  "Leaching Boundary in
Cement-Based Waste Forms."  J. of Hazardous Materials, 30:285

Clark, A. I., C. S. Poon, and R. Perry.  1985.  "The Rational Use of Cement-
Based Stabilization Techniques for the Disposal of Hazardous Wastes."  In:
International Conference on New Frontiers for Hazardous Haste Management.
EPA/600/9-85/025.  Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.  September 15-18.

Clark, S. L., T. Greathouse, and J. Means.  1989.  Review of Literature on
Haste Solidification/Stabilization with Emphasis on Metal-Bearing Hastes.
Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory, Port Hueneme, California.

Cochran, W. G., and G. M. Cox.  1957.  Experimental Designs, 2nd ed.  John
Wiley and Sons, New York.  611 pp.

Colonna, R., C. Pyrately, and R. Maxey.  1990.  "Technology Screening for
Stabilization/Solidification of Contaminated Oils."  In: W. Pillmann and
K. Zirm, eds., Proceedings of Hazardous Haste Management, Contaminated Sites,
and Industrial Risk Assessment.  International Society for Environmental
Protection, Vienna, Austria.  October 23-25.

Conner, J. R.  1990.  Chemical Fixation and Solidification of Hazardous
Hastes.  Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.

Costle, D. M.  1979a.  Quality Assurance Requirements for all EPA Extramural
Projects Involving Environmental Measurements.  Administrator's Policy
Statement, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.  May 30.

Costle, D. M.  1979b.  EPA Quality Assurance Policy Statement.  Administra-
tor's Memorandum, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C.
May 30.

Cote, P. L., and T. R. Bridle.  1987.  "Long-Term Leaching Scenarios for
Cement-Based Waste Forms."  Waste Management and Research, 5:55-66.


                                      7-3

-------
Cote, P. L., T. R. Bridle, and A. Benedek.  1985.   "An Approach for Evaluating
Long-Term teachability from Measurement of Intrinsic Waste Properties."  In:
Proc. Third International Symposium on Industrial  and Hazardous Haste, Alexan-
dria, Egypt (as cited in Conner, 1990, p. 47,  Figure 3-8).

Cote, P. L., T. R. Bridle, and A. Benedek.  1986.   "An Approach for Evaluating
Long-Term Leachability from Measurements of Intrinsic Waste Properties."  In:
D. Lorenzen, R. A. Conway, L. P. Jackson, A.  Hamza,  C. L.  Perket, and W. J.
Lacy, eds., Hazardous and Industrial Solid Haste Testing and Disposal: Sixth
Volume.  ASTM STP 933.  American Society for  Testing and Materials, Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania,  pp. 63-78.

Cote, P. L., T. W. Constable, and A. Moriera.   1987.  "An Evaluation of
Cement-Based Waste Forms Using the Results of Approximately Two Years of
Dynamic Leaching."  Nuclear and Chemical Haste Management, 7:129-139.

Cote, P. L., and D. P. Hamilton.  1984.  "Leachability Comparison of Four
Hazardous Waste Solidification Processes."  In: Proceedings of the 38th Purdue
Industrial Haste Conference in Hay 1983.  Ann Arbor  Science, Ann Arbor,
Michigan,  pp. 221-231.

Crank, J.  1967.  The Mathematics of Diffusion.  Clarendon Press, Oxford, UK.
347 pp.

Cull inane, M. J., and L. W. Jones.  1992.  "An Assessment of Short-Term
Penetration Testing as an Indicator of Strength Development in Solidi-
fied/Stabilized Hazardous Waste."  In: T. M.  Gilliam and C.C. Wiles, eds.,
Stabilization and Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Hastes,
Vol. 2.  Proceedings of Second International  Symposium on Stabiliza-
tion/Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes, Williamsburg,
Virginia, May 29-June 1, 1990.  ASTM STP 1123.  American Society for Testing
and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,  pp. 385-392.

Cull inane, M. J., and R. M. Bricka.  1989.  "An Evaluation of Organic Materi-
als that Interfere with Stabilization/ Solidification Processes."  In: P. T.
Kostecki and E. J. Calabrese, eds., Petroleum Contaminated Soils, Vol. I.
Remediation Techniques, Environmental Fate, Risk Assessment.  Lewis Publish-
ers, Chelsea, Michigan.

Cull inane, M. J., R. M. Bricka, and N. R. Francingues, Jr.  1987.  "An Assess-
ment of Materials that Interfere with Stabilization/ Solidification Process-
es."  In: Proc. 13th Annual Research Symposium.  U.S. EPA Risk Reduction
Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.  pp. 64-71.

Czuypyrna, G., R. D. Levy, A. I. Maclean, and H. Gold.  1989.  In Situ Immobi-
lization of Heavy-Metal Contaminated Soils.  Noyes Data Corporation, Park
Ridge, New Jersey.  155 pp.

Daniali, S.  1990.  "Stabilization/Stabilization of  Heavy Metals in Latex
Modified Portland Cement Matrices."  J. Hazardous Materials, 24:225-230.

de Groot, G. J., and H. A. van der Sloot.  1992.  "Determination of Leaching
Characteristics of Waste Materials Leading to Environmental Product Certifica-
tion."  In: T. M. Gilliam and C.C. Wiles, eds., Stabilization and Solidifica-
tion of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Hastes,  Vol. 2.   Proceedings of

                                      7-4

-------
Second  International Symposium on Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous,
Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes, Williamsburg, Virginia, May 29-June 1, 1990.
ASTM STP 1123.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania,  pp. 149-170.

de Groot, G. J., J. Wijkstra, D. Hoede, and H. A. van der Sloot.  1989.
"Leaching Characteristics of Selected Elements from Coal Fly Ash as a Function
of the Acidity of the Contact Solution and the Liquid/Solid Ratio."  In: P. L.
Cote and T.M. Gilliam, eds.,  Environmental Aspects of Stabilization and
Solidification of Hazardous and Radioactive Wastes.  ASTM STP 1033.  American
Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

de Percin, P. R., and S. Sawyer.  1991.  "Long-Term Monitoring of the Hazcon
Stabilization Process at the Douglassville, Pennsylvania Superfund Site."
J. Air Waste Management Association, 4J(1):88-91.  January.

Dijkink, J. H., K. J. Braber and R. F. Duzijn.  1991.  "Quality Improvement of
River Sediments and Waste Water Treatment Sludges by Solidification and
Immobilization."  In: Goumans, J. J. J. M., H. A. van der Sloot, and Th. G.
Aalbers, eds., Waste Materials in Construction, Proceedings of the Interna-
tional Conference on Environmental Implications of Construction with Waste
Materials, Maastricht, The Netherlands.  November 10-14, 1991.  Studies in
Environmental Science.  48:533-544.  Elsevier Science Publishing Co., New
York.

Dole, L. R.  1985.  "Overview of the Applications of Cement-Based Immobiliza-
tion Technologies at US-DOE Facilities."  In: Post, R. G., ed., Waste Manage-
ment '85, Volume 2.  Proceedings of Waste Management '85 Symposium, Tucson,
Arizona, March 24-28, 1985.  pp. 455-463.

Doremus, R. H.  1979.  "Chemical Durability of Glass."  In: Treatise on
Material Science and Technology, Volume 17, Glass II.  Academic Press,  New
York.

Dragun, J.  1988.  The Soil Chemistry of Hazardous Materials.  Hazardous
Material Control Research Institute, Silver Springs, Maryland.

Dragun, J., and C. S. Helling.  1985.  "Physicochemical and Structural
Relationships of Organic Chemicals Undergoing Soil- and Clay-Catalyzed Free-
Radical Oxidation."  5o/7 5c/., 139:100-111.

Dusing, D. C., P. L. Bishop, T. Keener, and R. Gong.  1991.  "Chemical
Fixation of Coal Power Wastes."  In: Hazardous and Industrial Materials.
Technomic Publishing Co., Lancaster, Pennsylvania,  pp. 385-397.

Eary, L. E., and D. Rai.  1987.  "Kinetics of Chromium(III) Oxidation to
Chromium(VI) by Reaction with Manganese Dioxide."  Environ. Sci. Technol.,
22:1187-1193.

Eighmy, T. T., D. Domingo,  D. Stampfli, J. R. Krzanowski,  and D. Eusden.
1992.  "The Nature of Elements in Incineration Residues and Their Stabilized
Products."  In: M. E. Wacks (Ed.), 1992 Incineration Conference:  Thermal
Treatment of Radioactive, Hazardous Chemical, Mixed and Medical Wastes,
Albuquerque, New Mexico, May 11-15, 1992.  University of California,  Irvine,
California.

                                      7-5

-------
Elrashidi, M. A., D. C. Adriano, S. M. Workman, and W. L. Lindsay.  1987.
"Chemical Equilibria of Selenium in Soils: A Theoretical Development."  So/7
Science, J44(2):141-152.

Flynn, C. M., Jr., T. G. Carnahan, and R. E. Lindstrom.  1980.  Adsorption of
Heavy Metal Ions by Xanthated Saw Dust.  Report of Investigations-8427.  U.S.
Bureau of Mines, Reno, Nevada.

Fuessle, R., and Z. Bayasi.  1991.  "Solidification/Stabilization of K061 Arc
Dust by Silica Fume Concrete."  Concretes and Grouts in Nuclear and Hazardous
Waste Disposal.  Boston, Massachusetts.  March 17-21.

Gilbert, R. 0.  1987.  Statistical Methods for Environmental Pollution
Monitoring.  Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.  320 pp.

Godbee, H., E. Compere, D. Joy, A. Kibbey, J. Moore, C. Nestor, Jr.,
0. Anders, and R. Neilson, Jr.  1980.  "Application of Mass Transport Theory
to the Leaching of Radionuclides from Waste Solids."  Nuclear and Chemical
Waste Management, J:29-35.

Hannak, P., and A. J. Liem.  1986.  "Development of New Methods for Solid
Waste Characterization."  In: International Seminar on the Solidification and
Stabilization of Hazardous Hastes.  Baton Rouge, Louisiana.  April.

Harvey, K. B., C. D. Litke, and C. A. Boase.  1984.  "Diffusion-Based Leaching
Models for Glassy Waste Forms."  Adv. in Ceramics, 59:47.

HazTech News.  1991.  5(16):121.

Hicks, C. R.  1973.  Fundamental Concepts in the Design of Experiments, 2nd
ed.  Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York.  349 pp.

Hockley, D. E., and H. A.  van der Sloot.  1991.  Modelling of Interactions at
Waste-Soil Interfaces.  In: Goumans,  J. J. J. M.,  H. A. van der Sloot, and
Th. G. Aalbers, eds., Waste Materials in Construction, Proceedings of the
International Conference on Environmental Implications of Construction with
Haste Materials, Maastricht, The Netherlands.  November 10-14, 1991.  Studies
in Environmental Science,  48:341-352.  Elsevier Science Publishing Co., New
York.

Hockley, D. E., and H. A.  van der Sloot.  1991.  "Long-Term Processes in
Stabilized Coal-Waste Block Exposed to Seawater."   Environmental Science and
Technology, 25(8):1408-1413.

Holmes, T. T., D. S. Kosson, and C. C. Wiles.  1991.  "A Comparison of Five
Solidification/Stabilization Processes for Treatment of Municipal  Waste
Combustion Residues - Physical Testing."  In: Goumans, J. J. J. M., H. A.  van
der Sloot, and Th. G. Aalbers, eds.,  Waste Materials in Construction,  Proceed-
ings of the International  Conference on Environmental Implications of Con-
struction with Haste Materials, Maastricht,  The Netherlands.  November 10-14,
1991.  Studies in Environmental Science.  48:107-118.  Elsevier Science
Publishing Co., New York.

Her, R. K.  1979.  The Chemistry of Silica.  John Wiley, New York.


                                      7-6

-------
 Interagency Working  Group.   1987.   Volume  1:  Toxic Air Pollutant  Source
 Assessment  Manual  for California Air Pollution  Control  Districts  and Appli-
 cants  for Air Pollution  Control District Permits.  (Draft  version prepared by
 Interagency Working  Group and  Engineering-Science, Inc., Berkeley,  California.
 Final  version prepared by Interagency Working Group.   October  1,  1987.)

 Isenburg, J.,  and  M.  Morre.  1992.   "Generalized Acid  Neutralization Capacity
 Test."   In:  T. M.  Gilliam and  C.C.  Wiles,  eds., Stabilization  and Solidifica-
 tion of  Hazardous, Radioactive, and Nixed  Wastes, Vol.  2.   Proceedings  of
 Second International  Symposium on Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous,
 Radioactive,  and Mixed Wastes, Williamsburg,  Virginia,  May 29-June  1, 1990.
 ASTM STP 1123.  American Society for Testing  and Materials,  Philadelphia,
 Pennsylvania,  pp. 361-377.

 Jones  L.  W.,  R. M. Bricka, and M. J. Cull inane.  1992.   "Effects  of Selected
 Waste  Constituents on  Solidified/Stabilized Waste teachability."   In: T.  M.
 Gilliam  and  C.C. Wiles, eds.,  Stabilization and Solidification of Hazardous,
 Radioactive,  and Mixed Hastes, Vol.  2.  Proceedings of  Second  International
 Symposium on  Stabilization/Solidification  of  Hazardous,  Radioactive,  and  Mixed
 Wastes,  Williamsburg,  Virginia, May 29-June 1,  1990.  ASTM STP 1123.  American
 Society  for  Testing  and Materials,  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,  pp.  193-203.

 Jones, L.   1990.   Interference Mechanisms  in  Haste Stabilization/Solidifica-
 tion Processes, Project Summary.  EPA/600/S2-89/067.  U.S.  Environmental
 Protection Agency, Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory,  Cincinnati, Ohio.

 Kantro,  D.  L., S.  Brunauer, and C.  H. Wiese.  1962.  "Development of Surface
 in the Hydration of  Calcium Silicates.  11-Extraction of Investigations of
 Earlier  and  Later  Stages of Hydration."  J. Phys. Chem., 151(66):1804-1809.

 Kasten,  J.  L., H. W. Godbee, T. M.  Gilliam, and S. C. Osborne.  1989.  Round  I
 Phase I Haste Immobilization Technology Evaluation.  ORNL/TM (Draft), Oak
 Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

 Keith, L. H., ed.  1988.   Principles of Environmental Sampling.  American
 Chemical   Society, Washington,  D.C.   458 pp.

 Kelley,  K. P.  1988.   "Building Tetrapods  from Incinerator Ash Could Save
 Northeastern Coast."  Hazmat Horld.  December,  pp. 22-25.

 Kibbey, A. H., H. W. Godbee, and E.  L. Compere.   1978.   A Review of Solid
 Radioactive Haste Practices in Light-Hater-Cooled Nuclear Reactor Power
 Plants.  NUREG/CR-0144, ORNL/NUREG-43 (Rev. 1 of ORNL-4924).   Prepared by Oak
 Ridge National Laboratory for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission,  Office of
 Nuclear Regulatory Research, Washington, D.C.

 Kinner, N. E., D. B. Durling, W.  B.  Lyons,  D. L. Gress, and M.  R.  Collins.
 1992.   "Evaluation of the Impact of Ocean Disposal  of Stabilized/Solidified
Municipal Solid Waste  Incinerator Ash on Marine  Sediments."  In:  T. M. Gilliam
 and C.C.  Wiles, eds., Stabilization and Solidification  of Hazardous, Radioac-
 tive,  and Mixed Hastes, Vol. 2.  Proceedings of  Second  International Symposium
on Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive,  and Mixed Wastes,
Williamsburg, Virginia, May 29-June 1,  1990.  ASTM STP  1123.  American Society
 for Testing and Materials,  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,   pp. 119-132.


                                     7-7

-------
Kirk, D. R., C. I. Mashni, and P. M. Erickson.  1991.  Roles of Organic Com-
pounds in Solidification/Stabilization of Contaminated Soils.  U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency.

Kosson, D. S., H. A. van der Sloot, T. Holmes, and C. Wiles.  1991.  "Leaching
Properties of Untreated and Treated Residues Tested in the USEPA Program for
Evaluation of Treatment and Utilization Technologies for Municipal Waste
Combustor Residues."  In: Goumans, J. J. J. M., H. A. van der Sloot, and
Th. G. Aalbers, eds., Haste Materials in Construction, Proceedings of the
International Conference on Environmental Implications of Construction with
Haste Materials, Maastricht, The Netherlands.  November 10-14, 1991.  Studies
in Environmental Science, 48:119-134.  Elsevier Science Publishing Co., New
York.

Kyles, J. H., K. C. Malinowski, and T. F. Stanczyk.  1987.  "Solidification/
Stabilization of Hazardous Waste - A Comparison of Conventional and Novel
Techniques, Toxic and Hazardous Wastes."  In: Jeffrey C. Evans, ed., Proceed-
ings of 19th Mid-Atlantic Industrial Haste Conference.  June 21-23, 1987 (as
cited in U.S. EPA, 1989g).

Lagoutte, E., P. Hannak, J. Buzzerio, and D. Knox.  1990.  "Stabilization/-
Solidification of Organic Containing Wastes Using Organophilic Clay and Coal
Fly Ash."  In: Proceedings of Hazardous Haste Management, Contaminated Sites
and Industrial Risk Assessment.  International Society for Environmental
Protection, Vienna, Austria.  October 23-25.

LeGendre, G. R., and D.  D. Runnells.  1975.  "Removal of Dissolved Molybdenum
from Waste-Waters by Precipitates of Ferric Iron."  Environ. Sci.  Technol.,
9:744-749.

Lukas, W., and A. Saxer.  1990.  "On the Immobilization of Contaminated
Materials, Especially from Waste Incineration Plants, by Solidification,
Utilizing By-Products from Power Stations."  In: W. Pillman and K. Zirm, eds.,
Proceedings of Envirotech 1990 Conference on Hazardous Haste Management,
Contaminated Sites and Industrial Risk Assessment.  International  Society for
Environmental Protection, Vienna, Austria.  October 23-25.

Markworth, A. J., and L. R. Kahn.  1985.  "A Hierarchical Model for Mass-
Transport Kinetics Within a Crevice-Like Region."  In: R. Runga, ed., Predic-
tive Capabilities in Environmentally Assisted Cracking.  PVP, Vol. 99.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York.  p. 143.

Mason, B. J.  1983.  Preparation of Soil Sampling Protocols: Techniques and
Strategies.  EPA/600/4-83/020.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

McCoy, J. K. and A. J. Markworth.  1987.  "Water Chemistry and Dissolution
Kinetics of Waste-Form Glasses."  J. of Non-Crystalline Solids, 89:47.

McDaniel, E. W., R. D. Spence, and 0. K. Tallent.  1990.  "Research Needs in
Cement-Based Waste Forms."  In: XIV International Symposium on the Scientific
Basis for Nuclear Haste Management, 1990 Fall Meeting of the Materials
Research Society.  Boston, Massachusetts.  November 26-29.

Means, J., S. Clark, M.  Jeffers, T. Greathouse, and P. Aggarwal.  1991a.
Stabilization/Solidification Database: Compilation of Metal Fixation Data from

                                      7-8

-------
Bench-Scale Treatability Tests.  Report from Battelle to U.S. Navy and U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.  June.

Means, J. L., G. L. Headington, S. K. Ong, and K.  W.  Nehring.  1991b.  The
Chemical Stability of Metal-Contaminated Sandblasting Grit at Naval Station,
Treasure Island, Hunters Point Annex.  Report from Battelle to Naval Civil
Engineering Lab.  January.

Means, J., A. Chen, B. Cano, and J. Jones.  1991c.  Summary Report on Review
and Analysis of Treatability Data Involving Solidification/Stabilization of
Soils: Literature Review.  Prepared by Battelle for Risk Reduction Engineering
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Myers, T. E.  1986.  "A Simple Procedure for Acceptance Testing of Freshly
Prepared Solidified Waste."  In: Industrial Solid Waste Testing: Fourth
Symposium.  ASTM STP 886.  pp. 263-272.

Myers, T. E., N. R. Francingues, Jr., D. W. Thompson, and D. 0. Hill.  1985.
"Sorbent Assisted Solidification of a Hazardous Waste."  In: International
Conference on New Frontiers for Hazardous Waste Management.  EPA/600/9-85/025.
September 15-18.  pp. 348-355.

New York State Center for Hazardous Waste Management (NYSC-HWM).  1990.
Research and Development in Hazardous Waste Management, 2nd ed.  November.

Ortego, J. D.  1990.  "Spectroscopic and Leaching Studies of Solidified Toxic
Metals."  J. Hazardous Materials, 24:137-144.

Ortego, J. D., Y. Barroeta, F. K. Cartledge, and H. Akhter.  1991.   "Leaching
Effects on Silicate Polymerization.  An FTIR and 29Si NMR  Study of Lead and
Zinc in Portland Cement."  Environmental Science and Technology, 25.   Reprint.

Ortego, J. D., S. Jackson, Gu-Sheng Yu, H. McWhinney, and D. L. Cocke.  1989.
"Solidification of Hazardous Substances - A TGA and FTIR Study of Portland
Cement Containing Metal Nitrates."  J. Environ. Sci. Health, A24(6):589-602.

Perry, K. J., N. E. Prange, and W. F. Garvey.  1992.  "Long-Term Leaching
Performance for Commercially Stabilized Wastes."  In T. M. Gilliam and C. C.
Wiles  (Eds.), Stabilization and Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and
Mixed Wastes, 2nd Volume.  ASTM STP 1123.  American Society for Testing and
Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,  pp. 242-251.

Pojasek, R. B., ed.  1979.  Toxic and Hazardous Waste Disposal. Vol. 2.
Options for Stabilization/Solidification.  Ann Arbor Science Publishers,  Inc.,
Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Ponder, T. C., and D. Schmitt.  1991.  "Field Assessment of Air Emissions  from
Hazardous Waste Stabilization Operations."  In: Remedial Action, Treatment,
and Disposal of Hazardous Waste.  EPA/600/9-91/002.  April,  pp. 532-542.

Poon, C. S., A. I. Clark, C. J. Peters, and R. Perry.  1985.   "Mechanisms of
Metal Fixation and Leaching by Cement Based Fixation Processes."  Waste
Management and Research, 3:127-142.
                                      7-9

-------
 Rosencrance, A. B., and R. K. Kulkarni.  1979.  Fixation of Tobyhanna Army
 Depot Electroplating Waste Samples by Asphalt Encapsulation Process.  Techni-
 cal Report  7902.  U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command, Ft.
 Detrick, Maryland.  23 pp. (as cited in U.S. EPA, 1986c).

 Sass, B. M., and D. Rai.  1987.  "Solubility of Amorphous Chromium(III)-
 Iron(III) Hydroxide Solid Solutions."  Inorganic Chemistry, 25:2228-2232.

 Seidell, A.  1919.  Solubilities of Inorganic and Organic Compounds.  D. Van
 Nostrand Co.,  Inc. (as cited in Clark et al., 1989).

 Sell, N. J., M. A. Revall, W. Bentley, and T. H. Mclntosh.  1992.  Solidifica-
 tion and Stabilization of Phenol and Chlorinated Phenol Contaminated Soils.
 In: T. M. Gilliam and C. C. Wiles, eds., Stabilization/Solidification of
 Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Waste, vol. 2.  Proceedings of Second
 International  Symposium on Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous, Radioac-
 tive, and Mixed Wastes, Williamsburg, Virginia, May 29-June 1, 1990.  ASTM STP
 1123.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
 pp. 73-85.

 Sheriff, T. S., C. J. Sollars, D. Montgomery, and R. Perry.  1989.  "The Use
 of Activated Charcoal and Tetra-Alkylammonium-Substituted Clays in Cement-
 Based Stabilization/Solidification of Phenols and Chlorinated Phenols."  In:
 P. L. Cote and T. M.  Gilliam, eds., Environmental Aspects of Stabilization and
 Solidification of Hazardous and Radioactive Wastes.   ASTM STP 1033.  American
 Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

 Shin, H., J. Kim, and J.  Koo.  1992.   "Mixture Design Optimization Considering
 Three Disposal  Options for Solidified Heavy Metal Sludges."  In: T. M. Gilliam
 and C.C. Wiles, eds., Stabilization and Solidification of Hazardous, Radioac-
 tive, and Mixed Hastes, Vol.  2.  Proceedings of Second International Symposium
 on Stabilization/Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes,
 Williamsburg, Virginia, May 29-June 1,  1990.  ASTM STP 1123.   American Society
 for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,  pp. 283-296.

 Sittig,  M.  1973.  Pollutant  Removal  Handbook.   Noyes Data Corporation,
 London,  U.K.

 Smith,  R. L., and F.  R. Robinson.  1990.  "Is the TCLP Creating Future Super-
 fund Sites?"  Paper presented at Second International Symposium on Stabiliza-
 tion/Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive,  and Mixed Wastes, Williamsburg,
 Virginia, May 29-June 1,  1990.

 Spence,  R. D.,  T. M.  Gilliam, I.  L. Morgan,  and S.  C. Osborne.  1990.  Immobi-
 lization of Volatile  Organic  Compounds in Commercial Cement-Based Haste Forms.
ORNL/TM-11251.   Oak Ridge National  Laboratory,  Oak Ridge,  Tennessee.

Stegemann, J. A., and P.  L.  Cote.  1991.  Investigation of Test Methods for
Solidified Haste Evaluation - A Cooperative Program.  Wastewater Technology
Centre,  Conservation  and  Protection,  Environment Canada.

Stumm,  W., and  J.  J.  Morgan.   1970.  Aquatic Chemistry.  Wiley-Interscience,
New York.  583  pp.
                                     7-10

-------
Swallow, K. C., D. N. Hume, and F. M. M. Morel.   1980.   "Sorption  of Copper
and Lead by Hydrous Ferric Oxide."  Environ. Sci. Techno!.,  14:1326-1331.

Swanson, R. L.  1990.   "Stabilized Incinerator Residue  in  a  Shore  Protection
Device."   In: Research  and Development Projects.  New York State Center  for
Hazardous  Waste Management, Buffalo, New York.

Tittlebaum, M. E., R. D. Seals, F. K. Cartledge,  and S.  Engles.  1985.
Critical Reviews  in Environmental Control, 15(2):179-211 (as cited in Lagoutte
et al.).

U.S. Army.  1993  (in press).  An Evaluation of Factors Affecting the Solidfi-
cation/Stabilization of Heavy Metal Sludge.  Technical report prepared by
R. M. Bricka and  L. W.  Jones, U.S. Army Engineer  Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, Mississippi.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1980.  Guide to the Disposal  of
Chemically Stabilized and Solidified Waste.  Municipal Environmental  Research
Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, Ohio.   September.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1983.  Feasibility  of In Situ Solidifi-
cation/Stabilization of Landfilled Hazardous Wastes.  EPA-600/2-83-088.
Municipal  Environmental Research Laboratory, Office of Research and  Develop-
ment, Cincinnati, Ohio.  September.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1985.  Remedial Action at Haste
Disposal Sites.   Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory,  Cincinnati,
Ohio.  October.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1986a.  Test Methods for Evaluating
Solid Waste.  SW-846.   Office of Solid Waste, Washington,  D.C.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1986b.  EPA Statutory Interpretive
Guidance.  Document SW-86-016.  June.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1986c.  Handbook for Stabiliza-
tion/Solidification of Hazardous Waste.  EPA/540/2-86/001.   Hazardous Waste
Engineering Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1987a.  Data Quality Objectives for
Remedial Response Activities: Development Process.  EPA/540/G87/003.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1987b.  Compendium of Costs of Remedial
Technologies at Hazardous Waste 5/tes.  EPA/600/2-87/087.  Office of Solid
Waste and  Emergency Response, Washington,  D.C.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1988a.  Guidance for Conducting
Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies Under CERCLA.  Interim Final.
EPA/540/G-89/0004.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1988b.  CERCLA Compliance with Other
Laws Manual: Draft Guidance.   EPA/540/6-89/006.
                                     7-11

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1988c.  Technology Screening Guide for
Treatment of CERCLA Soils and Sludges.  EPA/540-2-88/04.  Office of Emergency
and Remedial Response, Washington, D.C.  September.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1988d.  The Superfund Innovative
Technology Program: Technology Profiles.  EPA/540/5-88/003.  Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency Response, Office of Research and Development, Washington,
D.C.  November.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989a.  Records of Decision Analysis of
Superfund Sites Employing Solidification/Stabilization as a Component of the
Selected Remedy.  Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, D.C.
December.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989b.  Immobilization Technology
Seminar, Speaker Slide Copies and Supporting Information.  CERI-89-222.
Center for Environmental Research Information, Cincinnati, Ohio.  October.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989c.  Superfund LDR Guide No. 3.
Treatment Standards and Minimum Technology Requirements Under Land Disposal
Restrictions (LDRs).  Superfund Publication 9347.3-03FS, NTIS No. PB90-274341.
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.  7 pp.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989d.  Superfund LDR Guide No. 5.
Determining Uhen Land Disposal Restrictions (LDRs) Are Applicable to CERCLA
Response Actions.  Superfund Publication 9347.3-05FS, NTIS No. PB90-274366.
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.  7 pp.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989e.  Guide for Conducting Treatabil-
ity Studies Under CERCLA.  Interim Final Report.  EPA/540/2-89/085.  Office of
Research and Development, Cincinnati, Ohio.  December.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989f.  5o/7 Sampling Quality Assurance
User's Guide.  EPA/600/8-89/046.  Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory,
Las Vegas, Nevada.  March.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989g.  Stabilization/Solidification of
CERCLA and RCRA Hastes: Physical Tests, Chemical Testing Procedures, Technolo-
gy Screening, and Field Activities.  EPA/625/6-89/022.  Risk Reduction
Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989h.  Technology Evaluation Report:
SITE Program Demonstration Test, Soliditech Inc. Solidification/ Stabilization
Process, Vol. 1.  EPA/540/5-89/005a.  Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory,
Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, Ohio.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989i.  SITE Technology Demonstration
Summary: Technology Evaluation Report, SITE Program Demonstration Test, HAZCON
Solidification.  EPA/540/S5-89/001.  Douglassville, Pennsylvania.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1989J.  Technology Evaluation Report:
SITE Program Demonstration Test, International Waste Technologies In Situ
Stabilization/Solidification, Hialeah, Florida, Vol. 1.  EPA/540/5-89/004a.
Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory, Office of Research and Development,
Cincinnati, Ohio.

                                     7-12

-------
 U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1990a.   Inventory of Treatability Study
 Vendors.   EPA/540/2-90/003a.   Risk  Reduction  Engineering Laboratory,
 Cincinnati,  Ohio; Office  of  Emergency  and  Remedial  Response,  Washington,  D.C.

 U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1990b.   Superfund Treatability Study
 Protocol:  Identification/Stabilization of  Soils Containing Metals.   Phase II
 Review  Draft.   Office  of  Research and  Development,  Cincinnati, Ohio,  and
 Office  of  Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington,  D.C.

 U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1990c.   Superfund LDR Guide  No.  6A (2nd
 ed.), Obtaining a Soil and Debris Treatability  Variance for Various Remedial
 Actions.   Superfund Publication 9347.3-06FS,  NTIS No.  PB91-921327.   Office of
 Solid Waste  and Emergency Response.

 U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1990d.   Technical Evaluation Report:
 Site Program Demonstration Test, Soliditechm  Inc. Solidification/Stabilization
 Process, Vol.  1.  EPA/540/5-89-005a.   Risk Reduction Engineering  Laboratory,
 Cincinnati,  Ohio.

 U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1990e.   Handbook on In Situ  Treatment
 of Hazardous Haste-Contaminated Soils.  EPA/540/2-90/002.   Risk Reduction
 Engineering  Laboratory, Office of Research and  Development,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.
 January.

 U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1990f.   Morphology and Microchemistry
 of Solidified/Stabilized  Hazardous Haste Systems.   EPA/600/02-89/056,  NTIS No.
 PB90-134156/AS.  Risk  Reduction Engineering Laboratory,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.

 U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1990g.   "Appendix A -  Summary  of S/S
 Interferences,  Inhibitors, and Undesirable Chemical Reactions."   In:  Superfund
 Treatability Study  Protocol: Solidification/Stabilization of  Soils  Containing
Metals.  Phase  II Review  Draft.  Office of Research and  Development,  Cincin-
 nati, Ohio,  and Office of Emergency and Remedial Response,  Washington,  D.C.

 U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1991a.   Draft Contract Document.   EPA
 69-C9-0031 WA 0-25.  Work performed for Risk Reduction  Engineering  Laboratory,
 Cincinnati,  Ohio.

 U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1991b.   Draft Contract Document.   EPA
 69-C9-0031 WA 0-06.  Work performed for Risk Reduction  Engineering  Laboratory,
Cincinnati,  Ohio.

U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1991c.  fate of Polychlorinated
Biphenyls (PCBs) in Soil  Following Stabilization with Quicklime.  EPA/600/2-
91/052.  Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1992.  Innovative  Treatment  Technolo-
gies:  Semi-Annual Status Report (Third Edition).  EPA/540/2-91/001,  No.  3.
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington,  D.C.

van der Sloot, H. A., G.  J.  de Groot, and J. Wijkstra.    1989.  "Leaching
Characteristics of Construction Materials and Stabilization Products  Contain-
 ing Waste Materials."  In: P.  L. Cote and T. M. Gilliam,  eds., Environmental
Aspects of Stabilization  and Solidification of Hazardous  and Radioactive


                                     7-13

-------
Wastes.  ASTM STP 1033.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

Wahlstrom, M., B. Tailing, J. Paatero, E. Makela, and M. Keppo.  "Utilization
and Disposal of Solidified and Stabilized Contaminated Soils."  In: Goumans,
J. J. J. M., H. A. van der Sloot, and Th. G. Aalbers, eds., Waste Materials in
Construction, Proceedings of the International Conference on Environmental
Implications of Construction with Waste Materials, Maastricht, The Nether-
lands.  November 10-14, 1991.  Studies in Environmental Science.  48:197-206.
Elsevier Science Publishing Co., New York.

Warren, D., A. Clark, and R. Perry.  1986.  "A Review of Clay-Aromatic
Interactions with a View to Their Use in Hazardous Waste Disposal."  The
Science of the Total Environment, 54:157-172.

Wastewater Technology Centre (WTC), Environment Canada.  1989.  Investigation
of Specific Solidification Processes for the Immobilization of Organic
Contaminants.  Working Paper.  Ontario Waste Management Corporation.

Wastewater Technology Centre (WTC), Environment Canada.  1990a.  Compendium of
Haste Leaching Tests.  EPS 3/HA/7.  May.

Wastewater Technology Centre (WTC), Environment Canada.  1990b.  Proposed
Evaluation Protocol for Cement-Based Solidified Wastes.  Draft Report.

Wastewater Technology Centre (WTC), Environment Canada.  1991.  Investigation
of Test Methods for Solidified Haste.  EPS 3/HA/8.  January.

Weitzman, L., L. Hamel, P. de Percin, and B. Blaney.  1990.  "Volatile
Emissions from Stabilized Waste."  In: Remedial Action, Treatment,  and
Disposal of Hazardous Haste.  EPA/600/9-90/006.  Proceedings of the Fifteenth
Annual Research Symposium, Cincinnati, Ohio.  April  10-12, 1989.

Weitzman, L., L. E. Hamel, and S. R. Cadmus.  1987.   Volatile Emissions from
Stabilized Haste in Hazardous Haste Landfills.  Contract 68-02-3993.  Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
August 28.

Wiles, C. C.  1987.  "A Review of Solidification/Stabilization Technology."
J. of Hazardous Materials, 14:5-21.

Wiles, C. C., and M. L. Apel.  Critical Characteristics and Properties of
Hazardous Haste Solidification/Stabilization.  EPA-68-03-3186.  U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio (as cited in Clark et al., 1989).

Wiles, C. C., and E. Barth.  1992.  "Solidification/Stabilization,  Is It
Always Appropriate?"  In: T. M. Gilliam and C.C. Wiles, eds., Stabilization
and Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Hastes, Vol. 2.
Proceedings of Second International Symposium on Stabilization/Solidification
of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes, Williamsburg, Virginia, May 29-
June 1, 1990.  ASTM STP 1123.  American Society for Testing and Materials,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,  pp. 18-32.

Wiles, C. C., and H. K. Howard.  1988.  "The United States Environmental
Protection Agency Research in Solidification/Stabilization of Waste Materi-

                                     7-14

-------
als."  In: Land Disposal, Remedial Action, Incineration, and Treatment, of
Hazardous Waste.  Proceedings of the Fourteenth Annual RREL Hazardous Waste
Research Symposium, Cincinnati, Ohio.  EPA/600/9-88/021.  July.

Wiles, C. C., D. S. Kosson, and T. Holmes.  1991a.  "The United States
Environmental Protection Agency Municipal Waste Combustion Residue Solidifica-
tion/Stabilization Program."  In: Remedial Action, Treatment, and Disposal of
Hazardous Waste.  Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual RREL Hazardous Waste
Research Symposium, Cincinnati, Ohio.  EPA/600/9-91/002.  April.

Wiles, C. C., D. S. Kosson, and T. Holmes.  1991b.  "The U.S. EPA Program for
Evaluation of Treatment and Utilization Technologies for Municipal Waste
Combustion Residues."  In: Goumans, J. J. J. M., H. A. van der Sloot, and
Th. G. Aalbers, eds., Waste Materials in Construction, Proceedings of the
International Conference on Environmental Implications of Construction with
Waste Materials, Maastricht, The Netherlands.  November 10-14, 1991.  Studies
in Environmental Science, 45:57-69.  Elsevier Science Publishing Co., New
York.
                                     7-15

-------
                                  APPENDIX A
         SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS

                                 INTRODUCTION
          This section summarizes the steps in the technology screening
process for S/S technology.  It provides a checklist of the material described
in detail in Chapter 2.  The organization of the checklist parallels the
organization of Chapter 2, integrating the issues covered in that section into
a user-friendly format.  The checklist worksheets help the uninitiated user to
follow orderly and comprehensive screening procedures.  The screening could be
repeated at several stages throughout a project, as appropriate.  For the
first use, the checklist would serve as a tool to guide preparation of test
plans.  The checklist would then be applied at major milestones, such as
selection of an S/S process or completion of bench-scale screening, to review
progress, identify weaknesses in the project, and develop methods to improve
the testing.  Later in the testing the checklist would be applied to review
and evaluate the project.

                                 INSTRUCTIONS
          Each major subheading in the checklist is followed by 1) a brief
statement or question that clarifies the scope and aspect of S/S technology
covered in that section and 2) a series of questions to guide evaluation of
the S/S project with respect to that aspect.   The question can be evaluated as
"favorable," "neutral," "unfavorable," "not known," or "not applicable."
"Favorable" means lower complexity or a higher probability of success for the
S/S project.  "Neutral" means that the issue  has a known effect but the effect
is not significant to the outcome of the project.  "Unfavorable" means greater
challenges to S/S technology.  "Not known" means there is high probability of
an effect but the magnitude and/or direction  are not known.  "Not applicable"
means a low probability of any effect.  The questions are typically clarified
or elaborated with notes in the "Issues" column.  In most cases the evalua-
tions are qualitative,  but in a few cases quantitative performance criteria
are given as guidance.   Typically,  an answer  of "yes" to the question equals a
favorable condition.   Cases where the reverse is true are noted.
          A summary sheet for tallying the responses for each subheading is
provided at the conclusion of this chapter.  The purpose of the summary sheet
                                      A-l

-------
is to assist in identifying trends or possible  weaknesses  in the treatability
study.
          Not every issue listed in the checklist  is  applicable to every
treatability study.  Irrelevant issues should be  ignored.   It is hoped that,
through consideration of the issues contained herein,  future S/S treatment
projects can be improved in terms of both  planning and conduct.
                                     A-2

-------
           SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS
                                                  Indicator
*L 3 t+5 *•ป *•ป
2 55 CJ O O
Information Requirements* it, Z D Z Z Issues
1 SITE-SPECIFIC BASELINE INFORMATION
REQUIREMENTS
1.1 Waste Sampling - Do the waste samples
accurately reflect the chemical and physical
characteristics of the entire volume of the
waste?
1. Are preliminary field surveys available?
2. Are waste sampling procedures
documented and consistent with guidance
in SW-846 (U.S. EPA, 1986a) and/or
other agency guidance?
3. Are sampling locations statistically
randomized?
4. Is sample variability addressed by
statistical analysis?
5. Were samples composited prior to
analysis?

6. Were debris, large rock fragments,
vegetative material, etc. removed prior
to analysis?
7. Is material available sufficient for pilot-
scale testing?
8. Is some material being archived for
possible later tests?





































































Planning for sampling
Representativeness, holding times,
chain-of-custody, etc.
Representativeness
Representativeness
Composites preferred for
comparative treatability testing but
do not define extremes in waste
composition. Variation is
particularly important for testing
of continuous processes, e.g., pug
mill mixing.
Representativeness
Need to support waste
characterization and bench- and
pilot-scale tests.
QA/QC
* An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                            A-3

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator

I S •ง ซ o
Information Requirements* t, Z D Z Z Issues
1.2 Waste Acceptance - Is the waste material
toxicity low enough to allow contact handling
needed for S/S testing and application?
1. Was a representative sample analyzed
prior to shipping?
2. Is waste composition in compliance with
shipping regulations?
3. Is the hazard to S/S workers acceptably
low?
1.3 Waste Characterization - Is there an
adequate, statistically valid database to
support selection of binding agents?
1 . Is historical information available?
2. Does characterization include a "total
waste analysis"?
3. Were TCLP data generated on the
untreated waste?
4. Have other hazard characteristic tests
been performed or are they known to be
unnecessary?
5. Have other chemical analyses been
performed to establish baselines and
possible S/S interferences?
6. Have baseline physical characteristics of
the untreated waste been measured?





























































Identification of chemical hazards
Toxicity and U.S. DOT shipping
regulations
Worker safety


Optimize data collection
Identify target contaminants
Baseline leaching data; RCRA
toxicity characteristic
Ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity,
toxicity, infectivity
pH, redox potential, acid
neutralization capacity, etc.;
Interferants screen, e.g., oil and
grease, salt content, nitrate,
sulfate, etc.
UCS, specific gravity, Paint Filter
Test, permeability, etc.
An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.





                                           A-4

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                   Indicator
                                                              .2
                                                              .c
„ •ฃ >t ฃ
2 SOD.
e5 "3 o fl P*
5 fl 5 ซ <
5 fl <*5 <-• *-•
5 S a o o
Information Requirements* u, Z ^) Z Z Issues
7. Are any other data available on the
physico-chemical form of the target
contaminants?
1.4 Site Characterization - Are fundamental site
characteristics established to give baseline
data for the design of the treatment system?
1. Does the site support the setup and
operation of S/S equipment?
2. Are necessary resources close to the
site?
• Water, gas, electricity
• Supplies and chemicals
• Equipment
• Access routes
• Disposal facilities
3. What proportion of the waste occurs
above the groundwater table (or
uppermost aquifer)?
100% = favorable
4. Has the total waste volume been
estimated, measured, or calculated?

5. Does the waste contain debris that may
interfere with field treatment?

no = favorable


































































































































X-ray diffraction, SEM-EDXA,
microscopy, spectroscopy, etc.




Available space, topography,
excavation difficulty, climate
Design flexibility






Excess water can make excavation
difficult and require dewatering of
waste material.

Smaller volumes, more limited
treatability study; larger volumes,
more extensive treatability study
Pretreatment and handling
requirements; interferences may
be process-specific.

An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                            A-5

-------
      SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS  (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator
ฃ 33 a o o
Information Requirements* u, Z D Z Z Issues
6. What are the textural characteristics of
the waste?
dry, granular = favorable
clayey, sludge, or liquid = neutral
hard, blocky = unfavorable
7. How heterogeneous is the distribution of
the target contaminant(s) within the
waste?
fairly homogeneous = favorable
1.5 Quality Assurance/Quality Control - Is
QA/QC sufficient to determine and document
data quality?
1. Does the analytical laboratory
performing the analyses on the untreated
waste possess appropriate
qualifications/certifications?
2. Are the characterization data collected
under an appropriate QA/QC program,
or is there some other indication of the
quality of the analytical measurements?
3. Are there a sufficient number of
replicates analyzed to permit a statistical
analysis of the results?
4. Is a second analytical laboratory
available for interlaboratory verification
on a portion of the more critical
measurements?







































































































































Pretreatment and handling
requirements



More analytical data needed to
compensate for higher variability.





CLP, other
qualifications/certifications


Blind replicates, duplicates,
bracketed calibration, standard
additions, blanks, etc.

Mean, standard deviation,
confidence intervals, etc.

Data accuracy, interlaboratory
verification


An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                           A-6

-------
        SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS  (cont'd)
                                                     Indicator
            Information Requirements*
Issues
2 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
2.1 Regulatory Requirements - Have CERCLA
and RCRA regulatory-driven requirements
been considered in developing performance
requirements?
1. Is the site close to possible receptors of
noise, fugitive dust, volatiles, or odors?
2. Is the site close to sensitive
environmental areas such as floodplains,
wetlands, or the breeding grounds of
protected species?
3. Are the primary contaminants metals or
organics, or both?
metals = favorable
metals and organics = neutral
organics only = unfavorable
4. If mostly metals, how many metals are
present in regulated concentrations?
1 = favorable
2-3 = neutral
4 or more = unfavorable
5. If arsenic and chromium are among the
target contaminants, have their valence
states been determined?































































Possible source of location-
specific ARAR
Possible source of location-
specific ARAR
S/S BDAT for many metals; some
types of organics may require
pretreatment unless present in low
concentrations.

Potential for incompatible
chemistries; complex wastes are
more difficult to satisfactorily
stabilize


Toxicity issues; may affect binder
selection; data may also be
inferred from waste origin in
some cases.
* An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                              A-7

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS  (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator
4)
3
                                                            1
6 S ฃ ซ <
I 8 'a ซ ซ
Information Requirements* n, Z p z z Issues
6. If mercury, nickel, tin, arsenic or lead is
among the target contaminants, are
analyses planned for organic (e.g.,
tetraethyl lead, tributyl tin,
organoarsenic) or other unusual and
toxic forms (e.g., nickel carbonyl)?
7. Does the waste contain volatile organic
contaminants and, if so, in what
concentrations?
no or < 50 ppb = favorable

8. Does the waste contain other high
hazard or special contaminants, such as
PCBs, dioxins, pesticides,
chlorophenols, radionuclides, or
cyanide?
no = favorable
2.2 Technical and Institutional Requirements -
Have technical and institutional factors been
considered in developing performance
requirements?
1. Will testing determine the leaching (e.g.,
TCLP) or physical properties (e.g.,
compressive strength) of treated waste?
2. Are reagent costs consistent with project
economics?
3. Does the waste contain compounds that
may decompose or volatilize to produce
off-gas?
no = favorable























































Toxicity issues; may affect binder
selection; data may also be
inferred from waste origin in
some cases.
Levels of concern will vary with
the contaminant; S/S not
demonstrated for volatiles;
probable release during mixing
and curing; pretreatment probably
necessary.
Levels of concern vary with the
contaminant; pretreatment will
likely be necessary; S/S may not
be preferred approach, unless a
strong rationale is provided.



Demonstrate basic feasibility.
Calculate binder cost per volume
of stabilized waste.
Off-gas treatment increases
processing costs.

An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.


                                           A-8

-------
        SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                   Indicator
                                                              i
1 8 'a ซ ซ
Information Requirements* u, Z P Z Z Issues
4. Will the waste mix well with the binder?
5. Does the waste interfere with setting or
cause unfavorable reactions with the
binder?
no = favorable
6. Is the waste/binder mixture fluid and
amenable to material handling and
mixing?
7. Does S/S increase waste volume
significantly?
no = favorable
8. Is the S/S-treated waste amenable to
placement?
9. Is the binder material subject to possible
biodegradation?
no = favorable
10. Are longer-term leaching tests on the
treated waste planned?
3 INITIAL TECHNOLOGY SCREENING
3.1 Technology Screening/Feasibility Study -
Has S/S been compared to other treatment
alternatives and been found to be the most
appropriate technology?






































































Good mixing and wetting is
needed to ensure a strong,
uniform product.
Interferences should be identified.


Pumpable waste/binder mix makes
handling easier.
Large volume increase raises costs
and increases disposal problems.

Need long-term structural integrity
and ability to support heavy
equipment soon after placement.
Long-term stability

TCLP is not a good indicator of
long-term stability.



* An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                            A-9

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS  (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator
ซ e -a
ซ ill
i i I a *
1 ง 'a o ซ
Information Requirements* it, Z D Z Z Issues
3.1.1 CERCLA Technology Screening
1. Do the selected methods protect human
health and the environment?
2. Do the selected methods meet ARARs?

3. Do the selected methods reduce toxicity,
mobility, or volume?
4. Do the selected methods minimize
impact to human health and the
environment?
5. Do the selected methods reliably
maintain low residual risk to human
health and the environment?
6. Do the selected methods allow efficient,
cost-effective application at the site?
7. Are the selected methods likely to
receive state acceptance?
8. Are the selected methods likely to
receive community acceptance?
3.1.2 Technology Screening at RCRA TSD
Facilities
1. Is the waste banned under another
regulatory system such as TSCA?
yes = not suitable for S/S


































































Methods should attain threshold
criteria.
Methods should attain threshold
criteria.
Methods should provide good
trade-off of primary balancing
criteria.
Methods should provide good
trade-off of primary balancing
criteria.
Methods should provide good
trade-off of primary balancing
criteria.
Methods should provide a good
trade-off of primary balancing
criteria.
Modifying criteria are evaluated
after the public comment period.
Modifying criteria are evaluated
after the public comment period.

Review waste for suitability of
S/S treatment.

An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                          A-10

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (confd)
                                                  Indicator
5 1 I * <
| 5 ซ3 3 "8
Information Requirements* ft, 5z t5 Z Z Issues
2. Is the waste classified as "not suitable"
for S/S or land disposal under the
landbans, or is a technology other than
S/S recommeded as BOAT?
yes = not suitable for S/S
3. Is the waste not yet covered or extended
under landbans?
yes = S/S not required
4. Does the generator certify that the waste
meets landban requirements?
yes = S/S not required
S. Is the waste restricted or banned under
site permit conditions or otherwise
unacceptable to a TSD facility?
yes = not suitable for S/S
6. Is treatment required to prepare waste
for a TSD facility's S/S system?
yes = less favorable
3.2 General Criteria for Not Using S/S - Is the
waste compatible with S/S technology?
1. Is the waste amenable to recycling,
reuse, or recovery technology, all other
factors being equal?
no = favorable for S/S






































































Adherence to RCRA landban and
BDAT recommendations

Landban requirements

Landban requirements

Permit compliance

Treatment process complexity


Recycling, reuse, and recovery
are preferred over treatment or
disposal.

An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                           A-ll

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABIUZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS  (cont'd)
                                                   Indicator
          Information Requirements*
55    ง   a   o    o
(2   55   5   S5    S5
2. Is the waste treatable by a destruction
technology, all other factors being
equal?
no = favorable for S/S
3. Are there ARARs that cannot be
satisfied by existing S/S technology?
no = favorable for S/S
4. Is S/S waste treatment inefficient or
expensive when compared to another
remedy?
no = favorable for S/S
5. Does the waste exhibit poor mixing,
incompatibility, or other unacceptable
characteristics?
no = favorable for S/S
6. Does the waste contain volatile organics
or a large fraction of total organics?
no = favorable for S/S
4 WASTE/BINDER COMPATIBILITY
LITERATURE SCREENING - Has a
comprehensive review and selection process
found a group of test S/S binder formulations
that have a high probability of providing good
stabilization?






































































Contaminant destruction is
preferred over disposal.

Can S/S meet regulatory
requirements?

Cost effectiveness


Amenability to S/S

Organics can be difficult to
stabilize.




An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.



                                            A-12

-------
        SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                    Indicator
           Information Requirements*
5    ง   (3
n,   55   |5
                                                               *
                                                                o
Issues
1. Are interferences and chemical
incompatibilities considered as part of
the binder selection?

2. Has metal chemistry been considered in
the binder formulation?

3. Is S/S-treated waste compatible with the
planned end use?
4. Are the S/S costs known, and are they
competitive with other treatment and
disposal methods?
5. Does the S/S process have a proven
track record on similar wastes?
5 LABORATORY BENCH-SCALE
SCREENING OF THE WASTE/BINDER
MIXTURES - Although laboratory screening can
be conducted in a variety of ways, it is typically
an interactive process involving two sequential
steps. A wide range of formulations are given
simple tests. Then a more refined group are
tested against more complex or demanding
criteria. Test criteria and issues are discussed
below.




























































Pozzolanic binders are
incompatible with high
concentrations of oil, grease,
organics, chlorides, and other
soluble salts. Sodium sulfite
binder is incompatible with acids.
Formation of metal hydroxides is
an important stabilization
mechanism with alkaline binders;
however, high pH can increase
the solubility of some metals
(e.g., As and Cr).
Possible end use includes disposal
such as landfill, monofUl, or
burial or reuse as fill, road base,
or construction material.
Cost is a consideration but should
be secondary to performance.
While proven performance is
desirable, innovative methods
should not be discouraged.




* An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.



                                             A-13

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator
                                                             "8
                                                             '•ง,
g fi 1 * <
> 3 <3 — —
5 5 d o o
Information Requirements* u* Z D Z Z Issues
1. Has an appropriate pretreatment step
been devised, if necessary?
2. Have at least 3 to 4 different binders
been selected for bench-scale testing?
3. Are several different binder-to-waste
ratios used in the testing?
4. Have waste/binder compatibility issues
been considered in selecting a binder?

5. Is laboratory testing being based on
composite or "worst-case" samples, or
both?
issue was considered = favorable
6. Are any chemical additives to the binder
carefully monitored and controlled?
7. Are several rounds of bench-scale
testing performed, i.e., have the most
successful processes been adapted to the
site-specific waste form?
8. Are the chemical compositions of the
binder and of any other chemicals added
during S/S (e.g. , fairy dust) known?
9. Are all of the additives mentioned in
item 8 above nontoxic and
nonhazardous?























































Highly toxic constituents;
contaminants that do not respond
well to S/S; interferants; debris
Maximize potential for successful
treatability study.
Cost/benefit; excess binder may
hinder S/S process.
Target contaminants; interferants;
compatibility with disposal
environment
Composite best for process
comparison; may be necessary to
design for worst case.

Reproducibility, interpretability,
sensitivity analysis
Process optimization is an
iterative process; ability to
"engineer" solutions to treatability
problems
Hazardous properties
Corrosivity (pH), reactivity (free
sulfide or lime), etc.
An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.



                                           A-14

-------
      SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                   Indicator

1 1 1 1 f
Information Requirements* u, Z P Z Z Issues
10. Are there any new ARARs that result
from the binder additives?

no = favorable
11. Is there provision for a third party or
regulatory agency to observe the
treatability study?
12. Were anticipated field conditions
simulated during waste curing?
13. Were the samples allowed to cure for an
appropriate time period prior to
analysis?
14. Does the test program cover critical
ARARs?
IS. Does the test plan provide for split
samples to be sent to a second
laboratory?
16. Does the test include good statistical
design, replication, blind controls,
laboratory QA/QC, etc?
17. Is the waste volume increase resulting
from binder additions determinable from
the test?



















































































































Toxicity and hazard
characteristics, e.g., pH, reactive
sulfide, metal leach criteria,
volatile emissions, dust, etc.
Objectivity


"Jar effect" enhances performance

28 days recommended before
UCS testing for most pozzolans

Leaching and critical
chemical/physical properties
Intel-laboratory comparison to
increase confidence in results

Data accuracy and reliability


End use compatibility, economical
feasibility

An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                           A-15

-------
      SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                 Indicator
S I S S S
Information Requirements* it, Z D Z Z Issues
6 BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE
TESTING/PROCESS OPTIMIZATION - Does
the bench-scale performance test demonstrate that
the S/S-treated waste meets predetermined
performance standards?
1. Are the guidelines applied in the bench-
scale screening also considered in the
bench-scale performance testing?
2a. If subsurface disposal is anticipated, are
appropriate physical tests being
conducted?
2b. If surface or near-surface disposal is
anticipated, are the appropriate physical
tests being conducted?
2c. Is the longer-term stability of the waste
toward leaching being evaluated?
2d. For wastes containing organic
contaminants with low aqueous
solubilities, are leaching tests in an
organic solvent being conducted?
2e. Are there any technical reasons to
suspect that colloidal contaminant
transport may be important at this site?
no = favorable
2f. Is there any technical reason for
conducting leach tests with site-specific
groundwater as leachant?

no = favorable






















































































































































Completeness and consistency



e.g., UCS, permeability etc.

e.g., wet/dry, freeze/thaw, etc.


e.g., multiple extraction
procedure, ANSI/ANS/16.1, etc.
Aqueous leachate is a meaningless
indicator of process effectiveness
because of low solubility of
contaminant.
Assess in leach test by modifying
or eliminating filtration step.


e.g., humic-rich groundwater, or
groundwater with other
completing ligands (e.g.,
carbonate, fluoride, high chloride,
etc.)
An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                          A-16

-------
       SQLIPIFJCATION/STABIUZATIQN TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKIH1ETI (งงst'd)
                                                 Indieator
2g, If fee binder ie biodegradable, Is •
biodegndatioa perfermanee tMt being
งงBdซgtง4?
iate u apatite system, are Jeaehate
bieasgays being performed?
% Ais sp^ifie biading ftgefot proportiM
3. Is ft total metal analysis being performed
on the same sybsample as the leach test?
4, Have the leaching perfonnanee data
been @งfF@gt@d for dilution by binder
additives?
5. Is there a safety margin is the
performance data compared to the
performance criteria?
6. Is the process impleraentable in the
field?
7, Is the bulking factor (volumetric
expansion งf thง waste due to binder
additives and water) compatible with
disposal constraints?
< 25 ซ expansion = favorable













































Waits form lability
Lmefaate teiidty tง atimtig
eeงiyงteffl
• pH aad reaetive งซlflde
aaalyiea fงf iulfldง=gงitaiaiflg
trefttmeat งbeaieali
• h}งdงgfiditiงfl teits fef
Aefaงplastie งr งfeer งrgafliง
biflden
Iliffliaate falee aegativei,
lubtnet งut iffงgl งf dilufies,
Mixiag, iBgredieat eงBtfงl, aad
euriag eBvifงBfflj8tซ are set iง
well @งatfeUed in the field,
Material! handling iงiuงงs prงงงซs
งงfflplesiityi ffljxiflg, Ihreughput,
asd iterage fequireffl8Stง
Criteria will vary depeadiag งB
the lite,

An answer of *yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.



                                          A-17

-------
      SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS  (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator
a s a o o
Information Requirements* CL, z p z z Issues
8. Is the estimated cost of field treatment
reasonable?
< $100/ton = favorable
$100 - $150/ton = neutral
9. Does the process or binder selected have
a successful track record for this type of
waste?
10. Does the test plan provide for split
samples to be sent to a second
laboratory?
11. Is there provision for a third party or
regulatory agency to observe the bench-
scale performance study?
12. Does the study simulate field conditions
as closely as possible during curing?

13. Is the S/S-treated waste allowed to cure
for the appropriate period of time?
14. Is the amount of performance testing
consistent with the guidance provided in
Section 2.7.2 regarding project risk?
15. Does the analytical laboratory
performing the analyses on the treated
waste possess appropriate
qualifications/certi fi cations?


















































Will vary depending on several
factors, such as waste volume,
binder type, and process
complexity. Includes both
operating and capital costs.
Innovative processes may require
slower implementation, e.g.,
mandatory pilot-scale test, more
extensive field performance data.
Interlaboratory comparison to
increase confidence in results
Objectivity
• Representative of field
conditions
• Improve use of data for
scale-up
Test reliability
The greater the risk, the more
performance testing is needed.
CLP, other qualifications/
certifications

An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.





                                           A-18

-------
        SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator
                                                         1   !
                                                         *   <
1 ง "a ซ ซ
Information Requirements* fc fc D 5Z Z Issues
16. Were the performance data collected
under an appropriate QA/QC program,
or is there some other indication of the
quality of the analytical measurements?
17. Have a sufficient number of replicates
been analyzed to permit a statistical
analysis of the results?
7 PILOT-SCALE AND FIELD
DEMONSTRATIONS
7. 1 The Need for Process Scale-Up - Is
technical, regulatory, and institutional
confidence in the S/S binder and
binder/waste ratio high enough to obviate the
need for bench-scale testing?
1. Has the binder been used successfully in
field applications?
2. Does the waste to be treated have
physical and chemical characteristics
similar to waste successfully treated in a
prior field application?

3. Are site surroundings similar?
4. Are regulatory requirements similar?
5. Are process scale-up issues well
understood?

































































Binder replicates, duplicates,
bracketed calibration, standard
additions, blanks, interlaboratory
verification, etc.
Mean, standard deviation,
confidence intervals, etc.




Field application increases
confidence.
• Similar wastes' characteristics
imply similar binder
performance.
• Particular attention should be
given to complex mixtures and
possible interferences.
Review site-specific performance
and institutional issues.
Site-specific regulatory issues and
ARARs
• Material handling
• Mixing
• Vapor evolution
* An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.




                                           A-19

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS (cont'd)
                                                   Indicator
          Information Requirements*
    d   I
I   I   i
                                                 i
                       Issues
6. Are process costs known?
7. Is waste reasonably homogeneous and
well characterized?
7.2 Scale-Up Issues - Do your pilot-scale tests
address the major remediation steps?
1. Is the performance of earth-moving or
other waste removal equipment known?
2. Is the performance of material-handling
equipment known?
3. Is the storage and handling system for
the S/S binder known?
4. Is waste pretreatment needed to improve
material handling?
5. Is waste pretreatment needed to improve
binder compatibility or efficiency?
6. Are the mixing system for the S/S
binder and the waste disposal approach
known?
7. Is the S/S-treated waste disposal
approach known?
























































• Pilot plant test will improve
accuracy of cost estimate.
Waste composition variations can
affect S/S binder performance.

• Throughput
• Free liquid handling
• Operator safety
• Throughput
• Caking/Plugging
• Spillage
• Inventory needs
• Throughput
• Space
• Size adjustment by crushing
and/or screening
• Moisture adjustment
Blending, homogenization, pH
adjustment, volatile organic
removal
In situ, batch, continuous
Handling, placement, compaction,
moisture content, final closure and
capping
An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.



                                            A-20

-------
       SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TECHNOLOGY SCREENING WORKSHEETS  (cont'd)
                                                  Indicator
                                                             I
          Information Requirements*
3   55   Z
Issues
7.3 Analytical Testing of the Treated Waste - Is
sampling and analysis of pilot plant S/S-
treated waste sufficient to determine
performance?
1. Is basic testing included?
2. Are additional tests required?








































Leaching and physical strength
Permeability, moisture content,
chemistry
An answer of "yes" to a question indicates a favorable condition unless otherwise indicated.





                                           A-21

-------
                                 SUMMARY SHEET
 I.  Site:
 II.  Reviewer:
IH.  Date:
IV.  Review Summary:
                                                                    I
f
1
 1.1 WASTE SAMPLING

 1.2 WASTE ACCEPTANCE

 1.3 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION

 1.4 SITE CHARACTERIZATION

 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL

                            Subtotal, Waste and Site Characterization



 2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

 2.2 TECHNICAL AND INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

 2.3 APPROACH TO SETTING PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

                                  Subtotal, Performance Objectives




 3.1 TECHNOLOGY SCREENING/FEASIBILITY STUDY

 3.2 GENERAL CRITERIA FOR NOT USING S/S

                              Subtotal, Initial Technology Screening
                                      A-22

-------
                             SUMMARY SHEET (Continued)
4.  WASTE/BINDER COMPATIBILITY SCREENING
                        Subtotal, Waste/Binder Compatibility Screening

5.  BENCH-SCALE LABORATORY SCREENING
                           Subtotal, Bench-Scale Laboratory Screening

6.  BENCH-SCALE PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
           Subtotal, Bench-Scale Performance Testing/Process Optimization

7.1 THE NEED FOR PROCESS SCALE UP
7.2 SCALE UP ISSUES
7.3 ANALYTICAL TESTING OF THE TREATED WASTE
                         Subtotal, Pilot-Scale and Field Demonstration
i S & * <
i i ง i i










                                       A-23

-------
                          APPENDIX  B


   DRAFT REPORT:   SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
Note:  The sampling and analytical procedures document presented in this
appendix was developed for sampling piles of waste material contaminated
with copper and lead.  The document is included here only as an example
and has been modified to protect client confidentiality.
                               B-l

-------
             DRAFT REPORT
SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
            February 25, 1992
                  by
             Andrea Leeson
             Jeffrey Means
           Gregory Headington
              Bruce Buxton
              BATTELLE
            Columbus Division
            505 King Avenue
        Columbus, Ohio 43201-2693


                (B-2)

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS


1.0 INTRODUCTION  	   1

2.0 PROJECT SCOPE  	   2

3.0 SAMPLING PROGRAM  	   7

4.0 ANALYSIS PROGRAM	   8

5.0 STATISTICAL DESIGN  	  10

      5.1 Overview	  10
      5.2 Approach	  10

            5.2.1 NUMBER OF SAMPLES PER WASTE PILE	  10
            5.2.2 GRID SIZE 	  14
            5.2.3 SELECTION OF GRIDS	  14
            5.2.4 SAMPLING METHOD WITHIN A GRID	  16

6.0 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT AND OPERATION	  17

      6.1 Dipper	  17
      6.2 Stainless Steel Spoon or Scoop	  19
      6.3 Glass Tube Thief	  19
      6.4 Auger and Thin-Wall Tube Sampler	  21

7.0 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION	  25

      7.1 Sample  Collection	  25
      7.2 Sample  Preservation  	  26

8.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND DECONTAMINATION  	  27

      8.1 Personal Protective Equipment	  27

            8.1.1 SAMPLING	  27
            8.1.2 CLEANING OPERATIONS (DECONTAMINATION)  	  27

      8.2 Decontamination	  27

9.0 SAMPLE CUSTODY, LABELING, PACKAGING, AND TRANSPORTATION  	  30

      9.1 Sample  Custody	  30
      9.2 Sample  Labeling	  30
      9.3 Sample  Packaging	  33
      9.4 Sample  Transportation	  34
                                  (B-3)

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               (Continued)

10.0 SAMPLE QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL	  35

      10.1 Rinsate Blanks (Equipment Washes)	  35
      10.2 Laboratory Quality Control and Certification  	  35

           10.2.1  MATRIX SPIKE ANALYSIS 	  35
           10.2.2  MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATES  	  36
           10.2.3  METHOD BLANK TESTS	  36
                            LIST OF TABLES


TABLE 2-1.  SUMMARY OF COPPER AND LEAD LEVELS IN WASTE BOXES	   4

TABLE 2-2.  SUMMARY OF COPPER LEVELS IN WASTE PILES	   5

TABLE 2-3.  SUMMARY OF LEAD LEVELS IN WASTE PILES	   6

TABLE 5-2.  SAMPLE SIZE REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH
           REGULATORY THRESHOLD (RT) AS A FUNCTION OF
           ANTICIPATED AVERAGE CONTAMINATION LEVEL (X) AND
           COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION	  11

TABLE 5-2. RANDOM NUMBERS TABLE	  -15


                           LIST OF FIGURES


FIGURE 2-1.  SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF WASTE PILES	   3

FIGURE 6-1.  SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF DIPPER	  18

FIGURE 6-2.  SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF GLASS TUBE THIEF  	  20

FIGURE 6-3.  SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF AUGERS AND THIN-WALL TUBE
           SAMPLER		  22

FIGURE 9-1.  CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY SHEET	  31

FIGURE 9-2.  SAMPLE LABEL	  32
                                (B-4)

-------
                                DRAFT REPORT
                                     FOR
                   SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
                              1.0 INTRODUCTION

          [The introduction is specific to each project and should briefly describe the project
background and objectives.]
                                     (B-5)

-------
                                              2
                                   2.0 PROJECT SCOPE

        The existing waste consists of three accumulated piles of material situated on pavement in
an approximately rectangular shape (Figure 2-1).  Approximate estimates of the dimensions of the
piles are: Pile 1: 43 ft by 27 ft and 2 ft deep;  Pile 2: 53 ft by 38 ft and 2 to 2.5 ft deep; and Pile
3: 53 ft by 20 ft and 3 ft deep.
        A preliminary sampling of the waste was conducted by Battelle to obtain an estimate of the
number of contaminants of concern as well as the concentrations. In addition, previous sampling
of other similar which had been collected in rolloff boxes and stored in the parking area was
analyzed in order to obtain a better estimate of the contaminants likely to be found in the piles.
Copper and lead were the primary contaminants from both  sampling surveys. Average
concentrations of copper and lead from the rolloff boxes and piles are shown hi Tables 2-1, 2-2,
and 2-3. These preliminary measurements of the metal  concentrations were used to design the
sampling program.
       The waste tends to be fairly uniform in consistency throughout, but possible variations in
metal concentrations require that samples be collected at varying locations, both spatially and as a
function of depth.  Specific details of the sampling design are discussed in the following section.
                                            (B-6)

-------
I
N


BuMtng
A 215


•}
*

I
r


-------
   TABLE 2-1.   SUMMARY OF COPPER AND LEAD LEVELS IN WASTE BOXES

Results by Analytical Methods                           Copper           Lead
STLC
       Regulatory Threshold (mg/L)                       25              5.0
       Mean (mg/L)1                                    35              2.2
       Coefficient of Variation                           0.97            0.43
TTLC
       Regulatory Threshold (mg/kg)                     2500            1000
       Mean (mg/kg)1                                  3240             28
       Coefficient of Variation                           0.33            0.40
1      Samples which contained nondetectable concentrations were used in calculations as
       the mean between 0 and the detection limit.
                                     (B-8)

-------
TABLE 2-2.  SUMMARY OF COPPER LEVELS IN WASTE PILES
Results by Analytical Methods
STLC
Regulatory Threshold (mg/L)
Mean (mg/L)1
Coefficient of Variation
TTLC
Regulatory Threshold (rag/kg)
Mean (mg/kg)1
Coefficient of Variation
1

25
45
0.33

2500
2550
0.14
Pile*
2


79
0.91


3080
0.27
3


31
0.85


2600
0.11
  Average of four samples.
                          (B-9)

-------
  TABLE 2-3.   SUMMARY OF LEAD LEVELS IN WASTE PILES
Results by Analytical Methods
STLC
Regulatory Threshold (mg/L)
Mean (mg/L)1
Coefficient of Variation
TTLC
Regulatory Threshold (mg/kg)
Mean (mg/kg)1
Coefficient of Variation
1

5.0
3.0
0.23

1000
66
0.21
Pile*
2


2.0
0.26


58
0.11
3


2.4
0.33


64
0.05
Average of four samples.
                            (B-10)

-------
                                              7
                                3.0  SAMPLING PROGRAM

        The sampling design will be of a random grid layout. Piles 1 and 3 will be gridded into
equal surface areas by marking a coordinate every 3 ft, both horizontally and laterally.  Due to the
variation in size between piles, this will result in approximately 130 grids for Pile 1 and
approximately 120 grids for Pile 3. Each grid will have a surface area of 9 square ft. Pile 2  will
be gridded into equal surface areas by  marking a coordinate every 4 ft, both horizontally and
laterally.  This will result in approximately 125 grids. Each grid will have a surface  area of 16
square ft.  The grid areas will be numbered consecutively so that sample locations may be
referenced.
        Six different samples will be collected along with two blind replicates for each pile.
Location of the sampling points will be selected for  each of the sampling  locations from a random
number table (see Section 5.2.3).
        Trained technicians will be required to collect samples of waste from the piles using the
techniques described in Sections 5.0 through  10.0.  Composite samples will be collected from each
randomly selected grid. Composite sampling will consist of collecting five subsamples from each
of two different depths in the randomly selected grid for a total of ten subsamples.  The depths will
be 0.5 ft from the surface of the pile and approximately 0.5 ft from the pavement.  Subsamples
will be collected from four corners of the grid in addition to one subsample from the  center. The
subsamples will then be composited in  a tray  and mixed using a stainless steel or Teflon spoon.
The composited sample will be split and placed into two or three precleaned polyethylene bottles
for analysis as follows:
               500 cc from all sampling points. These samples will be sent to the primary
               analytical laboratory.
               1000 cc from all sampling points. These samples will  be archived in the event that
               additional analyses are required.
               500 cc from 1 out of 10 sampling points.  These samples will be sent to a separate
               analytical laboratory to verify results from the primary laboratory.
       This type of sampling versus a single grab sample will provide a better estimate of the
mean concentration of the contaminants within the sampling grid and, correspondingly, a better
estimate of the mean concentration of the contaminants in the waste pile.

                                           (B-ll)

-------
                                             8
                               4.0  ANALYSIS PROGRAM

       One sample from each pile will be analyzed for the seventeen California Assessment
Manual (CAM) metals plus Cr (VI).  Total metal concentration is to be compared to California
Total Threshold Limit Concentrations (TTLCs) for the seventeen metals plus Cr (VI) using
appropriate methods as found in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical
Methods", SW-846, 3rd  Edition. The remaining samples need be analyzed for only total copper
and lead since previous testing has shown these to be the major metals. The waste will be
analyzed for soluble metals using the following two methods:
              The Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) will be carried out on 1
              out of 5 samples in future sampling programs to ensure the waste is. not a RCRA
              waste. The waste piles which are now undergoing analyses have already been
              tested by this method.
              Soluble metal concentrations using the California Title 22 Waste Extraction Test
              (WET), to be compared with the California Soluble Threshold Limit
              Concentrations (STLCs) standards for these metals.
       The total metal analyses (all 17 metals plus Cr(VI)) are conducted first and are conducted
to determine major metals for subsequent analysis. A major metal is one whose total concentration
is ten times above the STLC for that metal. Then all the remaining  samples are analyzed for total
metals content for just the major metals.  Finally, any sample whose total metal concentration is ^
ten times its STLC should be analyzed by the WET to determine any STLC exceedances.  The
approach to analysis described in this paragraph is relatively simple, quick, and cost-effective.
       It is important to inform the analytical laboratory to use as large a sample volume as
possible for analyses in order to obtain an accurate, representation of the metal concentrations in
each sample.  A minimum of 100 g of sample should be used for the WET and a minimum of 5 g
of sample should be used for acid digestion.
       The analytical laboratory must meet the following quality control and quality assurance
standards:
              The minimum acceptable detection limit is 100 times lower than TTLCs and 10
              times lower than STLCs for WET analysis.
                                          (B-12)

-------
              Results from spike analyses must be provided to demonstrate the accuracy and
              reproducibility of laboratory methods. An error of ฑ 20% is acceptable.
       Also, in future sampling programs we recommend mat approximately one out of ten
samples be analyzed for total metal concentrations of all 17 CAM metals plus CR(VI).  It is not
necessary or cost-effective to analyze every sample for all 17 metals.  However, a representative
fraction of the samples used needs to be completely characterized in order to determine the major
metals present.
       Additional details on the statistical design of the sampling program are provided in Section
S.O.  Sampling equipment and operation, sample collection and preservation, personal protective
equipment and decontamination, and quality assurance and quality control are discussed in Sections
6.0 through 10.0.
                                          (B-13)

-------
                                             10
                               5.0  STATISTICAL DESIGN

       An overview of the sampling effort will be discussed first followed by details on each
aspect of the sampling design.  The overview is intended to provide a general understanding of
how the waste will be sampled.  The details which follow the overview will include information on
how the number of samples and grid sizes were selected, as well as detailing the method for
selection of the grids and the sampling method within a grid.

                                       5.1  Overview

       Each waste pile will first be subdivided into  either 3 ft by 3 ft grids (Piles 1 and 3) or 4 ft
by 4 ft grids (Pile 2).  Random sampling will then be used to select six grids for sampling. Within
each of these grids, ten samples will be taken and composited, five samples from each of two
levels.
       The key elements which must be defined for this type of sampling design include:  1) the
number of samples; 2) the grids (spatial area) to be sampled; 3) the selection of the grids; 4) the
sampling method within a grid; and 5) the estimators used to characterize the population.

                                       5.2  Approach

5 J.I  NUMBER OF SAMPLES PER WASTE PILE

       Factors affecting the number of samples which should be collected  are the homogeneity of
the contaminant in the waste, the desired confidence interval, and the cost per sample.  Based on
previous sampling at the site (Tables 2-1  - 2-3), an estimate of the number  of samples which would
provide statistical confidence in the results may be determined.
       In order to provide a basis for the determination of the number of samples to acquire per
pile, a table was generated which compares the coefficient of variation of a sample set (standard
deviation/mean) versus K, which is a  ratio of the mean of the sample set to the regulatory
threshold (Table 5-1).  In order to generate this table, the sample mean, standard deviation, and
sample size are related to determine an upper bound, Ty, which represents the highest value for
the

                                          (B-14)

-------
                                  11
TABLE 5-1.  SAMPLE SIZE1 REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH
           REGULATORY THRESHOLD (RT) AS A FUNCTION OF
           ANTICIPATED AVERAGE CONTAMINATION LEVEL (X)
AND COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION
K ป 100X/RT
CV

0.1
0.5
0.9
1.3
1.7
2.0

0.1
0.5
0.9
1.3
1.7
2.0

0.1
0.5
0.9
1.3
1.7
2.0
1 These
10

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
sample sizes cc
30
80% CONFIDENCE
1
1
1
1
1
1
90% CONFIDENCE
1
1
1
2
2
2
95% CONFIDENCE
1
1
2
3
3
4
>rrespond to a statistical
50
LEVEL
1
1
1
2
2
3
LEVEL
1
1
3
4
5
6
LEVEL
1
2
4
6
8
10
power of 50%
70

1
2
4
6
8
9

1
3
8
13
18
21

1
5
13
22
29
35
at a
90

1
15
38
63
87
103

2
34
108
147
202
239

3
55
145
242
332
393
contamination level
     x, and were calculated assuming a lognormal probability distribution for the metal
     concentrations, along with assumptions mat the standard deviation of the
     measurements is known, and that spatial correlation effects are not important.
                                  (B-15)

-------
                                             12
concentration that is plausible based on the samples taken.  If To is found to be below the
regulatory threshold, then it is decided that the true average concentration is also below that
threshold.  From an environmental point of view, the use of Tv is probably most defensible
because it requires that an area be demonstrated free of contaminants at the regulated levels.
       TU is calculated from the statistical formula shown below:

                                                 -.—+-ฃ                        (5.D
       where m is the mean of the log-transformed metal concentrations:

                                               i  t (Xj)                             (5.2)
                                               n
where:        t(Xj) = the log-transformed metal concentrations
              n = sample number
              g^ = the (1-a) percentile point of the standard normal distribution
              a = the standard deviation of the log-transformed metal concentrations
       The sample sizes shown in Table 5-1 have been generated by assuming an average metal
concentration (x), a standard deviation (a), and a desired Ty to give a range of CVs (cr/x) and Ks
(lOOx/RT). In order to use Table 5-1, it is necessary to either assume an expected x and CV or a
small preliminary sample should be taken to provide an estimate of x and the CV. These values
can then be used to select an appropriate sample size.  The mean and standard deviation of the
sample set may be calculated in the standard method as shown.  The mean of a sample set may be
calculated as follows:
                                                                                   (5.3)
                                                n
       The standard deviation of the sample set may be calculated as follows:

-------
                                             13
                                 * - N —n-\  y'

       The coefficient of variation (CV) is simply the ratio of the sample standard deviation to the
sample mean:

                                          CV = -                                  (5.5)
       From Table 5-1, one can see that as the K value increases or the coefficient of variation
increases, a greater number of samples are required to demonstrate compliance.  In other words, as
the expected sample mean approaches the regulatory threshold, it will require many more samples
to demonstrate that the actual metal concentration in the waste is below the threshold.
       As shown by the preliminary sampling (Tables 2-1 - 2-3), the results demonstrated that
most of the waste in the piles contain copper concentrations above the regulatory thresholds for
both soluble and total  metals content, although a high coefficient of variance was often found with
these results. Theoretically, additional sampling of any pile of waste might result in finding the
metal concentrations to be below the regulatory limits (although this is not recommended for these
particular piles because the soluble copper content is too high); however, one must balance the cost
of sampling with the likelihood of being able to dispose of the waste as nonhazardous.
       Although the calculations in Table 5-1  show that in some cases one sample would be
sufficient to demonstrate compliance, this would be difficult to justify from a regulatory
perspective. From a statistical standpoint, a minimum of six samples per waste pile (where a
waste pile is equal  to 300 yd3 or less) would provide relatively good confidence in the calculated
average metal concentration.  The number of samples required if,  for example, the average metal
concentration is expected to be close to the regulatory threshold and the coefficient of variation is
high, can be as high as 390 samples,  which would clearly be economically unfeasible.  Therefore,
it is recommended  that six samples per pile be  taken to determine the average metal concentration.
If waste piles generated in the future are significantly larger than  those now in question, sample
size should increase proportionally.
                                           (B-17)

-------
                                            14
5.2.2 GRID SIZE

       The grid size selected was based upon the area required to collect the samples and a "rule
of thumb" that for a sample of size n, there should be 20 x n grids. There are six samples to be
taken from each waste pile, therefore, 120 grids would be adequate.  This number of grids
indicates a grid size of 3 ft by 3 ft would be appropriate for Piles 1 and 3 (generating
approximately 130 and 120 grids, respectively), while a grid size of 4 ft by 4 ft would be
appropriate for Pile 2 (generating approximately 125 grids).
       For sampling of other piles, the following steps may be followed:

       1)     Determine the number of samples to be taken as discussed in the previous section.
       2)     Multiply the number of samples, n, by 20 to determine the number of grids
              required per strata.
       3)     Based upon the dimensions of the pile, determine the size of the grids required.
              For example, to take 5 samples from  a waste pile with dimensions of 40 ft by 50  ft
              would require 100 grids. Selecting a grid size of 4.5 ft by 4.5 ft would yield
              approximately 100 grids.

5.2.3 SELECTION OF GRIDS

       Grid areas should be numbered consecutively. Selection of the grids for sampling will be
done randomly.  In order to select the grids, use the set of random numbers shown in Table 5-2.
Select the first, middle, cr last three digits from each five-digit number, but decide which digits
will be selected prior to beginning.  Choose any number randomly in the table as a starting point.
From this number, go down the column, then to the top of the next column on the right, until six
numbers  have been selected with no repetitions. If a number is selected for which there is no grid,
select the next consecutive random number.  For example,  if we choose to select the middle three
digits from the five-digit number and we begin in the seventh column, proceeding down column 7
would give us the numbers 46, 119, 75, 22,  95, and  130.   The grids corresponding to these
numbers  would then be selected for sampling.
                                         (B-18)

-------
                                         15
                       TABLE 5-2. RANDOM NUMBERS TABLE1
Lin*/ Col.
1
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
IS
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
(1)
10480
22368
24130
42167
37570
77921
99962
96301
89S79
85475
28918
63S53
09429
1036S
07119
S108S
02368
01011
52162
07056
48663
54164
32639
29334
02488
(2)
15011
48573
48360
33093
39975
06907
72905
91977
14342
36857
69578
40961
93969
61129
97338
12765
21382
54092
53916
97628
91245
S8492
32363
27001
33062
(3)
01536
25595
22527
06243
81637
11008
56420
05463
63661
53342
88231
48235
52636
87529
71048
51821
52404
333^2
46369
33787
85828
22421
05597
87637
26834
w
02011
SS393
97265
61680
16656
42751
69994
07972
10281
53988
33278
03427
92737
85689
08178
51259
60288
94904
58586
09998
14346
74103
24200
87308
07351
(5)
81647
30995
76393
07856
06121
27756
96872
18876
17453
53060
70997
49626
88974
48237
77233
77452
89368
31273
23216
42698
09172
47070
13363
S8731
19731
(ซ)
91646
89198
64809
16376
91782
53498
31016
20922
18103
59533
79936
69445
33488
52267
13916
16308
19885
04146
14513
06691
30168
25304
38005
00256
92420
(7)
59179
27982
15179
39440
60468
16602
71194
94595
57740
38867
56865
18663
36320
67689
47564
60756
55322
18594
83149
76988
90229
76468
94342
45834
60952
(8)
14194
53402
24830
53537
81305
70659
18738
56869
84378
62300
05859
72695
17617
93394
81056
92144
44819
29852
98736
13602
04734
26384
28728
15398
61280
(S)
62590
93965
49340
71341
49884
90655
44013
69014
25331
08158
90106
52180
30015
01511
97735
49442
01188
71585
23495
51851
59193
58151
35806
46557
50001
(10)
36207
34095
32081
57004
60672
15053
48840
S004S
12566
17983
31595
20847
08272
26358
85977
53900
65255
85030
64350
46104
22178
06646
06912
41135
67658
(11)
20969
52666
30680
00849
14110
21916
63213
18425
58678
16439
01547
12234
84115
85104
29372
70980
64835
51132
94738
88916
30421
21524
17012
10367
32586
(12)
99570
19174
19855
74917
06927
81825
21069
84903
44947
11458
85590
90511
27156
20285
74461
63990
44919
01915
17752
19509
61666
15227
64161
07684
86679
(13)
91291
39815
63348
97758
01263
44394
10634
42508
05585
18593
91610
33703
30613
29975
28551
75601
05944
92747
35156
2S62S
99904
96909
18296
36188
50720
|1ซ)
90700
99505
58629
16379
54613
42880
12952
32307
56941
64952
78188
90322
74952
89868
90707
40719
55157
64951
35749
58104
32812
44592
22851
18510
94953
1 Ott, L. 1984  An Introduction to Statistical Methods and Data Analysis.
 Second Edition, Duxbury Press, Boston
                                       (B-19)

-------
                                           16
5.2.4 SAMPLING METHOD WITHIN A GRID

       Spatial composite sampling will be used to characterize the waste within a grid.  Five
subsamples will be taken within each grid from the corners of the grid and the center at a depth of
0.5 ft from the surface.  An additional five subsamples will be taken in the same manner from a
depth of 0.5 ft from the pavement. These ten subsamples will then be composited via mixing in a
lined container into a homogenous sample for the various analyses.
                                          (B-20)

-------
                                             17
                     6.0 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT AND OPERATION

       The following pieces of equipment will be used to perform sampling of the waste placed in
roll-off bins, grit piles, and the rinsate water.  The two main requirements for the sampling
equipment are:

       •       The tool must not contribute any chemical contamination to the sample, and
       •       The tool must be capable of collecting a representative sample.

       Stainless steel equipment is generally the most durable and is often used for sampling
sludge, sediments, and soils.  The following paragraphs below discuss the pieces of sampling
equipment which are recommended for use in sampling the waste and the rinsate water resulting
from decontamination.

                                        6.1 Dipper

       A dipper consists of stainless steel, glass, or Teflon beaker constructed with or clamped to
the end of a handle (Figure 6-1). Dippers are used for sampling tanks, bins, outfalls, and
discharge.  The following precautions should be observed:
       •      A stainless steel dipper should have a riveted handle not a soldered handle, because
              metals from the solder could leach into and contaminate the sample.
       •      Use only Teflon, stainless steel, or glass to sample wastes containing organic
              materials.
       •      When using a beaker clamped to a pole,  the handle and clamp should be painted
              with a 2-part epoxy or other chemically-inert paint when sampling either alkaline
              or acidic materials.
                                         (B-21)

-------
                     18
            Telescoping Stainless Steel
                   (optional)
           Length determined based on
                necessary reach
FIGURE 6-1. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF DIPPER


                   (B-22)

-------
                                              19
        Procedures for Use:
        1.     Decontaminate the dipper, clamp, and handle (see Section 6.2).
        2.     In tanks, turn the dipper so the mouth of the dipper faces down and insert it into
               the waste material.  Turn dipper right side up when dipper is at desired depth.
               Allow dipper to dill completely as shown by the cessation of air bubbles. When
               sampling drums, submerge the dipper to the desired depth, allow the beaker to fill.
        3.     Raise dipper and pour the sample material into an appropriate container.
        4.     Decontaminate the dipper.

                              6.2  Stainless Steel Spoon or Scoop

        A stainless steel spoon or scoop is the simplest, most direct method for collecting soil
samples.  In general, the procedure is used to sample the first three inches of surface soil.
However, samples from greater depths and samples of sludges, sediments and bulk samples may
also employ this technique in some situations.

        Procedures for use:

        1.     Collect and composite samples from the top three inches of soil.
        2.     Mix  the samples in a lined container, then deposit in the appropriate container.
        3.     Wipe sample containers clean of surface contamination.
        4.     Place in individual plastic bags in an  insulated ice chest with freezer packs if
               refrigeration is  necessary.

                                    6 J  Glass Tube Thief

        A hollow glass tube is a simple tool which is  used to sample liquids from drums (Figure 6-
2).  The advantages of using a glass tube thief include inexpensive cost, ease of disposal, its
availability in variable lengths,  and capability to sample a vertical column of waste.  The tool
                                          (B-23)

-------
                      20
                       5' - Length depends on
                           depth of sample
                           container
FIGURE 6-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF GLASS TUBE THIEF

                       (B-24)

-------
                                             21

consists of a glass tube, typically between 8 and 16 mm in diameter.  This device will be used to

sample the drums containing rinsate from the decontamination of the dipper.


       Procedures for use:


       1.      Decontaminate the glass tube (see Section 6.2)

       2.      Slowly insert the tube into the waste container. This should be done at a rate
               which permits the level of the liquid inside and outside the sampler to remain the
               same.  If the level of waste in the sampler tube is lower inside than outside, the
               sampling rate is too fast and may yield a non-representative sample.

       3.      When the tube contacts the bottom of the waste container, place a rubber stopper
               or attach a squeeze bulb over the exposed end of the sampling tube.  The use of a
               squeeze bulb improves the ability of a glass tube to retain very viscous fluids
               during sampling.  It is important that none of the fluid comes in contact with the
               rubber squeeze bulb.   If using your thumb, ensure your hands are protected by
               gloves which are resistant to the chemicals sampled.  With the end of the tube
               plugged, slowly draw the tube from the waste container.  In order to enable the
               sampler to retain the fluid in the glass tube, the glass tube may be withdrawn at an
               angle such that the thumb may be kept over the end of the glass tube.

       4.      Place the end of the glass tube in the sample container and remove plug from the
               end of the tube.

       5.      Repeat steps 2 through 5 until the required amount of sample has been collected.

       6.      Place the contaminated glass tube in a plastic storage tube for subsequent cleaning,
               as described in Section 6.2. If used to sample a drum of waste, the glass tube may
               be disposed in the drum prior to reseating the bung.  Notch the glass with a steel
               file to avoid shattering the glass  when breaking long pieces.


                          6.4  Auger and  Thin-Wall Tube Sampler


       The system consists of an auger bit, a series of drill rods, a "T" handle, and  a thin-wall

corer (Figure 6-3). The auger bit is used to bore a hole to the desired sampling depth and is then

withdrawn.  The auger tip is replaced  with the tube corer, lowered down the borehole, and forced

into the soil at the completion depth.  The corer is then withdrawn and the sample collected.

       Alternatively, the sample may be recovered directly from the auger.  This technique

however, does not provide an "undisturbed" sample as would be collected with a thin-tube
                                           (B-25)

-------
                              22
         L_L
                     V
FIGURE 6-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF AUGERS AND THIN-WALL TUBE SAMPLER
                             (B-26)

-------
                                             23
sampler. When the soil is rocky, it may not be possible to force a thin-tube sampler through the
soil or sample recovery may be poor.  Sampling directly from the auger may be the only viable
method.  Several auger types are available: bucket type, continuous-flight (screw), and pesthole
augers. Bucket types are good for direct sample recovery, are fast, and provide a large volume of
sample.  When continuous flight (screw) augers are used,  the sample may be collected directly off
the flights, however, this technique will provide a somewhat unrepresentative sample as the exact
sample depth will not be known.  The continuous-flight augers are satisfactory for use when a
composite of the entire soil column is desired.  Pesthole augers have limited utility for sample
acquisition as they are designed more for their ability to cut through fibrous, heavily rooted,
swampy areas.  In soils where the borehole will not remain open when the tool is removed, a
temporary casing may be used until the desired sampling depth is reached.

       Procedures for use:
        1.      Attach the auger bit to a drill rod extension and attach the "T" handle to the drill
               rod.
       2.      Clear the area to be sampled of any surface debris (twigs, rocks, litter).  It may be
               advisable to remove the first 8 to 15 cm of surface soil from a 30-cm diameter area
               around the drilling location.
       3.      Begin drilling, periodically removing accumulated soils.  This prevents accidentally
               brushing loose material back down the borehole when removing the auger or
               adding drill rods.
       4.      After reaching desired depth, slowly and carefully remove auger from boring.
               (Note: When sampling directly from auger, collect sample after auger is removed
               from boring and proceed to Step 10).
       5.      Remove auger top from drill rods and replace with a precleaned thin-wall tube
               sampler.  Install proper cutting tip.
       6.      Carefully lower corer down borehole.  Gradually force corer into soil.  Take care
               to avoid scraping the borehole sides.  Do not hammer the drill rods to facilitate
               coring as the vibrations may cause the boring walls to collapse.
       7.      Remove corer and unscrew drill rods.
        8.      Remove cutting tip and remove core from device.
                                         (B-27)

-------
9.     Discard top of core (approximately 2.5 cm) which represents material collected by
       the core before penetrating the layer in question.  Place remaining core into sample
       container.

10.    Verify that a Teflon liner is in the cap if required. Secure the cap tightly.

11.    Label the sample bottle with the appropriate sample tag.  Label the tag carefully
       and clearly, addressing all the categories or parameters.  Complete all chain-of-
       custody documents and record in the field logbook.
                                    (B-28)

-------
                                     25

            7.0  SAMPLE COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION


                            7.1  Sample Collection


The following procedures will be followed for sampling waste from waste piles:


1.     Identify the specific pile which will be sampled.

2.     Construct the sampling grid as described in Section 5.2.3.

3.     Go to the random numbers table (Table 5-2) and select six numbers.  Each number
       represents the grid unit which will be sampled.

4.     Use the appropriate instrument to obtain the sample.  Follow the recommended
       procedures for use as  stated in Section 6.0.

5.     Collect a composite sample from each randomly selected grid.  Composite
       sampling will consist of collecting five subsamples at two different depths (0.5 ft
       from the surface and 0.5 ft from the pavement) from each corner of the randomly
       selected grid in addition to one sample from the center for a total of 10
       subsamples. The samples  will then be composited in a tray and mixed using a
       stainless steel or Teflon spoon.  The composited sample will be placed in
       precleaned polyethylene bottles for analysis.

6.     From each sampling point, split the composite sample into a 500 cc subsample for
       the analytical laboratory and a 1000 cc subsample to archive.  From 1 out of 10
       sampling points, reserve 500 cc of the composite sample to send  to a separate
       analytical  laboratory.  No preservation is required for samples. Rinsate blanks
       must be preserved with a solution of nitric acid. This can be provided in the
       sample jar by the analytical laboratory. Holding time for the samples is 6 months,
       unless sampling for mercury which has a holding time of 28 days.

7.     The collection of the sample does not require filling the  sample jar in any special
       manner.

8.     Discard the outer latex gloves after each sample into an  appropriate container and
       then replace them for  the next sampling event.

9.     For the rinsate blank (which will be required once for every twenty samples),
       simply run deionized water over the sampling instrument after it has been
       decontaminated.
                                   (B-29)

-------
                                              26

        10.     The sampler must pay attention while filling the sample bottle for the rinsate blank
               due to the fact that the sample bottle will have a preservative already in it.  If the
               bottle were to be overfilled during collection, some of the preservative would be
               lost resulting in insufficient preservative remaining in the bottle and an inaccurate
               analysis.
                                  7.2  Sample Preservation


       No preservatives will be required for the sampling of the waste itself.  Only the rinsate

blank (equipment washing) will require a preservative of nitric acid in order to lower the pH of the
sample below 2.  The analytical laboratory can provide the sample containers containing the
appropriate quantities of preservative for this. Caution should be exercised when these samples are

collected to prevent accidental exposure by splashing.
                                            (B-30)

-------
                                          27
        8.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND DECONTAMINATION

                           8.1 Personal Protective Equipment

8.1.1  SAMPLING

       The following personal protective equipment shall be worn during the sampling of the
waste:

       •      Tyvek suit
       •      Latex gloves (two pairs)
       •      Dust protector
       •      Safety glasses with splash shields (only necessary for when rinsate blanks
              (equipment washes) are collected).

8.10,  CLEANING OPERATIONS (DECONTAMINATION)

       The following personal protective equipment shall be worn during all cleaning operations
for sampling equipment:

       •      Safety glasses with splash shields
       •      Latex gloves (water decontamination)
       •      Neoprene or nitrile gloves (when using solvents)
       •      Tyvek or cloth coveralls

                                 8.2 Decontamination

       Decontamination (cleaning) of sampling devices prior to and after use is required.
Decontamination is important so that material from a previous sampling event does not contaminate
subsequent samples. Decontamination  should be performed as follows:


                                       (B-31)

-------
                                      28

•      Scrub the sampling tool with a brush in a laboratory-grade detergent (Alconox,
       Liquinox, or the equivalent) and tap water solution

•      Rinse with water

•      Rinse again with deionized water or the equivalent

•      If sampling for organic contamination, rinse a final time with pesticide-grade
       isopropanol or pesticide-grade acetone or methanol (a minimal amount is necessary
       for rinsing and this should be conducted under a fume hood or hi the open, but
       never in a closed room without adequate ventilation)

•      Allow sampling tool to air dry

•      Wrap in aluminum foil or other similar protective covering to avoid contamination
       before the next use

•      No eating, smoking, drinking, chewing, or any hand to mouth contact will be
       permitted during cleaning operations.

The following are cleaning procedures for the glass tube thief:

•      Wash thoroughly with laboratory detergent and hot water using a brush to remove
       any paniculate matter or surface film

•      Rinse thoroughly with hot tap water

•      Rinse with at least a 10 percent nitric acid solution

•      Rinse thoroughly with tap water

•      Rinse thoroughly with deionized water

•      Rinse twice with solvent and allow to air dry for at least 24 hours

•      Wrap completely with aluminum  foil to prevent contamination during storage


The following are cleaning procedures for stainless steel sampling equipment:


•      Wash thoroughly with laboratory detergent and water with a brush

•      Rinse thoroughly with tap water

•      Rinse thoroughly with deionized water

•      If sampling for organic contamination, rinse twice with solvent and allow to air dry

                                    (B-32)

-------
                                            29
       •      Wrap completely with aluminum foil
       •      Rinse with tap water after use in the field

       Decontamination wash waters should be collected and containerized separately from solvent
rinses in a 55-gallon drum. Since potentially hazardous wastes are being rinsed from sampling
equipment, the collected rinse waters should be handled and sampled for hazardous constituents
using a glass tube thief prior to disposal. The storage area should have a drum staged for the
disposal of rinse waters and one for disposal of solvents.  Upon filling the rinse water drum, it
should be sampled for metals to determine if it must be disposed of as  a hazardous waste or down
the industrial drain.  The contents of the solvent drum may be recycled.
                                          (B-33)

-------
                                            30
      9.0 SAMPLE CUSTODY, LABELING, PACKAGING, AND TRANSPORTATION

                                    9.1  Sample Custody

        The purpose of a sample chain-of-custody is to document the possession of a sample from
 the time of collection, through all transfers of custody, until it is delivered to the analytical
 laboratory.  This requires that a form (Figure 9-1) be filled out in permanent ink and sent along
 with the samples to the storage area.  This form will contain the following minimum information:

        •      Sample number
        •      Date and time of collection
        •      Shipyard location
        •      Waste type
        •      Signature of collector
        •      Preservation
        •      Container type
        •      Analysis request
        •      Appropriate notations relative to sample integrity and handling practices
        •      Signature  of all persons involved in the chain of possession
        •      Inclusive dates and times of possession

                                   9.2  Sample Labeling

       A sample label is applied to a sample container before a sample of waste is collected
(Figure  9-2).  The label will be completely filled out with permanent ink.  It will contain the
following information:
                                          (B-34)

-------
                                                                  31
      0
  Batielle
                                                                                                     Form No..
                              CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD
 Culumbut
Pfoj No.
Piojtct Till.
SAMPLERS:(Slgnttural
    DATE
                 TIME
                                    SAMPLE I.D.
                                                                              SAMPLE TYPE <
                                                                                                              EVS
                                                                                                                           Rtnurki
RdinquistMd by: (Slgiutun)
                     Rซcปlvซd by: (Signalura)
                                                                   Rซllnqu!thซd by: (Sigiutun)
                                                                                                 DatefTlnn
                                                                   Rซdlved by:
                                                                   (Signซtur*|
Rtllnqulihซd by: (Slgnitura)
                             Diu/TlnM
                    Rtcalnd by:
                    (Slgiutur*)
                          Rillnquislud by: (Slgnitur.l
                                                                                                Datt/Tim*
Rtc.lv.d by:
(Slgnatur*)
R*llM|uldiซd by: (Slgntluct)
        DiM/Tlim
Rioilxd foe LabMitory by:
(Sigiutunl
                                                  DaU/Tlim
                                                               Rซnurkซ
                                                                                                            Pป3ซ.
                                                                                                                        of.
                                       FIGURE 9-1.   CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY SHEET

                                                              (B-35)

-------
                         32
SAMPLE NO.
SAMPLE MATRIX
SAMPLE PRESERVATIVE

SAMPLING LOCATION

ANALYSIS REQUIRED
INITIALS OF SAMPLER &
TIME AND DATE OF COLLECTION
               FIGURE 9-2.  SAMPLE LABEL

                       (B-36)

-------
                                             33

       •       Sample number

       •       Date and hour the sample was taken

       •       Sampler's initials

       •       Sampling site

       •       Tests required, if known

       •       Preservative used, if any


                                   9.3  Sample Packaging


       The laboratory will typically provide all sample containers, preservatives, and packaging
for transportation of samples.  Proper preparation of sample containers for transport to the
laboratory is essential to prevent breakage of containers and spillage of potentially hazardous
material. The following steps will be taken during sample packaging:


       •       Ensure sample container is labeled correctly

       •       After sampling activities are complete, clean the outer surface of all sample
               containers

       •       Wrap each glass container with plastic insulating material (bubble wrap) and
               enclose in a plastic bag to  prevent contact with other sample containers.  Plastic
               containers also should be placed into bags, however, bubble wrap is not needed.

       •       Place  sample containers in thermally-insulated, rigid ice chests which contain ice or
               reusable ice packs if the temperature must be held at 4ฐC. If the sample does not
               need to be held at 4ฐC, an ice chest is not required. However, an ice chest is a
               lightweight, rigid, and easily secured container in addition to being thermally
               efficient.

       •       Ensure the chain-of-custody forms are filled out and secure the inside the sample
               chests. Packers should retain one copy.
                                            (B-37)

-------
                                    34



                        9.4 Sample Transportation






Transport samples to the laboratory as soon as possible after collection.
                                  (B-38)

-------
                                            35
            10.0 SAMPLE QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

                         10.1  Rinsate Blanks (Equipment Washes)

       Equipment washes serve as checks of field decontamination procedures. They are obtained
after final wash and decontamination of equipment by pouring reagent-grade water
into/through/over a decontaminated piece of sampling equipment. The water is collected in
appropriate sample containers and transported to the laboratory with other samples. The equipment
blanks are analyzed in the same manner as the field samples. Equipment blanks should be
collected prior to each sampling event at each sampling site.  However, once good equipment
decontamination technique (equipment blanks  are "clean") has been demonstrated, the frequency of
equipment wash samples may be reduced to an occasional basis.  Initially, one rinsate blank
(equipment wash) will be collected for every twenty samples taken.

                     10.2 Laboratory Quality Control and Certification

       Laboratory quality control procedures are instituted to ensure the  reliability of analytical
data obtained throughout the sampling effort.  Procedures include the analysis of laboratory
samples to measure the accuracy and precision of laboratory procedures.  A laboratory duplicate
should typically be analyzed one time in twenty samples.  Any analytical  laboratory used should
have current certification from the state of California for performing all the necessary chemical
analyses.

10.2.1 MATRIX SPIKE ANALYSIS

       Matrix spike analyses are performed to assist the accuracy of laboratory methods.  Spiked
samples are used to determine if chemical  interferences are occurring. One spike analysis per
sample set is generally adequate.
                                          (B-39)

-------
                                           36
10.2.2 MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATES

       Matrix spike duplicates are used to evaluate the reproducibility of the analytical
procedures.  A field sample is analyzed and the results are compared to the original matrix spike
sample test results. In general, this is only necessary for large numbers of samples (>30).

10.2.3 METHOD BLANK TESTS

       Method blank tests are performed in the laboratory by analyzing distilled, deionized water
for all analytical methods employed by the laboratory. Method blanks are analyzed for each
matrix to verify that laboratory-induced contaminants are identified and distinguished from
environmental contaminants of concern.
                                         (B-40)

-------
                                   APPENDIX C
       GLOSSARY OF SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS*


 AA - atomic absorption spectroscopy,  a  microcharacterization  method.

 ANC - Acid Neutralization Capacity,  a chemical  test.

 ANS - American Nuclear Society.

 ANSI - American  National  Standards Institute.

 ANSI/ANS/16.1  - American  Nuclear Society  test  16.1,  a  leaching  test.

 AOC - area of  contamination.

 APC - air pollution  control.

 API - American Petroleum  Institute.

 ARAR - applicable or relevant  and appropriate  requirement.  These  are  cleanup
 standards,  standards of control,  and  other substantive requirements, criteria,
 or limitations promulgated under federal,  state, or  local environmental laws
 or facility siting laws that:  (1.  applicable)  specifically address  a hazardous
 substance,  pollutant,  contaminant, remedial action,  location, or other
 circumstance found at  a CERCLA site or  (2.  relevant  and appropriate) address
 problems  or situations  similar to those encountered  at a CERCLA site (40 CFR
 300.5, pp.  7 and 12).

 ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.

 absorption  - assimilation  of fluids into  interstices (ASTM D 653, p. 129).

 acidity - the  quantitative capacity of materials to react with hydroxyl ions.

 additives - materials  included in  the binder to improve the S/S process.
 Examples  of some types  of  additives are:   (1) silicates or other materials
 that  alter  the rate  of  hardening,  (2) clays or other sorbents to improve
 retention of water or contaminants, or (3) emulsifiers and surfactants that
 improve the  incorporation  of organic compounds.

 adsorption - attraction of solid,  liquid,  or gas molecules,  ions, or atoms to
 particle  surfaces by physiochemical forces.  The adsorbed material  may have
 different properties from  those of the material in the pore space at the same
 temperature  and pressure due to altered molecular arrangement (after ASTM
 D 653 and Parker, 1989, p.  37).

 advection -  unidirectional, progressive bulk movement,  such  as water under the
 influence of a hydraulic gradient.

alkalinity - the quantitative  capacity of aqueous media to react with hydrogen
 ions.
*Acronyms and abbreviations are listed at the beginning of each letter of the
alphabet.
                                     C-l

-------
anion — an Ion that is negatively charged.
asphalt — a brown, black, hard, brittle, or plastic bituminous material
composed principally of hydrocarbons.  It is found in nature or can be
prepared by pyrolysis of coal tar, certain petroleums, and lignite tar.  It
melts on heating and is insoluble in water but soluble in gasoline.
BDAT — Best Demonstrated Available Technology.
BNA — base, neutral, and acid (organic) compounds, a chemical  analysis
identification.
bentonite —a clay formed from volcanic ash decomposition and  largely composed
of montmorillonite and beidellite.  Usually characterized by high swelling on
wetting.
binder — a cement, cementlike material, or resin (possibly in  conjunction with
water, extender, or other additives) used to hold particles together.
bitumen — naturally occurring or pyrolytically obtained dark or black colored,
tarry hydrocarbons consisting almost entirely of carbon and hydrogen, with
very little oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur.
buffer — a solution selected or prepared to minimize changes in pH (hydrogen
ion concentration).  Also known as buffer solution.
CAA — Clean Air Act.
Cal WET — California Waste Extraction Test, a leaching test.
CERCLA — Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
Act.
CERCLA hazardous substance — any substance, pollutant, or contaminant as
defined in CERCLA sections 101(14) and 101(33), except where otherwise noted
in the Hazard Ranking System (see 40 CFR 302.4).
CERCLA hazardous wastestream — any material containing CERCLA hazardous
substances that was deposited, stored, disposed, or placed in  or that migrated
to a site being evaluated by the HRS; any material listed in the NPL.
CERCLA waste — a term with no regulatory meaning that is often used as a
shortened form of CERCLA hazardous wastestream.
CFR — Code of Federal Regulations.
CLP — Contract Laboratory Procedures.
COE — U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
CRN — Core Research Needs for Containment Systems.
CSH — Calcium Silicate Hydrate.
CWA- Clean Water Act.
                                      C-2

-------
CHARP-Coal Waste Artificial Reef Program.

cation — a positively charged atom or group of atoms.

cement — a mixture of calcium aluminates and silicates made by combining lime
and clay while heating.

characteristic waste — see RCRA characteristic waste

clay— fine-grained soil or the fine-grained portion of soil that can be made
to exhibit plasticity (putty-like properties) within a range of water contents
and that exhibits considerable strength when air-dry.

colloid —the phase of a colloidal system made up of particles having
dimensions of 1 to 1000 nanometers and which is dispersed in a different
phase.

colloidal  system — an intimate mixture of two substances, one of which, called
the dispersed phase (or colloid), is uniformly distributed in a finely divided
state through the second substance, called the dispersion medium.

compressive strength (unconfined or uniaxial compressive strength) —the load
per unit area at which an unconfined cylindrical specimen of soil or rock will
fail in a simple compression test.  Commonly the failure load is the maximum
that the specimen can withstand in the test.

contaminant — typically undesirable minor constituent that renders another
substance impure.

corrosiveness characteristic — exhibiting the hazardous characteristic of
corrosivity due to extreme pH or failing under the test conditions defined in
40 CFR 261.22.

DLT — Dynamic Leach Test, a leaching test where the specimen is exposed to an
actual or simulated flow of the leachant.

DQO — Data Quality Objective, a planned quantitative measure of precision,
accuracy,  and completeness of data.

ORE — destruction-removal efficiency.  The combined efficiencies of one or
more processes intended to reduce the target contaminant(s).  The ORE may be
expressed as a ratio or percentage.

density, apparent (of solids and liquids) — the mass of a unit volume of a
material at a specified temperature.  Only the volume that is impermeable is
considered.

density, bulk (of solids) —the mass of a unit volume of the material at a
specified temperature.

diffusion — movement of molecules towards an equilibrium driven by heat or
concentration gradients (mass transfer without bulk fluid flow).
                                     C-3

-------
diffusivity — diffusion coefficient,  the weight of material, in grams,
diffusing across an area of 1 square centimeter in 1 second due to a unit
concentration gradient.

dimensional stability — the ability of the solidified/stabilized waste to
retain its shape.

disposal  facility —a facility or part of a facility at which waste is
intentionally placed into or on any land or water, and at which waste will
remain after closure.

durability — the ability of solidified/stabilized wastes to resist physical
wear and chemical attack over time.

ECN — Energieonderzoek Centrum Nederland (Netherlands Energy Research
Foundation).

EDXA — energy dispersive X-ray analysis, a microcharacterization method.

EE/CA — Economic Evaluation/Cost Analysis, CERCLA technology screening process
for a removal action 40 CFR 300.415.

ELT — Equilibrium Leach Test, a leaching test where, under the conditions of
the test, an equilibrium between the specimen and the leachant is attained.

EP Tox — Extraction Procedure Toxicity Test, a regulatory leaching test used
since 1980 to determine if a waste is toxic (40 CFR 261, Appendix II).

embedment — the incorporation of waste masses into a solid matrix before
disposal.

emulsifier — a substance used to produce an emulsion of two liquids which do
not naturally mix.

emulsion —a colloidal mixture of two immiscible fluids, one being dispersed
in the other in the form of fine droplets.

ettringite — a mineral composed of hydrous basic calcium and aluminum sulfate.
The formula for ettringite is Ca6Al2(S04)3(OH)12-26 H20.

extender — an additive whose primary function is to increase the total bulk of
the S/S-treated waste.

F6D — flue gas desulfurization, a pollution abatement process.

FR — Federal Register.

FS — Feasibility Study, a study undertaken to develop and evaluate options for
a treatment process.

FTIR — Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, a microcharacterization
method.

FY — fiscal year.


                                      C-4

-------
fly ash — the finely divided residue from the combustion of ground or powdered
coal and which is transported from the firebox through the boiler by flue gas.

free water — water that i s free to move through a soi1 or rock mass under the
influence of gravity.

freeze/thaw cycle — alternation of a sample temperature to allow determination
of weight loss and visual observation of sample disintegration resulting from
phase change from water to ice.

GC/MS — gas chromatography/mass spectrometry.

grout — as used in soil and rock grouting, a material  injected into a soil or
rock formation to change the physical characteristics of the formation.  The
term "grout" is not used in this document but is frequently encountered in the
S/S industry as a synonym for the term "binder."

HCB — hexachlorobenzene.

HRS — Hazard Ranking System, the primary mechanism for considering sites for
inclusion on the NPL.

HSL — Hazardous Substance List, a list of designated CERCLA hazardous
substances as presented in 40 CFR 302.4.

HSWA — Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984.

hazardous characteristics — ignitable, corrosive, reactive, and toxic as
defined in 40 CFR Part 261.10.

hazardous waste — see RCRA hazardous waste, CERCLA hazardous substance, and
CERCLA hazardous wastestream.

heat of hydration (in S/S reactions) — the heat generated due to the reaction
of cementitious or pozzolanic materials with water.

hydrate — a compound containing structural water.

ICP — inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy.

ignitability characteristic — exhibiting the hazardous characteristic of
ignitability as defined in 40 CFR 261.21.

immobilization — the reduction in the ability of contaminants to move through
or escape from S/S-treated waste.

incineration — a treatment technology involving destruction of waste by
controlled burning at high temperatures.

inhibitor —a material that stops or slows a chemical  reaction from occurring.
Used in this document to apply to stopping or slowing of the setting of S/S-
treated material.
                                      C-5

-------
Interference (S/S) — an undesirable change In the  setting of the S/S material
resulting in lower strength, poorer leach resistance,  or evolution of noxious
or hazardous gases, or other degradation of the S/S-treated material.

1on — an atom or molecule which by loss or gain of one or more electrons has
acquired a net electric charge.

Interstitial — see pore water.

kaolin — a variety of clay containing a high percentage of kaolinite.

kaolinite —a common clay mineral  having the general  formula Al2(Si205)(OH4).

kiln —a heated and usually rotating enclosure used for drying,  burning, or
firing materials such as ore or ceramics.  In this document "kiln" typically
refers to a kiln used for production of lime or cement.

kiln dust — fine particulate by-product of cement  production or lime
calcination.

LDR — Land Disposal Restriction.

LIHB — Lime Injection Multistage Burner.

LRT — Liquid Release Test.

Teachability — a measure of release of constituents from a waste or
solidified/stabilized waste.  Leachability is one  measure of the mobility of a
constituent.  High Teachability means high constituent mobility.

leachant — liquid that comes in contact with a material either from natural
exposure (e.g., water in a disposal site) or in a  planned test of
Teachability.  The typically used leachants are pure distilled water or water
containing salts, acids, or both.

leachate — any liquid, including any suspended components in the liquid, that
has soaked, percolated through, or drained from material during leaching.

leaching — the release of constituents from a solid through contact with the
leachant.  The leaching may occur by either natural mechanisms at waste sites
or as part of a laboratory leaching test.

leaching agent — leachant.

leaching rate — the amount of a constituent of a specimen or solid waste form
which is leached during a unit of time (usually normalized by sample volume,
area, or weight).

leaching resistance — the inverse of Teachability.  High leach resistance
means low contaminant mobility.

leaching test — exposure of a representative sample of contaminated waste,
S/S-treated waste, or other material to a leachant under controTTed conditions
to measure the release of constituents.
                                      C-6

-------
 lime — specifically,  calcium oxide (CaO);  also  loosely,  a  general  term for the
 various chemical  and  physical  forms of quicklime,  hydrated lime,  and hydraulic
 hydrated lime.
 listed waste — see RCRA listed waste.
 long-term stability — the ability of solidified/stabilized wastes  to maintain
 their properties  over time while exposed  to  the environment.
 MCL — maximum concentration limit.
 HEP —Multiple Extraction Procedure,  a leaching test  in  which  the  sample  is
 repeatedly leached with fresh  batches  of  leachant.
 MSDS-Material Safety Data Sheet.
 NSW — municipal solid waste.
 HWEP — Monofilled  Waste Extraction  Procedure, a leaching test.
 macroencapsulation —  a process  of encasing a mass of  solid or  S/S-treated
 waste in  a protective layer, such as bitumen (thermoplastic).
 meq — mi 11i equi valent.
 mlcroencapsulation —  containment  of the contaminants  on  a  microscopic  or
 molecular scale.
 mlcrostructure — the  structure  of an object or  material  as  revealed  by a
 microscope at  a magnification over  10  times.
 mixer — machine employed  for blending  the constituents of  grout, mortar,  or
 other mixtures.
 modified  clays —clays  (such as bentonite) that  have  been  modified by  ion
 exchange  with  selected  organic  compounds that have a  positive  charged  site
 (often  a  quarternary  amine), hence  rendering the clay/organo complex
 hydrophobic.
 monolith —a free  standing  solid  consisting of one piece.
 monomer — a simple molecule which is capable of combining with a number of
 like  or unlike molecules  to form  a  polymer.
 montmorillonite —  a group of clay minerals characterized by a weakly bonded
 sheet-like internal molecular structure; consisting of extremely finely
 divided hydrous aluminum  or magnesium  silicates that  swell  on wetting, shrink
 on drying, and have ion exchange  capacity.
multimedia — air,  land, and water.
NAAQS — National Ambient Air Quality Standards.
NCP — National Oil  and Hazardous Substances Contingency Plan, provides the
organizational structure  and procedures for preparing and responding to
                                     C-7

-------
discharges of oil and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, and
contaminants (40 CFR 300.1).
NESHAP — National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants.
NMR — nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, a microcharacterization method.
NPL-National Priorities List, list of CERCLA sites (40 CFR Part 300
Appendix B).
NRC — U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
NYSC-HWM — New York State Center for Hazardous Waste Management.
OAQPS-Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (of the U.S. EPA).
OSHA — Occupational  Safety and Health Act; Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
PAH — polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon.
PCB — polychlorinated biphenyl.
PFT — Paint Filter Test, a physical  characterization test.
ppb — part per billion.
ppm — part per million.
PRP - potentially responsible party, potentially liable for the contamination
and cleanup of CERCLA sites.
percolation — movement of water under hydrostatic pressure or gravity through
the smaller interstices  of rock,  soil,  wastes, or S/S-treated wastes.
performance criterion — a measurable performance standard set for an
individual property or parameter.
performance indicator — an easy-to-measure property or parameter selected to
characterize the S/S process or S/S-treated waste.
permeability— a measure of flow  of  a fluid through the tortuous pore
structure of the waste or S/S-treated waste.  It is expressed as the
proportionality constant between  flow velocity and the hydraulic gradient.  It
is a function of both media.  If  the permeating fluid is water, the
permeability is termed as hydraulic  conductivity.
phase (of a material) — a region  of  a material that is physically distinct and
is homogeneous in composition and  morphology.
polymer — a chemical  with repetitive structure formed by the chemical  linking
of single molecules  (monomers).
pore — a small  cavity or void in  a solid.

                                     C-8

-------
pore size distribution — variations in pore sizes in solids; each material has
its own typical pore size distribution and related permeability.

pore water — water contained in voids in the solid material.

porosity —the ratio of the aggregate volume of voids or interstices to the
total volume of the medium.

Portland cement — a hydraulic cement produced by pulverizing clinker
consisting essentially of hydraulic calcium silicates, usually containing one
or more of the forms of calcium sulfate.

pozzolan — a siliceous or siliceous and aluminous material, which in itself
possesses little or no cementitious value but will, in finely divided form and
in the presence of moisture, chemically react with calcium hydroxide at
ordinary temperatures to form compounds with cementitious properties.  The
term is derived from an early source of natural pozzolanic material, Pozzuoli,
Italy.

QA/QC — Quality Assurance/Quality Control.

QAPjP — Quality Assurance Project Plan.

QAPP — Quality Assurance Program Plan.

3Rs — recovery, reuse, and recycle.

RCRA — Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.

RCRA characteristic waste — any solid waste exhibiting a characteristic of
ignitability,  corrosivity, reactivity or toxicity, as defined in 40 CFR 261,
Subpart C.

RCRA hazardous waste- any RCRA solid waste, as defined by 40 CFR 261.3, that
is not excluded from regulation under 40 CFR 261.4 and that meets any one of
the characteristic or listing criteria (including mixtures) described in
40 CFR 261.3(a)(2).  For more detail, see 40 CFR 260, Appendix I.

RCRA listed waste — any solid waste listed in 40 CFR 261, Subpart D; or a
mixture that contains a solid waste listed in 40 CFR 261, Subpart D that has
not been excluded under the provisions of 40 CFR 261.3 in accordance with 40
CFR 260.20 or 40 CFR 260.22.

RCRA solid waste — any garbage, refuse, or sludge; or any solid, liquid, semi-
solid or contained gaseous material that is:  (1) discarded, (2) no longer to
be used for its original purpose, or (3) a manufacturing or mining by-product
and is not excluded by the provisions of 40 CFR 261.4(a).  For more detail,
see 40 CFR 260, Appendix I.  Also note that the definition of solid waste
includes materials that are not "solids" in the normal sense of the word.

RI — Remedial  Investigation, a process undertaken by the lead agency to
determine the nature and extent of the problem presented by a CERCLA site (40
CFR 300.430(d)).

RI/FS — Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study, see RI or FS.

                                      C-9

-------
 ROD-Record of Decision,  a document  prepared  to  explain  and  define the final
 remedy selected for a CERCLA site (40 CFR 300.430 (f)(4)(i)).

 RP — Responsible Party,  persons  or corporate entities  found to  be  responsible
 for contamination and cleanup at a CERCLA site.

 RPM-Remedial  Project Manager,  the official designated by the  lead agency to
 coordinate,  monitor,  or  direct remedial or other  response actions  under
 subpart E  of the NCP  (40 CFR 300.5).

 RREL — Risk  Reduction Engineering Laboratory (of  the U.S. EPA).

 reactivity characteristic - exhibiting the hazardous characteristic of
 reactivity as defined in 40 CFR  261.23.

 redox — abbreviation  for oxidation-reduction,  now accepted as a word.

 residual liquid —free liquid  remaining in the S/S-treated waste after
 treatment.

 SARA — Superfund  Amendments  and  Reauthorization Act.

 SDWA- Safe  Drinking  Water  Act.

 SCE —  sequential  chemical extraction, a leaching test with a variety of
 aqueous  chemicals  used sequentially to characterize the contaminant  bonding.

 SEN —scanning  electron  microscopy, a microcharacterization method.

 SET —  Sequential  Extraction Test, a leaching test with a series of  sequential
 acid extractions  used  to determine the sample buffering capacity.

 SITE — Superfund  Innovative Technology Evaluation.

 SRS — Separation and  Recovery Systems, Inc.

 S/S — solidification/stabilization, used in this document to encompass the
 variety of processes  that may contribute to increased physical strength and/or
 contaminant  immobilization.

 S/S-treated waste — a waste liquid, solution,  slurry, sludge,  or powder that
 has been converted to  a  stable solid  (granular or monolithic)  by an S/S
 treatment process.

 STLC — Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration,  limit applied to Cal  WET
 leaching results  (Ca 22  California Code of Regulations 66699).

 silica fume — very fine  silica dust produced by condensation of silica fumes.

 sludge— in this document,  sludge means a viscous semi-solid or fluid
containing  contaminants  requiring treatment.   The regulatory definition is any
 solid,  semi-solid, or liquid waste generated from a municipal, commercial, or
 industrial  wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment  plant, or air
pollution control facility with the exception  of specific exclusions such as
the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant (40 CFR 260.10).

                                     C-10

-------
solid waste — see RCRA solid waste.

solidification — a process in which materials are added to the waste to
convert it to a solid or to simply improve its handling and physical
properties.  The process may or may not involve a chemical bonding between the
waste, its contaminants, and the binder.  In solidification, the mechanical
binding of contaminants can be on the microscale (microencapsulation,
absorption, or adsorption) or the macroscale (macroencapsulation).

solubility — the maximum concentration of a substance dissolved in a solvent
at a given temperature.

solubility product — a type of simplified equilibrium constant defined for and
useful for equilibria between solids and their respective ions in solution.

solution — a single, homogeneous phase of liquid, solid, or gas in which a
solute is uniformly distributed.

sorption — a general term used to encompass the processes of adsorption,
absorption, desorption, ion exchange, ion exclusion, ion retardation,
chemisorption, and dialysis.

stability — the stabilization and solidification provided by an S/S process.

stabilization — a process by which a waste is converted to a more chemically
stable form.  The term may include solidification, but also includes chemical
changes to reduce contaminant mobility.

storage — the holding of hazardous waste for a temporary period, at the end of
which the hazardous waste is treated, disposed of, or stored elsewhere (40 CFR
260.10).

surfactant — surface-active agent, a soluble compound that reduces the surface
tension of liquids, or reduces interfacial tension between two liquids or a
liquid and a solid.

TCE — trichloroethylene.

TCLP — Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure, the primary leach testing
procedure required by 40 CFR 261.24 and the most commonly used test for degree
of immobilization offered by an S/S process.

IDS — total dissolved solids.

TOC — total organic carbon,  a chemical  analysis.

TRD — Technical  Resources Document.

TSCA — Toxic Substances Control  Act.

TSD — treatment,  storage, and disposal  facility (RCRA).

TTLC — Total Threshold Limit Concentration,  limit applied to Cal WET leaching
results (Ca 22 California Code of Regulations 66699).


                                     C-ll

-------
TWA — Total Waste Analysis, total  concentration of priority pollutants,
organics, and metals in the waste

technology screening — the logistic of technology selection,  evaluation, and
optimization.  A treatment technology properly screened prior to full-scale
implementation has the highest probability of success in the field.

thermoplastic resin — an organic polymer with a linear macromolecular
structure that will repeatedly soften when heated and harden when cooled; for
example styrenes, acrylics, cellulosics, polyethylenes, vinyls, nylons, and
fluorocarbons.

thermosetting resin—  an organic polymer that solidifies when first heated
under pressure, and which cannot be remelted or remolded without destroying
its original characteristics; for example epoxies, melamines, phenolics, and
ureas.

tortuosity — the ratio of the length of a sinuous pathway between two points
and the length of a straight line between the points.

toxicity characteristic — exhibiting the hazardous characteristic of toxicity
as defined in 40 CFR 261.24.

transportation — the movement of hazardous waste by air, rail, highway, or
water (40 CFR 260.10).

treatability study — a study in which hazardous waste is subjected to a
treatment process to determine: (1) whether the waste is amenable to the
treatment process, (2) what pretreatment (if any) is required, (3) the optimal
process conditions needed to achieve the desired treatment, (4) the efficiency
of a treatment process for a specific waste or wastes, or (5) the
characteristics and volumes of residuals from a particular treatment process
(40 CFR 260.10).

treatment — any method,  technique, or process, including neutralization,
designed to change the physical, chemical, or biological character or
composition of any hazardous waste so as to neutralize such waste, or so as to
recover energy or material resources from the waste, or so as to render such
waste non-hazardous, or less hazardous; safer to transport, store, or dispose
of; or amenable for recovery, amenable for storage, or reduced in volume (40
CFR 260.10).

triaxial compression — compression caused by the application of normal stress
in lateral directions (ASTM D 653, p. 152).

triaxial shear test (triaxial compression test) — a test in which a
cylindrical specimen encased in an impervious membrane is subjected to a
confining pressure and then loaded axially to failure.

UCS — unconfined compressive strength, the load per unit area at which an
unconfined cube or cylindrical specimen of material will fail in a simple
compression test without lateral support.

U.S. DOE —United States Department of Energy.


                                     C-12

-------
J.S. DOT —United  States Department of Transportation.
U.S. EPA —United  States Environmental Protection Agency.
VOC — volatile  organic compound, an organic compound with  a low boiling point.
WDW — wet/dry weathering.
WET — see  Cal WET,  a  leaching test.
WTC — Wastewater Technology Centre, formerly of Environment Canada.
wet/dry cycle — alternation of soaking and drying a sample to allow
determination of material  loss and visual observation of sample disintegration
resulting  from  repeated soaking and drying cycles.
                                      C-13     VU.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE:  1993 - 750-002/80231

-------